Emerson Fisher Fieldvuedvc6200F Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual D103412X012_Jan15_AQ

2015-03-30

: Emerson Emerson-Fisher-Fieldvuedvc6200F-Digital-Valve-Controller-Instruction-Manual-681776 emerson-fisher-fieldvuedvc6200f-digital-valve-controller-instruction-manual-681776 emerson pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 314 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

www.Fisher.com

Fisherr FIELDVUE™ DVC6200f Digital Valve

Controller for FOUNDATION™ fieldbus

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller

January 2015

This manual applies to:

Device Type 4602

Device Revision 2

Hardware Revision 8

Firmware Revision 2.0

DD Revision 2 and 3

Instrument Level FD, PD, AD

The FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller is a core component of the PlantWeb™ digital

plant architecture. The digital valve controller powers PlantWeb by capturing and delivering valve

diagnostic data. Coupled with ValveLink™ software, the DVC6200 provides users with an accurate

picture of valve performance, including actual stem position, instrument input signal, and

pneumatic pressure to the actuator. Using this information, the digital valve controller diagnoses

not only itself, but also the valve and actuator to which it is mounted.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller

January 2015

Contents

Section 1 Introduction and

Specifications 3......................

Installation, Pneumatic and Electrical Connections,

and Initial Configuration 3.....................

Scope of Manual 3..............................

Instrument Description 3........................

Using this Manual 4.............................

Specifications 6................................

Related Information 10..........................

Educational Services 10..........................

Section 2 Wiring Practices 11.............

Quick Connect Cable Entry 11....................

Communication Connections 12..................

Simulate Enable Jumper 13.......................

Section 3 Basic Setup 15.................

Basic Setup 15.................................

Transducer Block Mode 15......................

Protection 15.................................

Device Setup 16...............................

Performance Tuner 20.........................

Section 4 Detailed Setup 21..............

Resource Block 21..............................

Transducer Block 38............................

Analog Output Function Block 89.................

Proportional/Integral/Derivative

Function Block 102...........................

Input Selector Function Block 121.................

Output Splitter Function Block 136................

Analog Input Function Block 147..................

Mulitple Analog Input Function Block 159..........

Discrete Output Function Block 165...............

Discrete Input Function Block 177.................

Section 5 Calibration 189................

Calibration Overview 189........................

Calibration 189.................................

Auto 190.....................................

Manual 190..................................

Relay 191....................................

Supply Pressure Sensor 192.....................

Pressure A or B Sensor 193......................

Section 6 Viewing Device

Variables and Diagnostics 195..........

View Lists 195..................................

Resource Block 195.............................

Device Diagnostics 196.........................

Device Variables 198...........................

Transducer Block 199...........................

Device Diagnostics 200.........................

Device Variables 205...........................

Figure 1‐1. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve

Controller

W9713_fieldbus

Section 7 Maintenance and

Troubleshooting 209..................

Replacing the Magnetic Feedback Assembly 210.....

Module Base Maintenance 210....................

Tools Required 210............................

Component Replacement 211...................

Removing the Module Base 211.................

Replacing the Module Base 212..................

Submodule Maintenance 213.....................

I/P Converter 213..............................

Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Assembly 215.........

Pneumatic Relay 216...........................

Gauges, Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves 217.............

Terminal Box 217...............................

Removing the Terminal Box 217.................

Replacing the Terminal Box 218..................

Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output 218.....

Instrument Troubleshooting 219..................

Section 8 Parts 225.....................

Parts Ordering 225..............................

Parts Kits 225..................................

Parts List 226..................................

Housing 226..................................

Common Parts 226............................

Module Base 227..............................

I/P Converter Assembly 227.....................

Relay 227....................................

Terminal Box 227..............................

PWB Assembly 228............................

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller

January 2015

Pressure Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or

Tire Valve Assemblies 228....................

DVC6215 Feedback Unit 228....................

Appendix A Principle of Operation 235.....

Digital Valve Controller Operation 235.............

Appendix B Field Communicator

Menu Tree 237.......................

Appendix C PlantWeb Alerts 251..........

Alert Conditions 251............................

PlantWeb Alerts 251............................

Alert Handling 251............................

Alert Reporting 253............................

PlantWeb Alerts Set Block Status 253.............

Setting PlantWeb Alerts 253......................

Using PlantWeb Alerts 253.......................

Appendix D FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Communication 263..................

Function Block Overview 263.....................

Function Blocks 263...........................

Instrument Specific Blocks 264..................

Resource Blocks 264...........................

Transducer Blocks 264.........................

Block Modes 265...............................

Explanation of Modes 266......................

Examples of Modes for Various

Operation Statuses 267......................

Device Descriptions 267.........................

Transducer Block Status and Limit Propagation 267..

Status Propagation 268........................

Limit Propagation 268..........................

Network Communication 269....................

Device Addressing 269.........................

Link Active Scheduler 269.......................

Device Communications 270....................

Scheduled Transfers 270....................

Unscheduled Transfers 271..................

Function Block Scheduling 272..................

Network Management 272.......................

Appendix E Device Description

Installation 273......................

Overview 273..................................

Device Descriptions and Methods 274.............

Installing DD on a DeltaV

ProfessionalPLUS Workstation 274................

Installing DDs on Other Fieldbus Host Systems 276...

Displaying the Device Description Revision 277......

Appendix F Operating with a

DeltaV System 279...................

Getting Started 279.............................

Transducer Block Parameter -

Configuration Index 280.......................

Resource Block Parameter - Configuration Index 285.

Introduction 286...............................

Software Functionality/System Requirements 286...

Using AMS Device Manager 286...................

Methods 288..................................

Accessing Parameters 288.......................

Bringing the Device On‐Line 291..................

PlantWeb Alerts 291............................

Setting up PlantWeb Alerts 291..................

Glossary 297...........................

Index 301.............................

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Introduction and Specifications

January 2015

Section 1 Introduction and Specifications

Installation, Pneumatic and Electrical Connections,

and Initial Configuration

Refer to the DVC6200 Series Quick Start Guide (D103556X012) for DVC6200

installation, connection, and initial configuration information. If a copy of this quick

start guide is needed scan or click the QR code at the right, contact your Emerson

Process Management sales office, or visit our website at www.Fisher.com.

Scope of Manual

This instruction manual is a supplement to the quick start guide that ships with every instrument. This instruction

manual includes product specifications, supplementary installation information, reference materials, custom setup

information, maintenance procedures, and replacement part details for the FIELDVUE DVC6200f digital valve

controller.

Note

All references to the DVC6200f digital valve controller include the DVC6205f base unit unless otherwise indicated.

This manual describes device setup using the 475 or 375 Field Communicator. For information on using Fisher

ValveLink software with the instrument, refer to the appropriate user guide or help.

Do not install, operate, or maintain a DVC6200f digital valve controller without being fully trained and qualified in

valve, actuator, and accessory installation, operation, and maintenance. To avoid personal injury or property damage,

it is important to carefully read, understand, and follow all of the contents of this manual, including all safety cautions

and warnings. If you have any questions about these instructions, contact your Emerson Process Management sales

office before proceeding.

Instrument Description

DVC6200f digital valve controllers for FOUNDATION fieldbus are communicating, microprocessor‐based instruments. In

addition to the traditional function of converting a digital signal to a pneumatic output pressure, the DVC6200f digital

valve controller, using FOUNDATION fieldbus communications protocol, gives easy access to information critical to

process operation as well as process control. This can be done using a DeltaV console, another FOUNDATION fieldbus

system console, or with ValveLink software version 10.2 or later.

Using a compatible fieldbus configuration device, you can obtain information about the health of the instrument, the

actuator, and the valve. You can also obtain asset information about the actuator or valve manufacturer, model, and

serial number. You can set input and output configuration parameters and calibrate the instrument.

Using the FOUNDATION fieldbus protocol, information from the instrument can be integrated into control systems.

DVC6200f digital valve controllers can be mounted on single or double‐acting sliding‐stem actuators, as shown in

figure 1‐2, or on rotary actuators. It can also be integrally mounted to the Fisher GX control valve and actuator system,

as shown in figure 1‐3. The DVC6200f mounts on most Fisher and other manufacturers' rotary and sliding‐stem

actuators.

Scan or click

to access

field support

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Introduction and Specifications

January 2015

Figure 1‐2 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve

Controller Mounted on a Fisher Sliding‐Stem Valve

Actuator

W9643_fieldbus

Figure 1‐3. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve

Controller Integrally Mounted to a Fisher GX Control

Valve and Actuator System

W9616_fieldbus

DVC6200f digital valve controllers are available with several selections of control and diagnostic capability. Control

selections include:

 Standard Control (SC)— Digital valve controllers with Standard Control have the AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO, and

four DI function blocks in addition to the resource and transducer blocks.

 Fieldbus Control (FC)—Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Control have the AO function block in addition to the

resource and transducer blocks.

 Fieldbus Logic (FL)—Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Logic have the DO, and four DI function blocks, in

addition to the resource and transducer block.

The diagnostic capabilities include:

 Performance Diagnostics (PD)

 Advanced Diagnostics (AD)

 Fieldbus Diagnostics (FD)

Performance and Advanced Diagnostics are available with ValveLink software. They provide visibility to instrument

alerts. Fieldbus Diagnostics can be viewed with any host system.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Introduction and Specifications

January 2015

Instrument Blocks

The digital valve controller is a block‐based device. For detailed information on the blocks within the digital valve

controller, see the Detailed Setup section of this manual.

The DVC6200f digital valve controller includes the resource and transducer block:

 Resource Block—The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device; it has

no input or output parameters. The resource block monitors and controls the general operation of other blocks

within the device. For example, when the mode of the resource block is Out of Service, it impacts all function

blocks.

 Transducer Block—The transducer block connects the analog output function block to the I/P converter, relay, and

travel sensor hardware within the digital valve controller.

Function Blocks

In addition to the resource and transducer block, the digital valve controller may contain the following function blocks.

For additional information on function blocks, refer to Appendix D, FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication.

 Analog Output (AO) Function Block—The analog output function block accepts the output from another function

block (such as a PID block) and transfers it as an actuator control signal to the transducer block. If the DO block is

selected, the AO block is not functional.

 Proportional‐Integral‐Derivative (PID) Function Block—The PID function block performs

proportional‐plus‐integral‐plus‐derivative control.

 Input Selector (ISEL) Function Block—The input selector function block selects from up to four inputs and may

provide the selected signal as input to the PID block. The input selection can be configured to select the first good

input signal; a maximum, minimum or average value; or a hot spare.

 Output Splitter (OS) Function Block—The output splitter function block accepts the output from another function

block (such as a PID block) and creates two outputs that are scaled or split, according to the user configuration. This

block is typically used for split ranging of two control valves.

 Analog Input (AI) Function Block—The analog input function block monitors the signal from a DVC6200f sensor or

internal measurement and provides it to another block.

 Multiple Analog Input (MAI) Function Block—The Multiple Analog Input (MAI) function block has the ability to

process up to eight DVC6200f measurements and make them available to other function blocks.

 Discrete Output (DO) Function Block—The discrete output function block processes a discrete set point and sends it

to a specified output channel, which can be transferred to the transducer block for actuator control. In the digital

valve controller, the discrete output block provides both normal open/closed control and the ability to position the

valve in 5% increments for course throttling applications. If the AO block is selected, the DO block is not functional.

 Discrete Input (DI) Function Block—The discrete input function block processes a single discrete input from a

DVC6200f and makes it available to other function blocks. In the digital valve controller, the discrete input function

block can provide limit switch functionality and valve position proximity detection.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Introduction and Specifications

January 2015

Using This Manual

Navigation paths and fast‐key sequences are included for procedures and parameters that can be accessed using the

Field Communicator.

For example, to access Resource Block Mode:

Field Communicator RB > Configure/Setup > Setup > Resource Block Mode

An overview of the resource and transducer block menu structures are shown in Appendix B. Menu structures for the

function blocks are included with each function block section in Detailed Setup.

Throughout this document, parameters are typically referred to by their common name or label, followed by the

parameter name and index number; for example, Write Priority (WRITE_PRI [39]). However, not all interface systems

support the use of the parameter label and instead use only the Parameter Name, followed by the index number, when

referring to the block parameters.

Specifications

Specifications for the DVC6200f digital valve controller are shown in table 1‐1.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Introduction and Specifications

January 2015

Table 1‐1. Specifications

Available Mounting

DVC6200f digital valve controller and DVC6215

feedback unit: Integral mounting to the Fisher GX

Control Valve and Actuator System Integral

mounting to Fisher rotary actuators, Sliding‐stem

linear applications Quarter‐turn rotary applications

DVC6205f base unit for 2 inch pipestand or wall

mounting (for remote-mount)

The DVC6200f digital valve controller or DVC6215

feedback unit can also be mounted on other

actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC

60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting

standards.

Function Block Suites

Standard Control (throttling control)

 Includes AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO,

 and four DI function block

Fieldbus Control (throttling control)

 Contains the AO function block

Fieldbus Logic [discrete (on/off) connectivity]

 Includes DO, and four DI function blocks

Block Execution Times

AO Block: 15 ms AI Block: 15 ms

PID Block: 20 ms MAI BLock: 35 ms

ISEL Block: 20 ms DO Block: 15 ms

OS Block: 20 ms DI Block: 15 ms

Electrical Input

Voltage Level: 9 to 32 volts

Maximum Current: 19 mA

Reverse Polarity Protection: Unit is not polarity

sensitive

Termination: Bus must be properly terminated per

ISA SP50 guidelines

Digital Communication Protocol

FOUNDATION fieldbus registered device

Physical Layer Type(s):

121—Low-power signaling, bus‐powered,

Entity Model I.S.

511—Low-power signaling, bus‐powered, FISCO I.S.

Fieldbus Device Capabilities

Backup Link Master capable

Supply Pressure(1)

Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher

than maximum actuator requirements

Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure

rating of the actuator, whichever is lower

Supply Medium

Air or natural gas

Air: Supply pressure must be clean, dry air that meets

the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01.

Natural Gas: Natural gas must be clean, dry, oil‐free,

and noncorrosive. H2S content should not exceed 20

ppm.

A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air

system is acceptable. Further filtration down to 5

micrometer particle size is recommended. Lubricant

content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight (w/w) or

volume (v/v) basis. Condensation in the air supply

should be minimized.

Per ISO 8573-1

Maximum particle density size: Class 7

Oil content: Class 3

Pressure Dew Point: Class 3 or at least 10 K less than

the lowest ambient temperature expected

Output Signal

Pneumatic signal, up to full supply pressure

Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig)

Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig)

Action: Double, Single Direct or Reverse

Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3)

Standard Relay: At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure:

Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh)

At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3

normal m3/hr (49 scfh)

Low Bleed Relay: At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure:

Average value 0.056 normal m3/hr

(2.1 scfh)

At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Average value

0.184 normal m3/hr (6.9 scfh)

Maximum Output Capacity(2)(3)

At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr

(375 scfh)

At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr

(1100 scfh)

-continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Introduction and Specifications

January 2015

Table 1‐1. Specifications (continued)

Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1)(4)

-40 to 85C (-40 to 185F)

-52 to 85C (-62 to 185F) for instruments utilizing

the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone

elastomers)

-52 to 125C (-62 to 257F) for remote‐mount

feedback unit

Independent Linearity(5)

Typical Value: ±0.50% of output span

Electromagnetic Compatibility

Meets EN 61326-1 (First Edition)

Immunity—Industrial locations per Table 2 of

the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is

shown in table 1‐2 below.

Emissions—Class A

ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A

Lightning and Surge Protection—The degree of

immunity to lightning is specified as Surge immunity

in table 1‐2. For additional surge protection

commercially available transient protection devices

can be used.

Vibration Testing Method

Tested per ANSI/ISA‐75.13.01 Section 5.3.5. A

resonant frequency search is performed on all three

axes. The instrument is subjected to the ISA specified

1/2 hour endurance test at each major resonance.

Humidity Testing Method

Tested per IEC 61514-2

Electrical Classification

Hazardous Area Approvals

CSA— Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion‐proof,

Division 2, Dust Ignition‐proof

FM— Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion‐proof,

Non‐Incendive, Dust Ignition‐proof

ATEX— Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n

IECEx— Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n

Electrical Housing

CSA— Type 4X, IP66

FM— Type 4X, IP66

ATEX— IP66

IECEx— IP66

Other Classifications/Certifications

Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device— CSA, FM,

ATEX, and IECEx

CUTR— Customs Union Technical Regulations

(Russia, Kazakhstan and Belarus)

INMETRO— National Institute of Metrology, Quality

and Technology (Brazil)

KGS— Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea)

NEPSI— National Supervision and Inspection Centre

for Explosion Protection and Safety of

Instrumentation (China)

PESO CCOE— Petroleum and Explosives Safety

Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)

TIIS— Technology Institution of Industrial Safety

(Japan)

Contact your Emerson Process Management sales

office for classification/certification specific

information

Connections

Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for

mounting 67CFR regulator

Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal

Tubing: 3/8‐inch recommended

Vent: 3/8 NPT internal

Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal, M20 adapter optional

Actuator Compatibility

Stem Travel (Sliding‐Stem Linear)

Minimum: 6.35 mm (0.25 inch)

Maximum: 606 mm (23‐7/8 inches)

Shaft Rotation (Quarter‐Turn Rotary)

Minimum: 45

Maximum: 90

Weight

DVC6200f

Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs)

Stainless Steel: 8.6 kg (19 lbs)

DVC6205f: 4.1 kg (9 lbs)

DVC6215: 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs)

-continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Introduction and Specifications

January 2015

Table 1‐1. Specifications (continued)

Construction Materials

Housing, module base and terminal box: A03600 low

copper aluminum alloy (standard)

Stainless steel (optional)

Cover: Thermoplastic polyester

Elastomers: Nitrile (standard)

Fluorosilicone (extreme temperature)

Options

Supply and output pressure gauges or Tire

valves Integral mounted filter regulator

Low‐Bleed Relay Extreme Temperature

Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device Remote

Mount(6) Stainless Steel

Contact your Emerson Process Management sales

office or go to www.FIELDVUE.com for additional

information.

Declaration of SEP

Fisher Controls International LLC declares this

product to be in compliance with Article 3 paragraph

3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97 / 23 /

EC. It was designed and manufactured in accordance

with Sound Engineering Practice (SEP) and cannot

bear the CE marking related to PED compliance.

However, the product may bear the CE marking to

indicate compliance with other applicable European

Community Directives.

NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.

1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded.

2. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60F and 14.7 psia.

3. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay.

4. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval.

5. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also not applicable for digital valve controllers in long-stroke applications.

6. 4‐conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit. Pneumatic tubing between base

unit output connection and actuator has been tested to 91 meters (300 feet). At 15 meters (50 feet) there was no performance degradation. At 91 meters there was minimal pneumatic lag.

Table 1‐2. EMC Summary Results—Immunity

Port Phenomenon Basic Standard Test Level Performance

Criteria(1)

Enclosure

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC 61000‐4‐2 4 kV contact

8 kV air A(2)

Radiated EM field IEC 61000‐4‐3

80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%

1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%

2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%

Rated power frequency

magnetic field IEC 61000‐4‐8 30 A/m at 50/60 Hz A

I/O signal/control

Burst IEC 61000‐4‐4 1 kV A(2)

Surge IEC 61000‐4‐5 1 kV B

Conducted RF IEC 61000‐4‐6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms A

Performance criteria: +/- 1% effect.

1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self‐recovering.

2. Excluding Simulate function, which meets Performance Criteria B.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Introduction and Specifications

January 2015

Related Information

Fieldbus Installation and Wiring Guidelines

This manual describes how to connect the fieldbus to the digital valve controller. For a technical description, planning,

and installation information for a FOUNDATION fieldbus, refer to the FOUNDATION fieldbus Technical Overview, available

from the Fieldbus Foundation and Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV System, available from your Emerson Process

Management sales office.

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Update Event

UPDATE_EVT 7

UNACKNOWLEDGED 7.1 RW ALL

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0 NONE

Data Type: DS‐73

Alert generated by change to static

data.

UPDATE_STATE 7.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Updated reported

2=Update Not reported

0 N/A

TIME_STAMP 7.3 RO N/A 0 N/A

STATIC_REVISION 7.4 RO N/A 0 N/A

RELATIVE_INDEX 7.5 RO N/A 0 N/A

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 8

UNACKNOWLEDGED 8.1 RW ALL

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0 NONE

Data Type: DS‐72

Used to report the BLOCK_ERR

alarm to the host system

ALARM_STATE 8.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear-reported

2=Clear-not reported

3=Active-reported

4=Active-not reported

0 N/A

TIME_STAMP 8.3 RO N/A 0 N/A

SUBCODE 8.4 RO N/A Subcode: Bit Number in

BLOCK_ERR 0 N/A

VALUE 8.5 RO N/A

Value of parameter at

alarm time for a single

alarm, 0 for multiple

alarms

0 N/A

Transducer Directory

TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY 9 RO N/A 1,1 1,1 N/A Data Type: Array [2] of Unit16

Not used

Transducer Type

TRANSDUCER_TYPE 10 RO 106 106 N/A Data Type: Uint16

Identifies the type of the transducer.

Transducer Error

XD_ERROR or TDC_ERROR 11 RO Valid Numbers: 0 = No

Error 0 N/A Data Type: Uint8

Error code for the transducer block.

Collection Directory

COLLECTION_DIRECTORY 12 RO 1,1,1,1,1 1,1,1,1,1 N/A Data Type: Array [5] of Unit32

Not used



FINAL_VALUE 13



Setpoint Status

STATUS 13.1 RW MAN

OOS N/A NONE

Data Type: DS‐65

In Travel Control: Setpoint for valve

travel in %, prior to characterization.

In Pressure Control: Setpoint for

implied valve travel as % or pressure

range, prior to characterization.

FINAL_VALUE is not updated unless

the AO block is selected in

FEATURE_SELECT. For example,

FINAL_VALUE still has last value

written by AO channel 1 when DO is

in control.

Setpoint

VALUE 13.2 RW MAN

OOS -25 to 125 N/A NONE

Setpoint Range

FINAL_VALUE_RANGE 14 Data Type: DS‐68

High and Low range limit values,

engineering units code, and number

of digits to the right of the decimal

place to be used to display the Final

Value.

EU_100 14.1 RO N/A 100 100 N/A

EU_0 14.2 RO N/A 0 0 N/A

UNITS_INDEX 14.3 RO N/A PERCENT 1342 N/A

DECIMAL 14.4 RO N/A 2 2 N/A

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Travel Cutoff Hi

FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI 15 RW MAN

OOS -25 to 125 99.5 SETUP

Data Type: Float

When the servo goes above this % of

span, the stem position goes to the

upper limit. Cutoffs are OFF when

Low is at -25% and high is at +125%.

Must be > low cutoff + .625%.

Travel Cutoff Lo

FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO 16 RW MAN

OOS -25 to 125 0.5 SETUP

Data Type: Float

When the servo goes below this % of

span, the stem position goes to the

lower limit. Cutoffs are OFF when

Low is at -25% and high is at +125%.

Must be < hi cutoff - .625%.

FINAL_POSITION_VALUE 17

Data Type: DS‐65

In Travel Control: Valve travel in %,

decharacterized to correlate with

Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE [13]).

In Pressure Control: Implied valve

travel as a % of pressure range,

decharacterized to correlate with

Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE [13]).

Controls AI channel 3.

Travel Status (Decharacterized)

STATUS 17.1 RO N/A N/A N/A

Travel (Decharacterized)

VALUE 17.2 RO N/A -25 to 125% N/A

Travel Proportional Gain

SERVO_GAIN 18 RW MAN

OOS > = 0 4.4 SETUP Data Type: Float

Travel Control Only. Gain of servo.

Travel Integral Gain

SERVO_RESET 19 RW MAN

OOS

> = 0 , = 0 causes wind

down 9.4 SETUP

Data Type: Float

Travel Control Only. If set to 0, will

cause integrator to wind down.

Travel Velocity Gain

SERVO_RATE 20 RW MAN

OOS > = 0 3.0 SETUP Data Type: Float

Travel Control Only. Rate of servo.

Actuator Fail Action

ACT_FAIL_ACTION 21 RW MAN

OOS

0=Uninitialized

1=Self Closing

2=Self Opening

Self Closing SETUP

Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Action performed by actuator in the

event of air pressure.

Actuator Manufacturer

ACT_MAN_ID 22 RW ALL 0x5100 SETUP

Data Type: Uint32

The actuator manufacturer

identification number.

Actuator Model Number

ACT_MODEL_NUM 23 RW ALL Null SETUP Data Type: Visible String

Model number of actuator.

Actuator Serial Number

ACT_SN 24 RW ALL Null SETUP Data Type: Visible String

Serial number of actuator.

Valve Manufacturer

VALVE_MAN_ID 25 RW ALL 0x5100 SETUP

Data Type: Uint32

The valve manufacturer

identification number.

Valve Model Number

VALVE_MODEL_NUM 26 RW ALL Null SETUP Data Type: Visible String

The valve model number.

Valve Serial Number

VALVE_SN 27 RW ALL Null SETUP Data Type: Visible String

The valve serial number.

Valve Style

VALVE_TYPE 28 RW ALL 1=sliding-stem

2=Rotary 1=sliding-stem SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Selects Rotary or sliding-stem.

Calibration Location

XD_CAL_LOC 29 RW ALL Null CAL Data Type: Visible String

Where device was last calibrated.

Calibration Date

XD_CAL_DATE 30 RW ALL Uninitialized CAL Data Type: Date

Date of last calibration.

Calibration Person

XD_CAL_WHO 31 RW ALL Null CAL

Data Type: Visible String

Name of person performing last

calibration.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

SETPOINT_D 32

Data Type: DS_66

SETPOINT_D is not updated unless

the DO block is selected in

FEATURE_SEL.

STATUS indicates the validity of

value, set by the DO block

OUT.STATUS

VALUE is the discrete value of

setpoint. Only values of 0, 1, or

increments of 5 up to 95 are

allowed. Written by DO channel 22.

Setpoint(D) Status

STATUS 32.1 RW MAN

OOS NONE

Setpoint(D)

VALUE 32.2 RW MAN

OOS

0 = closed 1 = open

5,10,15.. = % NONE

TRAVEL_D 33 Data Type: DS_66

STATUS indicates the validity of

VALUE.

VALUE: 0=closed , 1=open

5,10,15.. = %. Controls DI Channel

Travel(D) Status

STATUS 33.1 RO N/A N/A

Travel (D)

VALUE 33.2 RO N/A 0 = closed 1 = open

5,10,15.. = % N/A

TRAVEL 34 Data Type: DS‐65

In Travel Control: Actual valve travel

in % of calibrated travel range.

In Pressure Control: Implied valve

travel in % of pressure range.

Controls AI channel 4.

Travel Status

STATUS 34.1 RO N/A N/A

Travel

VALUE 34.2 RO N/A N/A

SUPPLY_PRESSURE 35

Data Type: DS‐65

STATUS indicates the validity of

VALUE. VALUE is pressure of air

supply, controls AI channel 5.

Supply Pressure Status

STATUS 35.1 RO N/A N/A

Supply Pressure

VALUE 35.2 RO N/A N/A

PRESSURE_A 36 Data Type: DS‐65

STATUS Indicates the validity of

VALUE.

Pressure of primary air output,

controls AI channel 6.

Pressure A Status

STATUS 36.1 RO N/A N/A

Pressure A

VALUE 36.2 RO N/A N/A

PRESSURE_B 37 Data Type: DS‐65

STATUS indicates the validity of

VALUE. VALUE is the

Pressure on secondary output,

controls AI channel 7.

Pressure B Status

STATUS 37.1 RO N/A N/A

Pressure B

VALUE 37.2 RO N/A N/A

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

PRESSURE_DIFF 38 Data Type: DS‐65

STATUS indicates the validity of

VALUE. VALUE is the difference

between PRESSURE_A and

PRESSURE_B, controls AI channel 8.

Pressure Differential Status

STATUS 38.1 RO N/A N/A

Pressure Differential

VALUE 38.2 RO N/A N/A

PWA Simulate

PWA_SIMULATE 39 RO or

RW* ALL 1=Simulate Off

2=Simulate Enabled 1=Simulate Off ALL

Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

When this is set to 2 all the alert

ACTIVE parameters can be written,

except for INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.

SHUTDOWN_ALERT_ACTIVE. This

allows alerts to be simulated for

testing with hosts. NOTE: only

ACTIVE parameters are affected by

this. * PWA Simulate is RW only if a

jumper is installed across the Aux

Terminal. If no jumpered is installed

across the Aux Terminal, PWA

Simulate is RO.

Grant Deny

GRANT_DENY 40

GRANT 40.1 RW ALL 0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

all bits cleared NONE

Data Type: DS‐50

Options for controlling access of

host computer and local control

panels to operating, tuning, and

alarm parameters of the block. Has

no effect on the DVC6200f.

GRANT: 0=N/A, 1= granted

DENY: 0=N/A, 1= denied

DENY 40.2 RW ALL all bits cleared NONE

Travel Pressure Control

TVL_PRESS_CONTROL 41

Travel/Pressure Select

TVL_PRESS_SELECT 41.1 RW ALL

1=Travel

2=Pressure

3=TVL/PRESS Auto Recv

4=TVL/PRESS Man Recv

1=Travel SETUP

Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Selects whether travel sensor or port

A pressure is used for feedback.

Travel/Pressure State

TVL_PRESS_STATE 41.2 RO N/A 1=Travel

2=Pressure N/A

Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Indicates which sensor is used for

feedback

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Basic Setup

BASIC_SETUP 42

Actuator Style

ACTUATOR_STYLE 42.1 RW MAN

OOS

1=Spring & Diaphragm

2=Piston‐Dbl w/o Spring

3=Piston‐Dbl w/Spring

4=Piston Sgl w/Spring

1=Spring &

Diaphragm SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Zero Power Condition

ZERO_PWR_COND 42.2 RW MAN

OOS

1=Valve Closed

2=Valve Open 1=Valve Closed SETUP

Data Type: (Uint8)

Enum Identifies whether the valve is

open or closed when instrument

power is lost.

Travel Sensor Motion

TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION 42.3 RW MAN

OOS

1=Counter Clockwise

2=Clockwise

1=Counter

Clockwise SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Feedback Connection

FEEDBACK_CONN 42.4 RW MAN

OOS

100: Default Array

64: SStem #19 Array

65: SStem #25 Array

66: SStem #38 Array

67: SStem #50 Array

70: SStem #100 Array

74: SStem #200 Array

85: SStem #1 Roller

Array

90: RShaft End Array

95: RShaft #1 Window

Array

97: RShaft #2 Window

Array

SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Relay Type

RELAY_TYPE 42.5 RW MAN

OOS

1=Relay A or C‐‐Double or

Single Direct

2=Relay B‐‐Single Reverse

5=Relay C‐Special App.

‐‐Single Direct

6=Relay B‐Special App.

‐‐Single Reverse

9=Lo‐Bleed Relay A or

C‐‐Double or Single

Direct

10=Lo‐Bleed Relay B‐‐

Single Reverse

13=Lo‐Bleed Relay

C‐Special App.‐‐Single

Direct

10=Lo‐Bleed Relay

B‐Special App.‐-Single

Reverse

=Relay A or

C‐‐Double or

Single Direct

SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Maximum Supply Pressure

MAX_SUPP_PRESS 42.6 RW MAN

OOS > 0, < = 150 35 psig SETUP Data Type: Float

Pressure Range Hi

PRESS_RANGE_HI 42.7 RW MAN

OOS > 0, < = 150 15.0 psig SETUP

Data Type: Float

Defines pressure corresponding to

max pressure in pressure control

mode.

Pressure Range Lo

PRESS_RANGE_LO 42.8 RW MAN

OOS > = 0, < = 150 3.0 psig SETUP

Data Type: Float

Defines pressure corresponding to

minimum pressure in pressure

control mode.

Travel Calibration Trigger

TVL_CAL_TRIGGER 42.9 RW MAN

OOS 1 = Aux Term ignored 1 SETUP Not available in the DVC6200f

Travel Tuning Set

TVL_TUNING_SET 42.10 RW MAN

OOS

1=B, 2= C, ...12=M

23=X 2=C SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Letter (B through M or X)

Pressure Tuning Set

PRESS_TUNING_SET 42.11 RW MAN

OOS

1=B, 2=C, ...12= M

23=X 2=C SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Letter (B through M or X)

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

TRAVEL_CAL 43

Travel Count

TVL_COUNT 43.1 RO N/A Data Type: Uint16

Raw feedback from Travel Sensor

Travel Hi Calibration

TVL_HI_CAL 43.2 RW MAN

OOS

<TVL_FAC_HI

>TVL_LO_CAL CAL Data Type: Uint16

Maximum drive calibration point

Travel Lo Calibration

TVL_LO_CAL 43.3 RW MAN

OOS

>TVL_FAC_LO

<TVL_HI_CAL CAL Data Type: Uint16

Minimum drive calibration point

Travel Crossover

TVL_CROSSOVER 43.4 RW MAN

OOS >0% < = 100% 50% CAL Data Type: Float

Not used for the DVC6200f

Travel Fac Hi

TVL_FAC_HI 43.5 RO N/A Set by Factory N/A

Data Type: Uint16

Maximum value of travel sensor

counts. Set at factory.

Travel Fac Lo

TVL_FAC_LO 43.6 RO N/A Set by Factory N/A

Data Type: Uint16

Minimum value of travel sensor

counts. Set at factory.

Travel IP Bias

TVL_IP_BIAS 43.7 RW MAN

OOS 0% - 100% 70% CAL Data Type: Float

Travel MLFB Bias

TVL_MLFB_BIAS 43.8 RW MAN

OOS 0 - 100% 50% CAL Data Type: Float

Last Calibration Type

TVL_CAL_TYPE 43.9 RW MAN

OOS

0: Not Calibrated

1: Single Point Calibration

2: Auto Calibration

3: Manual Calibration

2: Auto Calibration CAL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

TRAVEL_TUNE 44

Travel Integral Enable

TVL_INTEG_ENABLE 44.1 RW MAN

OOS

1=Off

2=On 2=On SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Travel Integral Limit Hi

TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI 44.2 RW MAN

OOS 0% - 100% 30% SETUP Data Type: Float

Travel Integral Limit Lo

TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO 44.3 RW MAN

OOS -100% - 0% -30% SETUP Data Type: Float

Travel Integral Dead Zone

TVL_INTEG_DEADZ 44.4 RW MAN

OOS 0% - 2% 0.25% SETUP Data Type: Float

Travel MLFB Gain

TVL_MLFB_GAIN 44.5 RW MAN

OOS > = 0 35 SETUP Data Type: Float

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

TRAVEL_CAL_RUN 45

Travel Calibration Command

TVL_CAL_CMD 45.1 RW MAN

1: Operating

2: Autocalibrate

3: Not Used by DVC6200f

4: Mark Full Open

5: Mark Full Closed

6: Manual Calibrate Final

7: Abort

8: Clear Cal Status

9: Manual Calibrate Init

10: Manual Calibrate

Restore

11: Reset Travel Sensor

Error

12: Reserved

13: Execute Performance

Tuner

14: Execute Performance

Tuner (Graphite Packing)

16: Execute Performance

Tuner (Booster)

17: Execute Performance

Tuner (Graphite Packing

and Booster)

19: Autocalibration, Set

Filter

20: Autocalibrate

Extended, Set Filter

1=Operating CAL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Resets to 1 after a write

Travel Calibration Prog

TVL_CAL_PROG 45.2 RO N/A 0% N/A Data Type: Uint8

Travel Calibration Status

TVL_CAL_STATUS 45.3 RO N/A

0: auto cal complete

1: calibration complete

2: auto cal in progress

3: manual cal in progress

3: Not Used by DVC6200f

5: upper position marked

6: lower position marked

7: calibration error

8: Performance Tuner

active

9: Performance Tuner

Success

10: Performance Tuner

Error (No movement)

11: Performance Tuner

Error (Accessories

unstable)

12: Performance Tuner

Error (Other)

no bits set N/A

Data Type: Bit String (2 bytes)

All bits set to 0 when mode changes

from OOS. 0 = FALSE,

1 = TRUE

Reserved

TVL_CAL_RESERVED 45.4 Reserved

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

PRESS_CAL 46

Supply Pressure Scale

SUPP_PRESS_SCALE 46.1 RW MAN

OOS > 0 CAL Data Type: Float

Supply Pressure Offset

SUPP_PRESS_OFFSET 46.2 RW MAN

OOS 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type: Uint16

Pressure A Scale

PRESS_A_SCALE 46.3 RW MAN

OOS > 0 CAL Data Type: Float

Pressure A Offset

PRESS_A_OFFSET 46.4 RW MAN

OOS 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type: Uint16

Pressure B Scale

PRESS_B_SCALE 46.5 RW MAN

OOS > 0 CAL Data Type: Float

Pressure B Offset

PRESS_B_OFFSET 46.6 RW MAN

OOS 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type: Uint16

Pressure IP Bias

PRESS_IP_BIAS 46.7 RW MAN

OOS 0-100% 70% CAL Data Type: Float

Pressure MLFB Bias

PRESS_MLFB_BIAS 46.8 RW MAN

OOS 0-100% 50% CAL Data Type: Float



PRESS_TUNE 47

Pressure Cutoff Hi

PRESS_CUTOFF_HI 47.1 RW MAN

OOS

-25 -125%,

> CUTOFF_LO 99.50% SETUP Data Type: Float

Pressure Cutoff Lo

PRESS_CUTOFF_LO 47.2 RW MAN

OOS -25 -125% < CUTOFF_HI 0.50% SETUP Data Type: Float

Pressure Proportional Gain

PRESS_PROP_GAIN 47.3 RW MAN

OOS > = 0, < 32 2.2 SETUP Data Type: Float

Proportional gain

Pressure Integral Gain

PRESS_INTEG_GAIN 47.4 RW MAN

OOS > = 0, < 32 0.1 SETUP Data Type: Float

Integral resets per second

Pressure Rate Gain

PRESS_RATE_GAIN 47.5 RW MAN

OOS > = 0, < = 512 0 SETUP Data Type: Float

Derivative gain

Pressure Integral Dead Zone

PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ 47.6 RW MAN

OOS = 0%, < = 2.0% 0.25% SETUP Data Type: Float

Integrator Deadzone, 1/2 width

Pressure Integral Limit Hi

PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM 47.7 RW MAN

OOS

> = 0%, < = 100%,

>INTEG_LO 20% SETUP Data Type: Float

Integrator limits

Pressure Integral Limit LO

PRESS_INTEG_LO_LIM 47.8 RW MAN

OOS

< = 0%, > = -100%,

<INTEG_HI -20% SETUP Data Type: Float

Integrator limits

Pressure Integral IC Hi

PRESS_INTEG_IC_HI 47.9 RW MAN

OOS >= -100%, < = 100% 12% Not used by the DVC6200f

Pressure Integral IC Lo

PRESS_INTEG_IC_LO 47.10 RW MAN

OOS >= -100%, < = 100% -12% Not used by the DVC6200f

Pressure MLFB Gain

PRESS_MLFB_GAIN 47.11 RW MAN

OOS > 0, < = 100 35 SETUP Data Type: Float

Temperature

TEMPERATURE 48 RO N/A N/A N/A

Data Type: Float

Electronics temperature - Controls

AI channel 11

Target Travel

TRAVEL_TARGET 49 RO

Status

STATUS 49.1 RO MAN

OOS N/A

Data Type: DS‐65

In Travel Control: Setpoint for valve

travel in %, post characterization.

In Pressure Control: Setpoint for

implied valve travel as a % or

pressure range, post

characterization.

Value

VALUE 49.2 RO MAN

OOS N/A

Input Characterization

INPUT_CHAR 50 RW MAN

OOS

1=Linear

2=Equal %

3=Quick Opening

4=Reserved

5=Custom

1=Linear SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Custom Points

CUSTOM_POINTS 51 RW MAN

OOS Linear, Y=X SETUP

Data Type: Unit16 Array[43]

Each item - 2500 to 12500

First integrator is number of valid

points. Followed by up to 21 X

values and then 21 Y values.

X values must be increasing.

Y values must be increasing or same.

A value of 2050 represent 20.50%

Custom Points can be written only if

Input Characterization

(INPUT_CHAR [50]) is not custom.

Travel Deviation

TRAVEL_DEVIATION 52 RO N/A 0 to 100% N/A

Data Type: Float

Absolute value of (TRAVEL_TARGET

[49] - TRAVEL [34]), Controls AI

channel 10

Drive Signal

DRIVE_SIGNAL 53 RO N/A 0 to 100% N/A Data Type: Float

Controls AI channel 9

Drive Current

DRIVE_CURRENT 54 RO N/A 0 to 100% N/A Data Type: Float

MLFB

MLFB 55 RO N/A -100% to 100% N/A Data Type: Float

Failed Alarm

FAILED_ALM 56 Data Type: DS‐71

Used to report alerts to host system.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 56.1 RW ALL

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=Undefined NONE

ALARM_STATE 56.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear-reported

2=Clear-not reported

3=Active-reported

4=Active-not reported

0=Undefined N/A

TIME_STAMP 56.3 RO N/A 0 N/A

SUBCODE 56.4 RO N/A 0 N/A

VALUE 56.5 RO N/A 0 N/A

Data Type: Float

Value of parameter at alarm time for

single alarm, 0 for multiple alarms

Maintenance Alarm

MAINT_ALM 57 Data Type: DS‐71

Used to report alerts to host system

UNACKNOWLEDGED 57.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=Undefined NONE

ALARM_STATE 57.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear-reported

2=Clear-not reported

3=Active-reported

4=Active-not reported

0=Undefined N/A

TIME_STAMP 57.3 RO N/A 0 N/A

SUBCODE 57.4 RO N/A 0 N/A

VALUE 57.5 RO N/A 0 N/A

Data Type: Float

Value of parameter at alarm time for

single alarm, 0 for multiple alarms

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Advise Alarm

ADVISE_ALM 58 Data Type: DS‐71

Used to report alerts to host system

UNACKNOWLEDGED 58.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=Undefined NONE

ALARM_STATE 58.2 RO N/A

0: Undefined

1: Clear-reported

2: Clear-not reported

3: Active-reported

4: Active-not reported

0=Undefined N/A

TIME_STAMP 58.3 RO N/A 0 N/A

SUBCODE 58.4 RO N/A 0 N/A

VALUE 58.5 RO N/A 0 N/A

Data Type: Float

Value of parameter at alarm time for

single alarm, 0 for multiple alarms

Failed Active

FAILED_ACTIVE 59 RO(1) N/A

0: Drive Current

1: Drive Signal

2: Processor Impaired

3: Output Block Timeout

4: Blocks Set to Defaults

5: Travel Sensor

6: Outlet Pressure Sensor

7: Supply Pressure

Sensor

8: Temperature Sensor

9: Supply Pressure

10: Temperature Limit

11: Travel Deviation

12: Travel Limit

13: Travel Accumulator

14: Cycle Counter

15: Performance Critical

16: Performance

Reduced

17: Performance

Information

18: Shutdown Alert

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Failed Alert Status

Maintenance Active

MAINT_ACTIVE 60 RO(1) N/A

0: Drive Current

1: Drive Signal

2: Processor Impaired

3: Output Block Timeout

4: Blocks Set to Defaults

5: Travel Sensor

6: Outlet Pressure Sensor

7: Supply Pressure

Sensor

8: Temperature Sensor

9: Supply Pressure

10: Temperature Limit

11: Travel Deviation

12: Travel Limit

13: Travel Accumulator

14: Cycle Counter

15: Performance Critical

16: Performance

Reduced

17: Performance

Information

18: Shutdown Alert

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Maintenance Alert Status

1. These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Advise Active

ADVISE_ACTIVE 61 RO(1) N/A

0: Drive Current

1: Drive Signal

2: Processor Impaired

3: Output Block Timeout

4: Blocks Set to Defaults

5: Travel Sensor

6: Outlet Pressure Sensor

7: Supply Pressure

Sensor

8: Temperature Sensor

9: Supply Pressure

10: Temperature Limit

11: Travel Deviation

12: Travel Limit

13: Travel Accumulator

14: Cycle Counter

15: Performance Critical

16: Performance

Reduced

17: Performance

Information

18: Shutdown Alert

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Advise Alert Status

Failed Enable

FAILED_ENABLE 62 RW ALL Same as for

FAILED_ACTIVE above

Enabled Bits:

0: Drive Current

2: Processor

Impaired

4: Blocks Set to

Default

5: Travel Sensor

15: Performance

Critical

18: Shutdown

Alert

ALL

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Failed alert enable. Enable allows

detection of alert. All alerts can be

disabled.

Maintenance Enable

MAINT_ENABLE 63 RW ALL Same as for

MAINT_ACTIVE above

Enabled Bits:

1: Drive Signal

3: Output Block

Timeout

6: Outlet Pressure

Sensor

9: Supply Pressure

11: Travel

Deviation

13: Travel

Accumulator

14: Cycle Counter

16: Performance

Reduced

ALL

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Maintenance alert enable. Enable

allows detection of alert. All alerts

can be disabled.

Advise Enable

ADVISE_ENABLE 64 RW ALL Same as for

ADVISE_ENABLE above

Enabled Bits:

7: Supply Pressure

Sensor

8: Temperature

Sensor

10: Temperature

Limit

12: Travel Limit

ALL

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Advise alert enable. Enable allows

detection of alert. All alerts can be

disabled.

Failed Suppress

FAILED_MASK 65 RW ALL Same as for

FAILED_ACTIVE above All bits: 0 ALL

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable Failed alert mask.

MASK controls whether an alert is

reported. If alert is enabled the alert

condition is evaluated and the

ACTIVE parameter is updated to

reflect if alert is active or not. If the

bit is set reporting is suppressed.

Default is all bits cleared.

1. These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Maintenance Suppress

MAINT_MASK 66 RW ALL Same as for

MAINT_ACTIVE above All bits: 0 ALL

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Maintenance alert mask. MASK

controls whether an alert is

reported. If alert is enabled the alert

condition is evaluated and the

ACTIVE parameter is updated to

reflect if alert is active or not. If the

bit is set reporting is suppressed.

Default is all bits cleared.

Advise Suppress

ADVISE_MASK 67 RW ALL Same as for

ADVISE_ENABLE above All bits: 0 ALL

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Advise alert mask. MASK controls

whether an alert is reported. If alert

is enabled the alert condition is

evaluated and the ACTIVE

parameter is updated to reflect if

alert is active or not. If the bit is set

reporting is suppressed. Default is all

bits cleared.

Failed Priority

FAILED_PRI 68 RW ALL 0 to 15 2 SETUP Data Type: Uint8

Failed alert priority

Maintenance Priority

MAINT_PRI 69 RW ALL 0 to 15 2 SETUP Data Type: Uint8

Maintenance alert priority

Advise Priority

ADVISE_PRI 70 RW ALL 0 to 15 2 SETUP Data Type: Uint8

Advise alert priority

Recommended Action

RECOMMENDED_ACTION 71 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0 N/A Data Type: Uint16

Fix for most serious condition

Travel Accumulator

TRAVEL_ACCUM 72 RW ALL Write: Anything

Read: Actual CAL

Data Type: Uint32

Total travel expressed in integer %

terms. Controls AI channel 13.

Cycle Count

CYCLE_COUNT 73 RW ALL Write: Anything

Read: Actual CAL

Data Type: Uint32

Number of cycle transitions above a

certain threshold of movement.

Controls AI channel 12.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME



INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE 74

Electronics Active

ELECT_ACTIVE 74.1 RO(1) ALL

0: Drive Current

1: Drive Signal

2: Memory Failure -

Pending

3: Static Memory

4: Processor

5: I/O Processor

6: Output Block Timeout

7: Block Set to Defaults

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Electronics Alert status

Sensor Active

SENSOR_ACTIVE 74.2 RO(1) ALL

0: Travel Sensor

1: Port A Pressure Sensor

2: Port B Pressure Sensor

3: Supply Pressure

Sensor

4: Temperature Sensor

5: Pressure Fallback

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Sensor Alert status

Environment Active

ENVIRO_ACTIVE 74.3 RO(1) ALL

0: Supply Pressure High

1: Supply Pressure Low

2: Temperature High

3: Temperature Low

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Environment Alert status

Travel Active

TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 RO(1) ALL

0: Travel Deviation

1: Travel High High

2: Travel Low Low

3: Travel High

4: Travel Low

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Travel Alert status

Proximity Active

PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 RO(1) N/A

0: Travel Open

1: Travel Closed

2: Proximity High High

3: Proximity High

4: Proximity Low

5: Proximity Low Low

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Proximity Alert status.

Travel History Active

TVL_HISTORY_ACTIVE 74.6 RO(1) ALL 0: Cycle Counter

1: Travel Accumulator All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Travel History Alert status

Performance Active

PERF_ACTIVE 74.7 RO(1) ALL

0: Performance Critical

1: Performance Reduced

2: Performance

Information

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Performance Diagnostic Alert status

PD Event Active

PD_EVENT_ACTIVE 74.8 RO(1) ALL

0: High I/P Drive Signal

1: Low I/P Drive Signal

2: High Air Mass Flow

3: Large Travel Deviation

4: Low Supply Pressure

5: High Supply Pressure

6: High Crossover

Pressure

7: Low Crossover

Pressure

8: No Air Mass Flow

Estimate

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Performance Diagnostic event

status.

1. These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

PD Detail 1 Active

PD_DETAIL1_ACTIVE 74.9 RO(1) ALL

0: I/P Primary Plugged

1: I/P Nozzle Plugged

2: I/P Latched

3: Reserved

4: Relay Jammed

5: Relay Cross Misadj

6: Relay Bias Diaph Leak

7: Relay Port A Diaph

Leak

8: Relay Port B Diaph

Leak

9: Reserved

10: Valve Stuck Low or

Sensor Arm Damage

11: Valve Stuck High or

Sensor Arm Damage

12: Piston Ring Leak

13: Reserved

14: Low Supply Pressure

15: External Leak

16: SOV Trip

17: Air Line Blocked

18: Reserved

19: Reserved

20: Unknown

All bits:0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Performance Diagnostic Critical

possible cause.

PD Detail 2 Active

PD_DETAIL2_ACTIVE 74.10 RO(1) ALL Reserved All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Performance Diagnostic Detail

status.

PD Detail 3 Active

PD_DETAIL3_ACTIVE 74.11 RO(1) ALL

0: I/P Primary Plugging

1: I/P Nozzle Plugging

2: I/P Calibration Shift

3: Reserved

4: Relay Cross Misadj

5: Relay Port A Diaph

Leak

6: Relay Port B Diaph

Leak

7: Reserved

8: Piston Ring Leak

9: Reserved

10: Reserved

11: Low Supply Pressure

12: Reserved

13: External Leak

14: Reserved

15: Travel Calibration

Shift

16: Unknown

17: Reserved

18: Reserved

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Performance Diagnostic Reduce

possible cause.

PD Detail 4 Active

PD_DETAIL4_ACTIVE 74.12 RO(1) ALL Reserved All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Performance Diagnostic Detail

status

1. These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

PD Detail 5 Active

PD_DETAIL5_ACTIVE 74.13 RO(1) ALL

0: Relay Disengaged

1: Insufficient Pressure

Differential

2: Travel Calibration Error

3: Reserved

4: High Supply Pressure*

5: Reserved

6: Near a Travel Cutoff Or

Stop

7:Reserved

8: Spec Sheet Fields

Incomplete*

9: Sensor Failure*

10: Pressure Control

Active

11: Transducer Block

Mode OOS

12: Not Authorized for PD

13: PD Run Disabled*

14: Trigger Data

Available*

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Performance Diagnostic Detail

status

*Bits which, when set, will trigger

PERF_ACTIVE bit 2.

PD Detail 6 Active

PD_DETAIL6_ACTIVE 74.14 RO(1) ALL Reserved All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Performance Diagnostic Detail

status

Shutdown Alerts

SHUTDOWN_ALERTS_ACTIVE 74.15 RO N/A

0: Drive Current

1: Program Memory

2: Static Memory

3: Processor or I/O

Processor

4: Travel Sensor

5: Port A Pressure Sensor

6: Output Block Timeout

7-31: (Reserved)

All bits: 0 N/A

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Indicates what caused an Instrument

Shutdown. Bit remains set even if

condition has passed if Shutdown

Recovery is Manual. All bits are

cleared when MODE_BLK.TARGET is

written. Always enabled whenever

the corresponding

SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER is enabled.

1. These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

INST_ALERTS_ENABLE 75

Electronics Enable

ELECT_ENABLE 75.1 RW ALL

0: Drive Current

1: Drive Signal

2: Program Memory

3: Static Memory

4: Processor

5: I/O Processor

6: Output Block Timeout

7: Blocks Set to Defaults

Enabled Bits:

0: Drive Current

1: Drive Signal

2: Program

Memory

3: Static Memory

4: Processor

5: I/O Processor

7: Block Set to

Default

SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Electronic Alerts Enable

Sensor Enable

SENSOR_ENABLE 75.2 RW ALL

0: Travel Sensor

1: Port A Pressure Sensor

2: Port B Pressure Sensor

3: Supply Pressure

Sensor

4: Temperature Sensor

Enabled Bits:

0: Travel Sensor

1: Port A Pressure

Sensor

2: Port B Pressure

Sensor

3: Supply Pressure

Sensor

4: Temperature

Sensor

SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Sensor Alerts Enable

Environment Enable

ENVIRO_ENABLE 75.3 RW ALL

0: Supply Pressure High

1: Supply Pressure Low

2: Temperature High

3: Temperature Low

Enabled Bits:

0: Supply Pressure

High

2: Temperature

High

3: Temperature

Low

SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Environment Alerts Enable

Travel Enable

TRAVEL_ENABLE 75.4 RW ALL

0: Travel Deviation

1: Travel High High

2: Travel Low Low

3: Travel High

4: Travel Low

Enabled Bits:

0: Travel

Deviation

SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Travel Alerts Enable

Proximity Enable

PROX_ENABLE 75.5 RW ALL

0: Travel Open

1: Travel Closed

2: Proximity High High

3: Proximity High

4: Proximity Low

5: Proximity Low Low

All bits: 0 SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Proximity Alerts Enable

Travel History Enable

TVL_HISTORY_ENABLE 75.6 RW ALL 0: Cycle Counter

1: Travel Accumulator All bits: 0 SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Travel History Alerts Enable

Performance Enable

PERF_ENABLE 75.7 RW ALL

0: Performance Critical

1: Performance Reduced

2: Performance

Information

Enabled Bits:

0: Performance

Critical

1: Performance

Reduced

SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Performance Alerts Enable

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

INST_ALERTS_CONFIG 76

Shutdown Trigger

SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER 76.1 RW ALL

0: Drive Current

1: Program Memory

2: Static Memory

3: Processor or I/O

Processor

4: Travel Sensor

5: Port A Pressure Sensor

6: Output Block Timeout

7-31: (Reserved)

All bits: 0 SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=attempt control,

1=fail to zero drive e.g. OOS mode

Action on specific instrument alerts:

Shutdown Recovery

SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY 76.2 RW ALL

0: (reserved)

1: Program Memory

2: Static Memory

3: Processor or I/O

Processor

4: Travel Sensor

5: Port A Pressure Sensor

6: Output Block Timeout

7-31: (Reserved)

All bits: 0 SETUP

Data Type: Bit String (4 byte)

0=Auto

1=Manual

Recovery action after a shutdown

trigger “fail to zero drive” above,

Output Blk Timeout

OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT 76.3 RW ALL Time > = 0, < = 800

seconds 600 sec SETUP

Data Type: Float

The maximum time between

updates from the AO or DO block to

the transducer block setpoint.

Drive Current Alert Point

DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT 76.4 RW ALL > = 5, < = 100 25% SETUP

Data Type: Float

(percent different) drive signal not

reaching I/P accurately.

Drive Current Alert Time

DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME 76.5 RW ALL = 0.25, < = 120 seconds 5 sec SETUP

Data Type: Float

(percent different) drive signal not

reaching I/P accurately.

Temperature Hi Alert Point

TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT 76.6 RW ALL > -76 F, < 257 F 186 deg F SETUP Data Type: Float

Temperature HI Limits

Temperature Lo Alert Point

TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT 76.7 RW ALL > -76 F, < 257 F -63 deg F SETUP Data Type: Float

Temperature LO Limits

Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point

SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT 76.8 RW ALL > = 0, < = 150 145 psig SETUP Data Type: Float

Maximum supply pressure

Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point

SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT 76.9 RW ALL > = 0, < = 150 15 psig SETUP Data Type: Float

Minimum supply pressure

INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2 77

Travel Deviation Alert Point

TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT 77.1 RW ALL > 0%, <= 125% 5% SETUP

Data Type: Float

Alerts when difference between sp

and pv is too large for too long.

Travel Deviation Time

TVL_DEV_TIME 77.2 RW ALL > = 0, < = 120 seconds 10 sec SETUP Data Type: Float

Travel Deviation Deadband

TVL_DEV_DB 77.3 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100% 2% SETUP Data Type: Float

Travel Accumulator Alert Point

TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT 77.4 RW ALL > = 0 1,000,000 SETUP

Data Type: Uint32

Alerts when accumulated travel is

too much

Travel Accumulator Deadband

TVL_ACCUM_DB 77.5 RW ALL 0 - 100% 1% SETUP Data Type: Float

Deadband

Cycle Count Alert Point

CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT 77.6 RW ALL > = 0 1,000,000 SETUP Alerts when number of cycles is too

large.

Cycle Count Deadband

CYCLE_COUNT_DB 77.7 RW ALL 0 - 100% 1% SETUP Data Type: Float

Deadband

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Travel Open Alert Point

TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT 77.8 RW ALL -25% to 125% 99.5% SETUP

Data Type: Float

Alert when valve is open. Control DI

channel 24 regardless of alert enable

state.

Travel Open Deadband

TVL_OPEN_DB 77.9 RW ALL > = 0%, < =100% 1% SETUP Data Type: Float

Deadband

Travel Closed Alert Point

TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT 77.10 RW ALL -25% to 125% 0.5% SETUP

Data Type: Float

Alerts when valve closed. Controls DI

channel 25 regardless of alert enable

state.

Travel Closed Deadband

TVL_CLOSED_DB 77.11 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100% 1% SETUP Data Type: Float

Deadband

Travel Lo Lo Alert Point

TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT 77.12 RW ALL -25% to 125% -25% SETUP

Data Type: Float

Alert when valve position is less than

alert point. Controls DI channels 26

& 30 regardless of alert enable state.

Travel Lo Lo Deadband

TVL_LO_LO_DB 77.13 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100% 5% SETUP Data Type: Float

Deadband

Travel Lo Alert Point

TVL_LO_ALRT_PT 77.14 RW ALL -25% to 125% -25% SETUP

Data Type: Float

Alert when valve position is less than

alert point. Controls DI channels 27

& 31 regardless of alert enable state.

Travel Lo Deadband

TVL_LO_DB 77.15 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100% 5% SETUP Data Type: Float

Deadband

Travel Hi Alert Point

TVL_HI_ALRT_PT 77.16 RW ALL -25% to 125% 125% SETUP

Data Type: Float

Alert when valve position is less than

alert point. Controls DI channels 28

& 32 regardless of alert enable state.

Travel Hi Deadband

TVL_HI_DB 77.17 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100% 5% SETUP Data Type: Float

Deadband

Travel Hi Hi Alert Point

TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT 77.18 RW ALL -25% to 125% 125% SETUP

Data Type: Float

Alert when valve position is less than

alert point. Controls DI channels 29

& 33 regardless of alert enable state.

Travel Hi Hi Deadband

TVL_HI_HI_DB 77.19 RW ALL > = 0%, < = 100% 5% SETUP Data Type: Float

Deadband

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Self Test Status

SELFTEST_STATUS

78 RO N/A 0:

2: Integrator Limited Low

3: Integrator Limited

High

4: Travel Sensor Span

Error

5: MLFB Error

7: Travel Sensor High

Error

8: Travel Sensor Low Error

9: Pressure Sensor B

10: Pressure Sensor A

11: Supply Pressure

Sensor

13: IOP Failure

14: Drive Current

15: Simulate Jumper ON

All bits: 0 Data Type: Bit String (2 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

Indicates the status of the

instrument self test.

Integrator Limited Low: Indicates

the integrator reached its limit and

cannot move the valve any further.

High valve friction may cause this

situation.

Integrator Limited High:

Indicates the integrator reached its

limit and cannot move the valve any

further. High valve friction may

cause this situation.

Travel Sensor Span Error:

Indicates that span between the

endpoints of travel are not far

enough apart. This error is reported

during automatic calibration.

MLFB Error: Indicates that the Minor

Loop Feedback sensor gave a

non‐valid value during automatic

calibration.

Travel Sensor High Error:

Indicates the travel sensor has

reported a travel position that is

significantly above the normal

operating range, and has failed.

Travel Sensor Low Error: Indicates

the travel sensor has reported a

travel position that is significantly

below the normal operating range,

and has failed.

Pressure B Sensor Failure:

Indicates the pressure sensor is

reporting a pressure that is

significantly outside of the normal

operating pressure, and has failed.

Pressure A Sensor Failure:

Indicates the pressure sensor is

reporting a pressure that is

significantly outside of the normal

operating pressure, and has failed.

Supply Sensor Failure:

Indicates the pressure sensor is

reporting a pressure that is

significantly outside of the normal

operating pressure, and has failed.

IOP Failure: Indicates the I/O

processor has failed.

Drive Current: Indicates that the

Drive Current has exceeded the

Drive Current Alert Point for more

than the Drive Current Alert Time.

Simulate Jumper ON: Indicates the

simulate jumper is connected to the

DVC6200f between the two AUX

terminals.

Health Index

HEALTH_INDEX 79 RO N/A 0 - 100 100 N/A

Data Type: Uint8

Represents overall health of device.

100 is perfect, 0 is completely bad.

Settings for DVC6200f will range

from 10 to 100.

Reserved A

RESERVED_A 80 RW ALL N/A SETUP Data Type: Array, 118 x Unit8

Reserved

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Reserved AI

RESERVED_AI 81 RW ALL 0 SETUP Data Type: Uint16

Reserved

Upgrade Progress

UPGRADE_PROGRESS 82 RO N/A 1 N/A Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Not used by the DVC6200f

SPEC_SHEET_VALVE 83

Valve Size

VALVE_SIZE 83.1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String

Valve Class

VALVE_CLASS 83.2 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String

Rated Travel

RATEDTRAVEL 83.3 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Actual Travel

ACTUAL_TRAVEL 83.4 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Shaft Stem Diameter

SHAFT_STEM_DIA 83.5 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Packing Type

PACKING_TYPE 83.6 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String

Inlet Pressure

INLET_PRESSURE 83.7 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Outlet Pressure

OUTLET_PRESSURE 83.8 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

SPEC_SHEET_TRIM 84

Seat Type

SEAT_TYPE 84.1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String

Leak Class

LEAK_CLASS 84.2 RW ALL

ANSI Seat Leakage

Classification

1: I

2: II

3: III

4: IV

5: V

6: VI

7: BFW

8: STD AIR

9: BFW II

10: BFW III

11: BFW IV

12: BFW V

13: BFW VI

14: 1/10th of IV

15: Bubble Tight

1= I ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Port Diameter

PORT_DIAMETER 84.3 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Port Type

PORT_TYPE 84.4 RW ALL 1=balanced

2=unbalanced 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Flow Direction

FLOWDIRECTION 84.5 RW ALL 1=up

2=down 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Push Down To

PUSH_DOWN_TO 84.6 RW ALL 1=open

2=close 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Flow Tends To

FLOW_TENDS_TO 84.7 RW ALL 1=open

2=close 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Unbalanced Area

UNBALANCED_AREA 84.8 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Trim Style 1

TRIM_STYLE_1 84.9 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String

Trim Style 2

TRIM_STYLE_2 84.10 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

SPEC_SHEET_ACT 85

Actuator Size

ACTUATOR SIZE 85.1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type: Visible String

Effective Area

EFFECTIVE AREA 85.2 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Air

AIR 85.3 RW ALL 1=open

2=close 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Lower Bench Set

LOWER_BENCH_SET 85.4 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Upper Bench Set

UPPER_BENCH_SET 85.5 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Nominal Supply Pressure

NOMINAL_SUPPLY_PRESSURE 85.6 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Spring Rate

SPRING_RATE 85.7 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Stroking Time Open

STROKING_TIME_OPEN 85.8 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Seconds

Stroking Time Close

STROKING_TIME_CLOSE 85.9 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

Seconds

Lever Style

LEVER_STYLE 85.10 RW ALL 1=Pivot Point

2=Rack & Pinion 0 ALL Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Lever Arm Length

MOMENT_ARM 85.11 RW ALL 0.00 ALL Data Type: Float

DEVICE_RECORD 86 These parameters can only reset

through VL/DD.

Temperature Maximum

TEMP_MAX 86.1 RO N/A -9999.99 N/A Data Type: Float

Highest temperature recorded

Temperature Maximum Time

TEMP_MAX_TIME 86.2 RO N/A Zero time N/A Data Type: Time Value

Temperature Minimum

TEMP_MIN 86.3 RO N/A 9999.99 N/A Data Type: Float

Lowest temperature recorded

Temperature Minimum Time

TEMP_MIN_TIME 86.4 RO N/A Zero time N/A Data Type: Time Value

Supply Pressure Maximum

SUPP_PRESS_MAX 86.5 RO N/A 0.0 N/A Data Type: Float

Highest supply pressure recorded

Supply Pressure Maximum Time

SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME 86.6 RO N/A Zero time N/A Data Type: Time Value

Supply Pressure Minimum

SUPP_PRESS_MIN 86.7 RO N/A 9999.99 N/A Data Type: Float

Lowest supply pressure recorded

Supply Pressure Minimum Time

SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME 86.8 RO N/A Zero time N/A Data Type: Time Value

Comm Error Count

COMM_ERROR_COUNT 86.9 RW N/A 0 SETUP Not used by the DVC6200f

Protection

PROTECTION 87 RW ALL

1=None

2=Calibration

3=Setup & Calibration

4=All

2=Calibration NONE

Data Type: Enum

Write lock enable/disable. If setting

is at or above a parameters

protection level then that parameter

is read‐only.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

PERF_DIAG 88

PD Run

PD_COMMAND 88.1 RW AUTO

MAN

1=PD On

2=PD Off 1=PD On NONE Data Type: Enum

Controls whether PD will run or not.

PD Status

PD_STATUS 88.2 RO ALL 1=Not Running

2=Running NONE Data Type: Enum

Status of performance diagnostics.

PD Configuration

PD_CONFIG 88.3 RW ALL 0 NONE

Data Type: Bit String

Bit string for configuring PD setup

and options.

PD Extra

PD_EXTRA 88.4 RW ALL 0 NONE

Data Type: Uint32

Extra 32 bit integer for sending

values to PD.

Temperature Units

TEMPERATURE_UNITS 89 RW ALL C=1001

F=1002 C SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Pressure Units

PRESSURE_UNITS 90 RW ALL

kPa=1133

bar=1137

psig=1143

inHg=1155

inH2O=1146

Kg/cm2=1145

kPa SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Travel Units

TVL_UNITS 91 RW ALL

cm=1012

mm=1013

in=1019

deg=1005

mm SETUP

Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Travel units for spec sheet

ACTUAL_TRAVEL and RATEDTRAVEL

only.

Length Units

LENGTH_UNITS 92 RW ALL

cm=1012

mm=1013

in=1019

mm SETUP

Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Not used for spec sheet

ACTUAL_TRAVEL OR RATEDTRAVEL

Area Units

AREA_UNITS 93 RW ALL

cm2=1025

mm2=1027

in2=1030

cm2SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Spring Rate Units

SPRING_RATE_UNITS 94 RW ALL N/m=1165

lb/in=1596 N/m SETUP Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

MAI_CHANNEL_MAP 95 Data Type:Uint16 This defines

which transducer block channels will

be sent to each of the 8 MAI

channels. No scaling or other

conversion will be done. Values will

be sent in the currently defined

units. If set to 0, then no output to

MAI (status will be set to BAD).

1=FINAL_VALUE

2=TRAVEL_TARGET

3=FINAL_POSITION_VALUE

4=TRAVEL

5=SUPPLY_PRESS

6=ACT_PRESS_A

7=ACT_PRESS_B

8=ACT_PRESS_DIFF

9=DRIVE_SIGNAL

10=TRAVEL_DEVIATION

11=TEMPERATURE

12=CYCLE_COUNT

13=TRAVEL_ACCUM

MAI Channel 1

MAI_CHANNEL_1 95.1 RW MAN,

OOS 1 through 13 1 SETUP

MAI Channel 2

MAI_CHANNEL_2 95.2 RW MAN,

OOS 1 through 13 2 SETUP

MAI Channel 3

MAI_CHANNEL_3 95.3 RW MAN,

OOS 1 through 13 3 SETUP

MAI Channel 4

MAI_CHANNEL_4 95.4 RW MAN,

OOS 1 through 13 4 SETUP

MAI Channel 5

MAI_CHANNEL_5 95.5 RW MAN,

OOS 1 through 13 5 SETUP

MAI Channel 6

MAI_CHANNEL_6 95.6 RW MAN,

OOS 1 through 13 6 SETUP

MAI Channel 7

MAI_CHANNEL_7 95.7 RW MAN,

OOS 1 through 13 7 SETUP

MAI Channel 8

MAI_CHANNEL_8 95.8 RW MAN,

OOS 1 through 13 8 SETUP

Output Block Selection

OUTBLOCK_SEL 96 RW MAN,

OOS

1: AO Block

2: DO Block 1: AO Block SETUP

Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Controls which output block (AO or

DO) the transducer block will

respond to.

PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status

PWA_SET_STATUS 97 RW MAN,

OOS

1: No

2: Yes 1: No SETUP

Data Type: Enum (Uint8)

Controls whether the status of the

PV fed back to the output block from

the transducer block will be affected

by an active PlantWeb alert.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐14. Transducer Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Protect

Category

Initial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Block Information

BLOCK_INFO 98 RO

Bit 0: Travel feedback

sensor detected

Bit 1: Output Block

Scheduled

Bit 2: Trigger Capturing

Bit 3: Output Block in

Normal Mode

Bit 4: Write Lock is on

Bit 5: Resource Block in

Auto Mode

Data Type: Bit String (2 bytes)

Reserved B

RESERVED_B 99 RW Data Type: Bit String (4 bytes)

Travel Always

TRAVEL_ALWAYS 100 RO Data Type: DS-65

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Table 4‐15. Transducer Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL

6 BLOCK_ERR

10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE

11 XD_ERROR

13.1 FINAL_VALUE.STATUS

13.2 FINAL_VALUE.VALUE

17.1 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.STATUS

17.2 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE

32.1 SETPOINT_D.STATUS

32.2 SETPOINT_D.VALUE

Table 4‐16. Transducer Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE

14.1 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.EU_100

14.2 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.EU_0

14.3 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.UNITS_INDEX

14.4 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE.DECIMAL

15 FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI

16 FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO

18 SERVO_GAIN

19 SERVO_RESET

20 SERVO_RATE

21 ACT_FAIL_ACTION

40.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT

40.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY

50 INPUT_CHAR

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Note

Because individual views are limited in size, View Lists 3 and 4 have multiple parts.

Table 4‐17. Transducer Block, View 3.1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLOCK.TARGET

5.2 MODE_BLOCK.ACTUAL

5.3 MODE_BLOCK.PERMITTED

5.4 MODE_BLOCK.NORMAL

6 BLOCK_ERR

10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE

11 XD_ERROR

13.1 FINAL_VALUE.STATUS

13.2 FINAL_VALUE.VALUE

17.1 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.STATUS

17.2 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE

32.1 SETPOINT_D.STATUS

32.2 SETPOINT_D.VALUE

35.1 SUPPLY_PRESSURE.STATUS

35.2 SUPPLY_PRESSURE.VALUE

36.1 PRESSURE_A.STATUS

36.2 PRESSURE_A.VALUE

37.1 PRESSURE_B.STATUS

37.2 PRESSURE_B.VALUE

38.1 PRESSURE_DIFF.STATUS

38.2 PRESSURE_DIFF.VALUE

48 TEMPERATURE

49 TRAVEL_TARGET

52 TRAVEL_DEVIATION

53 DRIVE_SIGNAL

54 DRIVE_CURRENT

55 MLFB

59 FAILED_ACTIVE

60 MAINT_ACTIVE

61 ADVISE_ACTIVE

71 RECOMMEND_ACTION

72 TRAVEL_ACCUM

73 CYCLE_COUNT

75.1 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.ELECT_ENABLE

75.2 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.SENSOR_ENABLE

75.3 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.ENVIRO_ENABLE

75.4 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.TRAVEL_ENABLE

75.5 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.PROX_ENABLE

75.6 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.TVL_HISTORY_ENABLE

75.7 INST_ALERTS_ENABLE.PERF_ENABLE

Table 4‐18. Transducer Block, View 3.2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

74.1 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.ELECT_ACTIVE

74.2 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.SENSOR_ACTIVE

74.3 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.ENVIRO_ACTIVE

74.4 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.TRAVEL_ACTIVE

74.5 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PROX_ACTIVE

74.6 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.TVL_HISTORY_ACTIVE

74.7 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PERF_ACTIVE

74.8 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_EVENT_ACTIVE

74.9 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL1_ACTIVE

74.10 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL2_ACTIVE

74.11 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL3_ACTIVE

74.12 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL4_ACTIVE

74.13 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE.PD_DETAIL5_ACTIVE

78 SELFTEST_STATUS

79 HEALTH_INDEX

86.1 DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MAX

86.2 DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MAX_TIME

86.3 DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MIN

86.4 DEVICE_RECORD.TEMP_MIN_TIME

86.5 DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MAX

86.6 DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME

86.7 DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MIN

86.8 DEVICE_RECORD.SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME

Table 4‐19. Transducer Block, View 4.1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE

22 ACT_MAN_ID

23 ACT_MODEL_NUM

24 ACT_SN

25 VALVE_MAN_ID

26 VALVE_MODEL_NUM

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—Transducer Block

January 2015

Table 4‐20. Transducer Block, View 4.2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

27 VALVE_SN

28 VALVE_TYPE

29 XD_CAL_LOC

30 XD_CAL_DATE

31 XD_CAL_WHO

89 TEMPERATURE_UNITS

90 PRESSURE_UNITS

91 TVL_UNITS

92 LENGTH_UNITS

93 AREA_UNITS

94 SPRING_RATE_UNITS

Table 4‐21. Transducer Block, View 4.3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

39 PWA_SIMULATE

41.1 TVL_PRESS_CONTROL.TVL_PRESS_SELECT

41.2 TVL_PRESS_CONTROL.TVL_PRESS_STATE

42.1 BASIC_SETUP.ACTUATOR_STYLE

42.2 BASIC_SETUP.ZERO_PWR_COND

42.3 BASIC_SETUP.TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION

42.4 BASIC_SETUP.FEEDBACK_CONN

42.5 BASIC_SETUP.RELAY_TYPE

42.6 BASIC_SETUP.MAX_SUPP_PRESS

42.7 BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_RANGE_HI

42.8 BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_RANGE_LO

42.9 BASIC_SETUP.TVL_CAL_TRIGGER

42.10 BASIC_SETUP.TVL_TUNING_SET

42.11 BASIC_SETUP.PRESS_TUNING_SET

44.1 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_ENABLE

44.2 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_LIM_HI

44.3 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO

44.4 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_INTEG_DEADZ

44.5 TRAVEL_TUNE.TVL_MLFB_GAIN

47.1 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_CUTOFF_HI

47.2 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_CUTOFF_LO

47.3 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_PROP_GAIN

47.4 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_GAIN

47.5 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_RATE_GAIN

47.6 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ

47.7 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM

47.8 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_LO_LIM

47.9 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_IC_HI

47.10 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_INTEG_IC_LO

47.11 PRESS_TUNE.PRESS_MLFB_GAIN

62 FAILED_ENABLE

63 MAINT_ENABLE

64 ADVISE_ENABLE

65 FAILED_MASK

66 MAINT_MASK

-continued-

Table 4‐21. Transducer Block, View 4.3 (continued)

Index Number Parameter

67 ADVISE_MASK

68 FAILED_PRI

69 MAINT_PRI

70 ADVISE_PRI

Table 4‐22. Transducer Block, View 4.4

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

76.1 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER

76.2 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY

76.3 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.OUTPUT_BLK_TIMEOUT

76.4 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT

76.5 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME

76.6 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.TEMP_HI_ALRT_PT

76.7 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.TEMP_LO_ALRT_PT

76.8 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SUP_PRES_HI_ALRT_PT

76.9 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG.SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT

77.1 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT

77.2 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_TIME

77.3 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_DEV_DB

77.4 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT

77.5 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_ACCUM_DB

77.6 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT

77.7 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.CYCLE_COUNT_DB

77.8 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT

77.9 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_OPEN_DB

77.10 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT

77.11 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_CLOSED_DB

77.12 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT

77.13 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_LO_DB

77.14 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_ALRT_PT

77.15 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_LO_DB

77.16 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_ALRT_PT

77.17 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_DB

77.18 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT

77.19 INST_ALERTS_CONFIG2.TVL_HI_HI_DB

82 UPGRADE_PROGRESS

87 PROTECTION

Table 4‐23. Transducer Block View, 4.5

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

95.1 MAI_CHANNEL_1

95.2 MAI_CHANNEL_2

95.3 MAI_CHANNEL_3

95.4 MAI_CHANNEL_4

95.5 MAI_CHANNEL_5

95.6 MAI_CHANNEL_6

95.7 MAI_CHANNEL_7

95.8 MAI_CHANNEL_8

96 OUTBLOCK_SEL

97 PWA_SET_STATUS

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

Analog Output Function Block

Overview

The Analog Output (AO) function block (figure 4‐6) assigns an output value to a field device through a specified I/O

channel. The block supports mode control, signal status calculation, and simulation. Figure 4‐7 illustrates the internal

components of the AO function block, and table 4‐25 lists the definitions of the block parameters. The digital valve

controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK [16].

Figure 4‐6. Analog Output (AO) Function Block

B2716‐1

BKCALOUT

OUT

CAS IN

CAS IN = The remote setpoint value from another

function block.

BKCAL OUT = The value and status required by the

BKCAL IN input of another block to prevent reset

windup and to provide bumpless transfer to closed

loop control.

OUT = The block output and status.

READBACK = Actual valve position.

READBACK

Note

The AO block actual mode will not move to Auto unless:

 Resource Block actual mode is Auto, and

 AO SHED_OPT [27] is set to a non‐zero value.

Note

Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not

been licensed. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing.

Note

Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad - Not Connected if

the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly. From the transducer block method Outblock Selection, select the desired output

block, see page 45.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

Figure 4‐7. Analog Output Function Block Schematic

B2717

CAS IN

Position

Feedback

Analog

Output

Access

Analog

Output

Access

Analog

Input

Shed

Mode

HI/LO

Limit

Rate

Limit

Convert

and Status

Calculation

BKCAL OUT

OUT

RCAS OUT

RCAS IN

SP RATE DN

SP RATE UP

SP WRK

PV SCALE

IO OPTS

Operator

Setpoint

READ BACK

SP LOW LIM

SP HI LIM

CHANNEL

MODE

Modes

The Analog Output function block supports the following modes:

 Manual (Man)—You can manually set the output to the I/O channel through the OUT [9] attribute. This mode is used

primarily for maintenance, calibration and diagnostics.

 Automatic (Auto)—The block output (OUT [9]) reflects the target operating point specified by the setpoint (SP [8])

attribute. Typically the setpoint is set by the user.

 Cascade (Cas)—The SP [8] attribute is set by another function block through a connection to CAS_IN [17]. The SP [8]

value is used to set the OUT [9] attribute automatically. This is the most frequently used mode in the digital valve

controller.

Note

The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO, CAS, MAN, or RCAS.

 RemoteCascade (RCas)—The SP [8] is set by a host computer by writing to the RCAS_IN [28] parameter. The SP [8]

value is used to set the OUT [9] attribute automatically.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

 Out of Service (OOS)—The block is not processed. The output channel is maintained at the last value and the status

of OUT [9] is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] attribute shows Out of Service.

 Initialization Manual (Iman)—The path to the output hardware is broken and the AO block output will remain at the

last position. This means the transducer block mode is Out of Service or Manual or configured to respond to the DO

block.

 Local Override (LO)—The output of the block is not responding to inputs because the fault state action is active. OUT

[9] freezes or goes to value per IO_OPTS [14].

The target mode of the block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes: Man, Auto, Cas, RCas, or OOS.

Mode Handling

Shed Options—RCAS Mode Only

Automatically changing through the permitted modes when starting from a remote mode, fall from (or shed) or climb

to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [27]. A block climbs and sheds through the same path.

For example, if SHED_OPT [27] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block target mode is set to RCas,

the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas.

When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS_IN [17] input goes bad, the block sheds mode to the next lower permitted

mode.

You can configure the shed option as follows:

Shed With Return Options

Remote cascade connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade (in other words, the

remote cascade target mode stays in effect).

Note

During Shed with Return Options, the actual mode is changed, while the target mode stays the same.

Normal—On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non‐remote

mode until remote cascade is restored. Cas is the highest permitted non‐remote mode and Auto is is the next

permitted non‐remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.

Retained Target—The retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT. On

failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.

Auto—On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until remote cascade

is restored.

Man—On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is

restored.

Shed With No Return Options

Note

During Shed with No Return Options, the target mode is changed, while the actual mode stays the same.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

For any shed with no return option, the target mode changes as determined by the option. Therefore, there is no

attempt to restore the connection following failure. The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is

identical to that for Shed With Return Options.

Normal—On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted

non‐remote mode. Cas is the highest permitted non‐remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted

non‐remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.

Retained Target—The retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT. On

failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.

Auto—On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.

Man—On failure of remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.

The user may configure SHED_OPT [27] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the

mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:

 Shed logic never results in a non‐permitted target mode.

 Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.

Status Handling

Output or readback fault detection is reflected in the status of PV [7], OUT [9], and BKCAL_OUT [25]. A limited SP [8]

condition is reflected in the BKCAL_OUT [25] status. When simulation is enabled through the SIMULATE [10] attribute,

you can set the value and status for PV [7] and READBACK [16].

When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS_IN [17] input goes bad, the block sheds mode to the next permitted

mode.

Setting the Output

To set the output for the AO block, you must first set the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its

setpoint. In Manual mode the value of the output attribute (OUT [9]) must be set manually by the user, and is

independent of the setpoint. In Automatic mode, OUT [9] is set automatically based on the value specified by the set

point (SP [8]) in engineering units and the I/O Options attribute. In addition, you can limit the SP [8] value and the rate

at which a change in the SP [8] is passed to OUT [9].

In Cascade mode, the cascade input connection (CAS_IN [17]) is used to update the SP [8]. The back calculation

output (BKCAL_OUT [25]) is wired to the back calculation input (BKCAL_IN [27]) of the upstream block that provides

CAS_IN [17]. This provides bumpless transfer on mode changes and windup protection in the upstream block.

Note

You must wire BKCAL_OUT [25] to BKCAL_IN [27] of the upstream block that provides CAS_IN [17]. Otherwise, the AO will not

initialize properly, and the setpoint at CAS_IN [17] will not be passed to OUT [9].

An analog readback value, such as valve position, is shown by the process value (PV [7]) attribute in engineering units.

To support testing, you can enable simulation, which allows you to manually set the channel feedback. There is no

alarm detection in the AO function block.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

To select the manner of processing the SP and the channel output value configure the setpoint limiting options, the

tracking options, and the conversion and status calculations.

Output Block PV Status

The Output Block PV Status is determined by the value of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status parameter in the

transducer block (PWA_SET_STATUS [97]), the Transducer Block mode, and enabled Active PlantWeb alarms. Refer to

table 4‐11.

Set Point Selection and Limiting

To select the source of the SP [8] value use the MODE [5] attribute. In Automatic (Auto) mode, the local,

manually‐entered SP [8] is used. In Cascade (Cas) mode, the SP [8] comes from another block through the CAS_IN [17]

input connector. In RemoteCascade (RCas) mode, the SP [8] comes from a host computer that writes to RCAS_IN [28].

The range and units of the SP [8] are defined by the PV_SCALE [11] attribute.

In Manual (Man) mode the SP [8] automatically tracks the PV [7] value when you select the SP‐PV Track in Man I/O

option in IO_OPTS [14]. This option can be used to minimize valve movement when the AO block is transitioned from

Manual mode to Auto. You can disable this option in OOS mode only.

The SP [8] value is limited to the range defined by the setpoint high limit attribute (SP_HI_LIM [20]) and the setpoint

low limit attribute (SP_LO_LIM [21]).

In Auto mode, the rate at which a change in the SP [8] is passed to OUT [9] is limited by the values of the setpoint

upward rate limit attribute (SP_RATE_UP [19]) and the setpoint downward rate limit attribute (SP_RATE_DN [18]). A

limit of zero disables rate limiting.

As shown in figure 4‐8, the block executes a percentage of the set point change each macrocycle. For example, if the

set point rate is set at 10% per second and the macrocycle is 500 milliseconds (0.5 seconds or 50% of 1 second), then

during the first macrocycle the set point will change 5% (50% of the 10% per second rate). If the macrocycle is 750

milliseconds (0.75 seconds or 75% of 1 second), then during the first macrocycle the setpoint will change 7.5% (75% of

10).

When the transducer block receives the setpoint change from an AO block with rate limits, it will smoothly move the

valve to the requested setpoint at the rate limit configured in the AO block.

In Auto mode, the converted SP [8] value is stored in the OUT [9] attribute. In Man mode, the OUT [9] attribute is set

manually, and is used to set the analog output defined by the CHANNEL [22] parameter.

You can access the actuator position associated with the output channel through the READBACK [16] parameter (in

OUT units) and in the PV [7] attribute (in engineering units). The digital valve controller supports position feedback

and therefore provides the actual valve position in PV [7] and READBACK [16] directly.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

Figure 4‐8. Analog Output Function Block Timing Diagram

B2718‐1

CAS_IN, 2

OUT

Time

SP RATE UP

SP RATE DN

1 second 1 second 1 second 1 second

1 macrocycle

TRANSDUCER BLOCK

TRAVEL TARGET

Action On Fault Detection

To define the action you wish the valve to take when the block is in CAS mode, and the CAS_IN [17] input detects a

communication failure, or is commanded to go to fault state by the upstream block or the resource block, configure

the following parameters:

IO_OPTS [14]: Determines the action OUT [9] will take upon a fault state. If the IO_OPTS [14] “Fault State to Value” is

not selected, then OUT [9] holds its last position when Fault State is set. If “Fault State to Value” is selected, OUT [9]

goes to the FSTATE_VAL [24] value when Fault State is set.

FSTATE_TIME [23]: The length of time, in seconds, that the AO block will wait to set Fault State. When Fault State is

set, the OUT [9] value goes to either the FSTATE_VAL [24] value or holds its last position, depending on I/O_OPTS [14].

When the block has a target mode of CAS, a fault condition will be detected if the CAS_IN [17] has a BAD status or an

Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block.

FSTATE_VAL [24]: Determines the OUT [9] value if IO_OPTS “Fault State to Value” is selected. The OUT [9] value

transitions to FSTATE_VAL [24] after FSTATE_TIME [23] elapses and the fault condition has not cleared.

I/O Options

The I/O options parameter (IO_OPTS [14]) allows you to select how the I/O signals are processed. You can set I/O

options in Out of Service mode only. The following I/O options are available in the AO block:

Use PV for BKCAL_OUT—Changes the BKCAL_OUT [25] value to the PV [7] value. When the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT

option is not enabled (False), the BKCAL_OUT [25] value is the working setpoint value.

Target to Man if Fault State Activated—Set the target mode to Man, thus losing the original target, if Fault State is

activated. This latches an output block into the manual mode.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

Use Fault State value on Restart—Use the value of FSTATE_VAL [24] for SP [8] when power is restored or if the device is

restarted, otherwise use the last value saved in non‐volatile memory. This does not act like Fault State, it only uses the

value of FSTATE_VAL [24].

Fault State to Value—The output action to take when a fault occurs (if not selected, use hold last value; if selected, use

FSTATE_VAL [24]).

Increase to Close—If the Increase to Close bit is set the value to the transducer is inverted, e.g. 20% becomes 80%.

SP-PV Track in Man—Permits the setpoint to track the process variable when the target mode of the block is MAN.

SP-PV Track in LO or IMan—Permits the setpoint to track the process variable when the actual mode of the block is LO

or IMan.

SP Track retained Target—Permits the setpoint to track the RCas or Cas parameter based on the retained target mode

when the actual mode of the block is LO or Man. When SP‐PV track options are enabled, the SP Track retained target

will have precedence in the selection of the value to track when the actual mode is Man and LO.

Simulation

When simulate is active, the transducer sub‐parameters show the actual transducer block status and value as normally

passed back to the AO block. The Simulate sub‐parameters are writable and replace actual transducer values.

Note

When simulate is active, the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block. If the Output Blk Timeout period is

exceeded, the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output

Block Timeout Alert.

Application Information

The configuration of an AO function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application. A

typical configuration for the Analog Output involves the following attributes:

PV_SCALE Set the range and engineering units to values that correspond to the operation range.

For the digital valve controller, PV_SCALE [11] is typically set between 0 and 100%.

BKCAL_OUT If you are using the CAS_IN [17] connector wired from another block, wire the

BKCAL_OUT [25] attribute to the other block's BKCAL_IN [27] attribute.

IO_OPTS Set the type of tracking and action upon fault state.

SHED_OPT Set the action to be taken when the set point or output are not updated in a remote

mode.

Block Errors

Table 4‐24 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the AO

block and are provided only for your reference.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

Table 4‐24. BLOCK_ERR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other (N/A)

1Block Configuration Error ‐ CHANNEL and SHED_OPT set to 0

2Link Configuration Error (N/A)

3Simulate active ‐ Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution.

4Local Override ‐ Device in fault state. Actual mode LO.

5Device Fault State Set ‐ AO block in fault state after FSTATE_TIME because of Bad status or IFS substatus on CAS_IN or

Resource block commanded fault state.

6Device Needs Maintenance Soon ‐ Indicates a Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is

enabled. See page 62.

7Input failure/process variable has Bad status (N/A)

8Output failure ‐ PV has bad status.

9Memory Failure (N/A)

10 Lost Static Data (N/A)

11 Lost NV Data (N/A)

12 Readback Check Failed (N/A)

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now ‐ Indicates Failed PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled. See

page 62.

14 Power Up ‐ This condition exists after power up until actual mode is not Out of Service.

15 Out of Service ‐ The block is in Out of Service (OOS) mode.

AO Function Block Parameter List (table 4‐25)

 Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write

 Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter

 Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub‐parameter

Table 4‐25. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Index

Number

RO /

Block

Mode Range Initial

Value Description

Static Revision

ST_REV 1 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The revision level of the static data associated with

the function block. The revision value will be

incremented each time a static parameter value in

the block is changed.

Tag Description

TAG_DESC 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces

Data Type: Octet String

The user description of the intended application of

the block.

Strategy

STRATEGY 3 RW ALL 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping

of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by

the block.

Alert Key

ALERT_KEY 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The identification number of the plant unit. This

information may be used in the host for sorting

alarms, etc.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

Table 4‐25. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Block Mode

MODE_BLK 5

Data Type: DS‐69

Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 6: IMAN, 5: LO, 4: MAN, 3: AUTO,

2: CAS, 1: RCAS

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of

the block.

Target: The requested block mode

Actual: The current mode of the block

(Note: Bit 6 (IMAN) is valid for ACTUAL only)

Permitted: Allowed modes for Target

Normal: Most common mode for Target

TARGET 5.1 RW ALL

OOS

MAN

AUTO

AUTO‐CAS

AUTO‐RCAS

OOS until

block is

configured,

then last valid

target

ACTUAL

5.2 RO ALL OOS

PERMITTED

5.3 RW ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO+

CAS+RCAS

OOS+MAN+A

UTO+

CAS+RCAS

NORMAL

5.4 RW ALL AUTO

Block Error

BLOCK_ERR 6 RO N/A

1: Block Configuration

Error

3: Simulate Active

4: Local Override

5: Device Fault State Set

8: Output Failure

14: Power‐up

15: Out‐of‐Service

Dynamic

Data Type: Bit String (2 byte)

0=inactive

1=active

This parameter reflects the error status associated

with the hardware or software components

associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that

multiple errors may be shown. See table 4‐24.

Process Variable

PV 7 RO N/A PV Status set equal to

READBACK status Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐65

The process variable used in block execution. This

value is converted from READBACK to show the

actuator position in the same units as the setpoint

value.

Set Point

SP 8

OOS

MAN

AUTO

PV_SCALE +/- 10% Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐65

The SP of the analog block. Can be derived from

CAS_IN, RCAS_IN in normal modes, or can track PV

in MAN, IMan or LO modes. IO_OPTS is used to

determine value of SP in MAN, IMan or LO. If no

IO_OPTS for SP tracking are set, SP will freeze when

mode changes from CAS or RCAS.

Output

OUT 9MAN

OOS OUT_SCALE +/- 10% Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐65

The primary value and status calculated by the

block in Auto mode. OUT may be set manually in

Man mode.

Simulate

SIMULATE 10

Data Type: DS‐82

Allows the analog input to be manually supplied

when simulate is enabled. When simulation is

disabled, the simulate value and status track actual

value & status.

SIMULATE_STATUS 10.1 RW ALL 0

SIMULATE_VALUE 10.2 RW ALL 0

TRANSDUCER_STATUS 10.3 RO ALL 0

TRANSDUCER_VALUE 10.4 RO ALL 0

ENABLE/DISABLE 10.5 RW ALL

0: Not Initialized

1: Simulation Disable

2: Simulation Active

1: Simulation

Disabled

Process Value Scale

PV_SCALE 11 RW OOS

EU at 100%

EU at 0%

Units index

Decimal Point

100

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values, engineering units

code, and number of decimal places to be used in

displaying the PV parameter and parameters which

have the same scaling as PV.

Transducer Scale

XD_SCALE 12 RO OOS

EU at 100%

EU at 0%

Units index

Decimal Point

100 only

0 only

% only

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values and engineering

units code are read only. This parameter

determines the number of digits to the right of the

decimal point used with the value obtained from

the transducer for a specified channel.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

Table 4‐25. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Grant Deny

GRANT_DENY 13 Data Type: DS‐70

Options for controlling access of host computers

and local control panels to operating, tuning, and

alarm parameters of the block.

GRANT: 1 = granted, 0= N/A

DENY: 1 = denied, 0 = N/A

GRANT 13.1 RW ALL 0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

All bits: 0

DENY 13.2 RW ALL All bits: 0

I/O Options

IO_OPTS 14 OOS

1: SP tracks PV in Man

3: SP tracks PV in LO or

Iman

4: SP Track retained

target in Man or LO

5: Increase to Close

6: Fault State to value

0=freeze

1=go to Fault State

value

7: Use Fault State

value on restart

8: Target to Man if

Fault State activated

9: Use PV for

BKCAL_OUT

0=SP

1=PV

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String (2 byte)

0=disable

1=enable

Allows you to select the type of tracking and the

output value when a fault condition occurs.

Status Options

STATUS_OPTS 15 OOS 4: Propagate Failure

Backward All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=disable

1=enable

Options the user may select for the block

processing of status.

Readback

READBACK 16 RO N/A

Status

Data Type: DS‐65

Readback is the de‐characterized valve position as

reported by the transducer block parameter

FINAL_POSITION_VALUE [17]. This correlates with

the AO block parameter OUT [9], which is the

setpoint to the transducer. READBACK is the

simulated input if SIMULATE is enabled or the

transducer block feedback if SIMULATE is disabled.

Value Dynamic

Cascade Input

CAS_IN 17 ALL Status

BAD:

NC:

const Data Type: DS‐65

The setpoint value from another function block.

Value 0

Setpoint Rate Down

SP_RATE_DN 18 ALL Positive, 0 disables

rate limiting PV units +INF

Data Type: Float

Ramp rate for downward set point changes. When

the ramp rate is set to zero, the set point is used

immediately.

Setpoint Rate Up

SP_RATE_UP 19 ALL Positive, 0 disables

rate limiting PV units +INF

Data Type: Float

Ramp rate for upward set point changes. When the

ramp rate is set to zero, the setpoint is used

immediately.

Setpoint High Limit

SP_HI_LIM 20 ALL PV Scale +/- 10% 100

Data Type: Float

The highest set point value allowed. SP_HI_LIM

must be greater than SP_LO_LIM.

Setpoint Low Limit

SP_LO_LIM 21 ALL PV Scale +/- 10% 0

Data Type: Float

The lowest set point value allowed. SP_LO_LIM

must be less than SP_HI_LIM.

AO Channel

CHANNEL 22 OOS 1=Setpoint 1=Setpoint

Data Type: Unsigned16

Defines which transducer parameter receives the

AO output. Select Setpoint to control valve

position.

Fault State Time

FSTATE_TIME 23 ALL Positive, seconds 0

Data Type: Float

Time from failure detection to reaction if failure still

exists.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

Table 4‐25. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Fault State Value

FSTATE_VAL 24 ALL PV Scale +/- 10% 0

Data Type: Float

Preset value to use if I/O_OPTS Fault State to Value

or Use Fault State Value on Restart is set.

Back Calculation Output

BKCAL_OUT 25 RO N/A

Status Limits

Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐65 The value and

status required by the BKCAL_IN input of another

block to prevent reset windup and to provide

bumpless transfer to closed loop control.

Value

Remote Cascade Input

RCAS_IN 26 ALL Status

BAD: NoCom:

NoVal:

const Data Type: DS‐65

Target SP and status by supervisory host

Value 0 Trk

Shed Options

SHED_OPT 27 ALL

Defined by FF spec

0=Invalid

1=Normal Shed,

Normal Return

2=Normal Shed, No

Return

3=Shed to Auto,

normal return

4=Shed to Auto, no

return. Target mode

changes to Auto on

detection of a shed

condition

5=Shed to Manual,

normal return

6=Shed to Manual, No

return. Target mode

changes to MAN on

detection of a shed

condition.

7=Shed to retained

target, normal return

8=Shed to retained

target, no return.

(Change target to

retained target)

Data Type: Unsigned8

Defines the action to be taken when the set point is

not updated in a remote mode.

Remote Cascade Output

RCAS_OUT 28 RO N/A Status Dynamic Data Type: DS‐65

Block set point and status after ramping

Value

Update Event

UPDATE_EVT 29

Data Type: DS‐73

This alert is generated by any changes to static data.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 29.1 RW N/A

0:Undefined

1:Acknowledged

2:Unacknowledged

0: Undefined

UPDATE_STATUS 29.2 RO N/A

0:Undefined

1:Update reported

2:Update not reported

0: Undefined

TIME_STAMP 29.3 RO N/A 0

STATIC_REVISION 29.4 RO N/A 0

RELATIVE_INDEX 29.5 RO N/A 0

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 30

Data Type: DS‐72

The block alarm is used for all configuration,

hardware, connection failure, or system problems

in the block.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 30.1 RW N/A

0:Undefined

1:Acknowledged

2:Unacknowledged

0: Undefined

ALARM_STATE 30.2 RO N/A

0:Undefined

1:Clear reported

2:Clear not reported

3:Active reported

4:Active not reported

0: Undefined

TIME_STAMP 30.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 30.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 30.5 RO N/A 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

100

Table 4‐25. Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Extended Parameters

StdDev

STDDEV 31 RO N/A positive float Dynamic

Data Type: Float

Standard Deviation. To support DeltaV Variability

measurement.

Cap StdDev

CAP_STDDEV 32 RO N/A positive float Dynamic

Data Type: Float

Capability Standard Deviation. To support DeltaV

Variability measurement.

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Table 4‐26. AO Function Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV

8 SP

9 OUT

16 READBACK

17 CAS_IN

Table 4‐27. AO Function Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

11 PV_SCALE

12 XD_SCALE

13.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT

13.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY

20 SP_HI_LIM

21 SP_LO_LIM

Table 4‐28. AO Function Block, View 3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV

8 SP

9 OUT

16 READBACK

17 CAS_IN

25 BKCAL_OUT

26 RCAS_IN

28 RCAS_OUT

31 STDDEV

32 CAP_STDDEV

Table 4‐29. AO Function Block, View 4

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

14 IO_OPTS

15 STATUS_OPTS

18 SP_RATE_DN

19 SP_RATE_UP

22 CHANNEL

23 FSTATE_TIME

24 FSTATE_VAL

27 SHED_OPT

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AO Function Block

January 2015

101

Field Communicator Menu Structure

ANALOG OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCK

Quick Config

Alert Key

Process Value Scale: EU at 100%

Process Value Scale: EU at 0%

Process Value Scale: Units Index

Process Value Scale: Decimal

Simulate: Simulate Status

Simulate: Simulate Value

Simulate: Transducer Status

Simulate: Transducer Value

Simulate: Simulate En/Disable

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Setpoint High Limit

Setpoint Low Limit

Common Config

Alert Key

I/O Options

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Process Value Scale: EU at 100%

Process Value Scale: EU at 0%

Process Value Scale: Units Index

Process Value Scale: Decimal

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Setpoint High Limit

Setpoint Low Limit

Advanced Config

Fault State Time

Fault State Value

Shed Options

Simulate: Simulate Status

Simulate: Simulate Value

Simulate: Transducer Status

Simulate: Transducer Value

Simulate: Simulate En/Disable

Setpoint Rate Down

Setpoint Rate Up

Static Revision

Status Options

Strategy

Transducer Scale: EU at 100%

Transducer Scale: EU at 0%

Transducer Scale: Units Index

Transducer Scale: Decimal

I/O Reference

AO Channel

Online

Back Calculation Output: Status

Back Calculation Output: Value

Block Error

Cascade Input: Status

Cascade Input: Value

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output: Status

Output: Value

Process Value: Status

Process Value: Value

Remote Cascade Input: Status

Remote Cascade Input: Value

Remote Cascade Output: Status

Remote Cascade Output: Value

Readback: Status

Readback: Value

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Status

Block Error

All

Characteristics

Static Revision

Tag Description

Strategy

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Block Error

Process Value: Status

Process Value: Value

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Output: Status

Output: Value

Simulate: Simulate Status

Simulate: Simulate Value

Simulate: Transducer Status

Simulate: Transducer Value

Simulate: Simulate En/Disable

Process Value Scale: EU at 100%

Process Value Scale: EU at 0%

Process Value Scale: Units Index

Process Value Scale: Decimal

Transducer Scale: EU at 100%

Transducer Scale: EU at 0%

Transducer Scale: Units Index

Transducer Scale: Decimal

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

I/O Options

Status Options

Readback: Status

Readback: Value

Cascade Input: Status

Cascade Input: Value

Setpoint Rate Down

Setpoint Rate Up

Setpoint High Limit

Setpoint Low Limit

AO Channel

Fault State Time

Fault State Value

Back Calculation Output: Status

Back Calculation Output: Value

Remote Cascade Input: Status

Remote Cascade Input: Value

Shed Options

Remote Cascade Output: Status

Remote Cascade Output: Value

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

StdDev

Cap StdDev

Connectors

Back Calculation Output: Status

Back Calculation Output: Value

Cascade Input: Status

Cascade Input: Value

Output: Status

Output: Value

Other

Tag Description

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

StdDev

Cap StdDev

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

102

PID Function Block

Overview

The PID function block (figure 4‐9) combines all of the necessary logic to perform proportional/integral/derivative

(PID) control. The block supports mode control, signal scaling and limiting, feedforward control, override tracking,

alarm limit detection, and signal status propagation.

Figure 4‐9. Proportional+Integral+Derivative (PID) Function Block

B2720

BKCALOUT

OUT

CAS IN

PID

BKCAL IN

FF VAL

TRK IN D

TRK VAL

BKCAL_IN = THE ANALOG INPUT VALUE AND STATUS FROM ANOTHER BLOCK'S BKCAL

_OUT OUTPUT THAT IS USED FOR BACKWARD OUTPUT TRACKING FOR BUMPLESS

TRANSFER AND TO PASS LIMIT STATUS.

CAS_IN = THE REMOTE SETPOINT VALUE FROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK.

FF_VAL = THE FEEDFORWARD CONTROL INPUT VALUE AND STATUS.

IN = THE CONNECTION FOR THE PROCESS VARIABLEFROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK.

TRK_IN_D = INITIATES THE EXTERNAL TRACKING FUNCTION.

TRK_VAL = THE VALUE AFTER SCALING APPLIED TO OUT IN LOCAL OVERRIDE MODE.

BKCAL_OUT = THE VALUE AND STATUS REQUIRED BY THE BKCAL_IN INPUT OF ANOTHER

FUNCTION BLOCK TO PREVENT RESET WINDUP AND TO PROVIDE BUMPLESS TRANSFER

TO CLOSED LOOP CONTROL.

OUT = THE BLOCK OUTPUT AND STATUS.

The block supports two forms of the PID equation: Standard and Series. You can choose the appropriate equation

using the MATHFORM [70] parameter. The Standard ISA PID equation is the default selection.

tandard Out +GAIN ex ǒ1)1

trs)1)

tds

T tds)1Ǔ

)

Series Out +GAIN ex ǒ1)1

trsǓ)ǒtds)1

T tds)1Ǔ)

where

GAIN: proportional gain value

τr: integral action time constant (RESET parameter) in seconds

s: laplace operator

τd: derivative action time constant (RATE parameter)

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

103

α: fixed smoothing factor of 0.1 applied to RATE

F: feedforward control contribution from the feedforward input (FF_VAL)

E: error between setpoint and process variable

To further customize the block for use in your application, you can configure filtering, feedforward inputs, tracking

inputs, setpoint and output limiting, PID equation structures, and block output action. Table 4‐32 lists the PID block

parameters and their descriptions, units of measure, and index numbers, and figure 4‐10 illustrates the internal

components of the PID function block.

Figure 4‐10. PID Function Block Schematic

B2721

FF VAL

Alarm

Detection Operator

Output

PID

Equation

Setpoint

Limiting

Feedforward

Calculation

BKCAL OUT

OUT

RCAS OUT

FF GAIN

FF SCALE

PV SCALE

PV FILTER

SP HI LIM

SP LO LIM

SP RATE DN

SP RATE UP

Output

Limiting

MODE

BKCAL IN

TRK IN D

CAS IN

TRK VAL

RCAS IN

Scaling

and

Filtering

TRK SCALE

OUT SCALE

Convert

ROUT OUT

ROUT IN

OUT HI LIM

OUT LO LIM

OUT SCALE

HI HI LIM

HI LIM

DV HI LIM

DV LO LIM

LO LIM

LO LO LIM

Operator

Setpoint GAIN

RATE

RESET

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

104

Modes

The PID function block supports the following modes:

 Manual (Man)—The block output (OUT [9]) may be set manually.

 Automatic (Auto)—The SP [8] may be set manually and the block algorithm calculates OUT [9].

 Cascade (Cas)—The SP [8] is calculated in another block and is provided to the PID block through the CAS_IN [18]

connection.

 RemoteCascade (RCas)—The SP [8] is provided by a host computer that writes to the RCAS_IN [32] parameter.

 RemoteOutput (ROut)—The OUT [9] is provided by a host computer that writes to the ROUT_IN [33] parameter.

 Local Override (LO)—The track function is active. OUT [9] is set by TRK_VAL [39]. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter

shows Local override.

 Initialization Manual (IMan)—The output path is not complete (for example, the cascade-to-slave path might not be

open). In IMan mode, OUT [9] tracks BKCAL_IN [27].

 Out of Service (OOS)—The block is not processed. The OUT [9] status is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR

[6] parameter shows Out of service.

You can configure the Man, Auto, Cas, and OOS modes as permitted modes for operator entry.

Mode Handling

Shed Options—RCAS Mode Only

Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [34]. A block climbs and sheds

through the same path. For example, if SHED_OPT [34] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block

target mode is set to RCas, the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas. You can configure the shed option as

follows:

Shed With Return Options

Remote cascade or remote output connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade or

remote output (in other words, the remote cascade or remote output target mode stays in effect).

Normal—On failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non‐remote mode

until the remote connection is restored. Cas is the highest permitted non‐remote mode and Auto is is the next highest

permitted non‐remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.

Retained Target—The retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target

modes. On failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.

Auto—On failure of a remote connection, the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until the remote connection

is restored.

Man—On failure of a remote connection, the block sheds to Man until a remote connection is restored.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

105

Shed With No Return Options

For any shed with no return option, the target mode changes as determined by the option. Therefore, there is no

attempt to restore the connection following failure. The behavior on change to a remote target mode is identical to

that for Shed With Return Options.

Normal—On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non‐remote

mode. Cas is the highest permitted non‐remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non‐remote mode. If Cas or

Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.

Retained Target—The retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target

modes. On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.

Auto—On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.

Man—On failure of a remote connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.

The user may configure SHED_OPTS [34] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the

mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:

 Shed logic never results in a non‐permitted target mode.

 Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.

Status Handling

If the input status on the PID block is Bad, the mode of the block reverts to Manual. In addition, you can select the

Target to Manual if Bad IN status option to direct the target mode to revert to manual. You can set the status option in

Manual or Out of Service mode only.

Set Point Selection and Limiting

The set point of the PID block is only valid when the block is in Auto, Cas, or RCas. Figure 4‐11 illustrates the method

for set point selection. You can configure the SP_HI_LIM [21] and SP_LO_LIM [22] parameters to limit the set point. In

Cascade or Remote Cascade mode, the set point is adjusted by another function block or by a host computer, and the

output is computed based on the set point.

Figure 4‐11. PID Function Block Set Point Selection

B2722

Setpoint

Limiting

SP HI LIM

SP LO LIM

Auto

Man

CAS

SP RATE UP

SP RATE DN

Operator

Set point

Rate

Limiting

Auto

Man

CAS

In Automatic mode, the set point is entered manually by the operator, and the output is computed based on the set

point. In Auto mode, you can also adjust the set point limit and the set point rate of change using the SP_RATE_UP

[20] and SP_RATE_DN [19] parameters.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

106

In Manual mode the output is entered manually by the operator. In Remote Output mode, the output is entered by a

host computer.

Output Selection and Limiting

Output selection is determined by the mode and the set point. In Automatic, Cascade, or Remote Cascade mode, the

output is computed by the PID control equation. In Manual and Remote Output mode, the output may be entered

manually (see also Set Point Selection and Limiting). You can limit the output by configuring the OUT_HI_LIM [28] and

OUT_LO_LIM [29] parameters.

Filtering

The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid

changes in input. You can adjust the filter time constant (in seconds) using the PV_FTIME [16] or SP_FTIME [69]

parameters. Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature.

Feedforward Calculation

The feedforward value (FF_VAL [40]) is scaled (FF_SCALE [41]) to a common range for compatibility with the output

scale (OUT_SCALE [11]). A gain value (FF_GAIN [42]) is applied to achieve the total feedforward contribution.

Output Tracking

Output tracking is enabled through the control options. You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode

only.

The Track Enable control option must be set to True for the track function to operate. When the Track in Manual

control option is set to True, the operator cannot override the tracking function in Manual mode. When Track in

Manual is False, the operator can override the tracking function when the block is in Manual mode. Activating the track

function causes the block's actual mode to revert to Local Override.

The TRK_VAL [38] parameter specifies the value to be converted and tracked into the output when the track function

is operating. The TRK_SCALE [37] parameter specifies the range of TRK_VAL [38].

When the TRK_IN_D [38] parameter is True and the Track Enable control option is True, the TRK_VAL [38] input is

converted to the appropriate value and output in units of OUT_SCALE [11].

Set Point Tracking

You can configure the method for tracking the set point by configuring the following control options (CONTROL_OPTS

[12]):

 SP-PV Track in Man—Permits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is Man.

 SP-PV Track in LO or IMan—Permits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is Local Override

(LO) or Initialization Manual (IMan).

 SP-PV Track in ROUT—Permits the SP [8] to track the PV [7] when the actual mode of the block is RemoteOut

(ROUT).

 SP Track retained Target—Causes the set point to track the RCAS or CAS parameter based on the retained target

mode when the actual mode is MAN or LO.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

107

 Act On IR—If this option is true, then when IR (Initialization Requested) is received on BKCAL_IN [27], the SP [8] will

be adjusted within setpoint limits to provide bumpless transfer when the cascade is closed. If the setpoint required

to provide bumpless transfer is outside the setpoint limits, then any difference added to provide bumpless transfer

will be removed in the BAL_TIME [25].

When one of these options is set, the SP[8] value is set to the PV [7] value while in the specified mode.

You can select the value that a master controller uses for tracking by configuring the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT control

option. The BKCAL_OUT [31] value tracks the PV value. BKCAL_IN [27] on a master controller connected to

BKCAL_OUT [31] on the PID block in an open cascade strategy forces its OUT [9] to match BKCAL_IN [27], thus

tracking the PV from the slave PID block into its cascade input connection (CAS_IN [18]). If the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT

option is not selected, the working set point (SP_WRK [68]) is used for BKCAL_OUT [31].

You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only. When the mode is set to Auto, the SP [8] will

remain at the last value (it will no longer follow the PV [7].

PID Equation Structures for Enhanced PID Block

Note

Extended parameters are not available at this time for all host systems. Refer to your host system documentation, or contact your

Emerson Process Management sales office for additional information.

Configure the STRUCTURECONFIG [71] parameter to select the PID equation structure. You can select one of the

following choices:

 Proportional, integral, and derivative on error (PID)

 Proportional and integral on error, derivative on PV (PI_D)

 Integral on error, proportional and derivative on PV (I_PD)

 Proportional on error, derivative on error (PD)

 Integral on error, derivative on error (ID)

 Integral on error, derivative on PV (I_D)

 Two degrees of Freedom (2DOF)

Reverse and Direct Action

To configure the block output action, set the Direct Acting control option. This option defines the relationship

between a change in PV [7] and the corresponding change in output. With Direct Acting enabled (True), an increase in

PV results in an increase in the output.

You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only.

Alarm Detection

A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block error for the PID

block are defined above.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

108

Process alarm detection is based on the PV [7] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard

alarms:

 High (HI_LIM [51])

 High high (HI_HI_LIM [49])

 Low (LO_LIM [53])

 Low low (LO_LO_LIM [55])

Additional process alarm detection is based on the difference between SP [8] and PV [7] values and can be configured

via the following parameters:

 Deviation high (DV_HI_LIM [57])

 Deviation low (DV_LO_LIM [59])

In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent

of the PV span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [47] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following

parameters:

 HI_PRI [50]

 HI_HI_PRI [48]

 LO_PRI [52]

 LO_LO_PRI [54]

 DV_HI_PRI [56]

 DV_LO_PRI [58]

Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 4‐30.

Table 4‐30. PID Function Block Alarm Priorities

Priority Number Priority Description(1)

0The alarm is disabled

1An alarm condition with a priority of 1 can be recognized by the system. The device monitors the alarm but does not report it

until requested by the host system.

2An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator, but generally does not require operator attention (such as

diagnostics and system alerts).

3-7 Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority.

8-15 Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority.

1. The priority classes “advise” and critical” have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts.

Application Information

The PID function block is a powerful, flexible control algorithm that is designed to work in a variety of control

strategies. The PID block is configured differently for different applications.

DeltaV Tune

DeltaV Tune quickly and automatically determines optimal tuning parameters for PID control loops. For more

information on DeltaV Tune, refer to DeltaV Books Online or DeltaV documentation.

Block Errors

Table 4‐31 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the PID

block and are provided only for your reference.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

109

Table 4‐31. BLOCK_ERR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other (N/A)

1Block Configuration Error—SHED_OPT or BYPASS set to 0

2Link Configuration Error (N/A)

3Simulate Active (N/A)

4Local Override—The actual mode is LO and Track Enable is set.

5Device Fault State Set (N/A)

6Device Needs Maintenance Soon (N/A)

7Input failure/process variable has Bad status—The parameter linked to IN is indicating a Bad status.

8Output Failure (N/A)

9Memory Failure (N/A)

10 Lost Static Data (N/A)

11 Lost NV Data (N/A)

12 Readback Check Failed (N/A)

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now (N/A)

14 Power Up—Set if devices was powered up with this block in Out of Service (OOS) mode. Cleared on first change of mode to other

than OOS.

15 Out of Service—The actual mode is Out of Service (OOS).

PID Function Block Parameter List (table 4‐32)

 Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write

 Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter

 Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub‐parameter

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Index

Number

RO /

Block

Mode Range Initial Value Description

Static Revision

ST_REV 1 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The revision level of the static data associated with

the function block. The revision value will be

incremented each time a static pa rameter value in

the block is changed.

Tag Description

TAG_DESC 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces

Data Type: Octet String

The user description of the intended application of

the block.

Strategy

STRATEGY 3 RW ALL 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping

of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by

the block.

Alert Key

ALERT_KEY 4 RW ALL 0 to 255 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The identification number of the plant unit. This

information may be used in the host for sorting

alarms, etc.

Block Mode

MODE_BLK 5

Data Type: DS‐69

Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 6: IMAN, 5: LO, 4: MAN, 3:

AUTO, 2: CAS, 1: RCAS, 0: ROUT

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes

of the block.

Target: The requested block mode

Actual: The current mode of the block

Permitted: Allowed modes for Target

Normal: Most common mode for Target

TARGET 5.1 RW ALL OOS, MAN, AUTO

CAS, RCAS, ROUT

OOS until

block is

configured,

then last valid

target

ACTUAL 5.2 RO ALL OOS

PERMITTED 5.3 RW ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO+

CAS+RCAS+ROUT

OOS MAN,

AUTO CAS,

RCAS ROUT

NORMAL 5.4 RW ALL AUTO

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

110

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Block Error

BLOCK_ERR 6 RO N/A

Defined Bits

1: Block Configuration Error

4: Local Override

7: Input Failure/ Bad PV status

14: Power‐up

15: Out‐of‐Service

Dynamic

Data Type: Bit String

0 = inactive

1 = active

This parameter reflects the error status associated

with the hardware or software components

associated with a block. It is a bit string so that

multiple errors may be shown.

Process Value

PV 7 RO N/A Dynamic Data Type: DS‐65

The process variable used in block execution.

Setpoint

SP 8

OOS

MAN

AUTO

PV_SCALE +/- 10% Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐65

The target block setpoint value. It is the result of

setpoint limiting and setpoint rate of change

limiting.

Output

OUT 9MAN

OOS

Status

OUT_SCALE +/- 10% Dynamic DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Value

Process Value Scale

PV_SCALE 10 OOS

EU at 100%

EU at 0%

Units index

Decimal Point

100

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values, engineering units

code, and number of digits to the right of the

decimal point associated with PV.

Output Scale

OUT_SCALE 11 OOS

EU at 100%

EU at 0%t

Units index

Decimal Point

100

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values, engineering units

code, and number of digits to the right of the

decimal point associated with OUT.

Grant Deny

GRANT_DENY 12

Data Type: DS‐70

Options for controlling access of host computers

and local control panels to operating, tuning, and

alarm parameters of the block. Not used by the

device.

GRANT: 0=N/A, 1=granted

DENY: 0 = N/A, 1= denied

GRANT 12.1 ALL

0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

All bits: 0

DENY 12.2 ALL

0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

All bits: 0

Control Options

CONTROL_OPTS 13 OOS

0: Bypass Enable

1: SP tracks PV in MAN

2: SP tracks PV in ROUT

3: SP tracks PV in LO or MAN

4: SP tracks RCAS or CAS in

IMAN, LO, MAN or ROUT

5: Direct Acting

7: Track Enable

8: Track in Manual

9: Use PV for BKCAL_OUT

10: Act on IR

12: Restrict SP to limits in

Cas and RCas

13: No output limits in MAN

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=disable

1=enable

Allows you to specify control strategy options.

Status Options

STATUS_OPTS 14 OOS

0: IFS (Initiate Fault State)

if BAD IN

1: IFS if BAD CAS_IN

2: Use Uncertain as Good

5: Target to MAN if BAD IN

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=disable

1=enable

Allows you to select options for status handling

and processing.

Input

IN 15 ALL Status

BAD:

NC:

const Data Type: DS‐65

The primary input value of the block.

Value 0

Process Value Filter Time

PV_FTIME 16 ALL Positive 0

Data Type: Float

The time constant of the first-order PV filter. It is

the time, in seconds, required for a 63 percent

change in the IN value.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

111

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Bypass

BYPASS 17 MAN

OOS

1=Off

2=On 0=undefined

Data Type: Enum

Used to override the calculation of the block.

When enabled, the SP is sent directly to the

output.

Cascade Input

CAS_IN 18 ALL Status

BAD

NC:

const Data Type: DS‐65

The setpoint value from another block.

Value 0

Setpoint Rate Down

SP_RATE_DN 19 ALL Positive + INF

Data Type: Float

Ramp rate for downward SP changes. When the

ramp rate is set to zero, the SP is used

immediately. PV per second

Setpoint Rate UP

SP_RATE_UP 20 ALL Positive + INF

Data Type: Float

Ramp rate for upward SP changes. When the ramp

rate is set to zero, the SP is used immediately. PV

per second

Setpoint High Limit

SP_HI_LIM 21 ALL PV Scale +/- 10%, must be

greater than SP_LO_LIM 100 Data Type: Float

The highest SP value allowed.

Setpoint Low Limit

SP_LO_LIM 22 ALL

PV Scale

+/- 10%, must be less than

SP_HI_LIM

0Data Type: Float

The lowest SP value allowed.

Gain

GAIN 23 ALL greater than 0 1Data Type: Float

The proportional gain value.

Reset

RESET 24 ALL Positive + INF

Data Type: Float

The integral action time constant. Seconds per

repeat

Balance Time

BAL_TIME 25 ALL Positive 0

Data Type: Float

The specified time, in seconds, for the internal

working value of bias to return to the operator set

bias. Also used to specify the time constant at

which the integral term will move to obtain

balance when the output is limited and the mode is

AUTO, CAS, or RCAS.

Rate

RATE 26 ALL Positive 0 Data Type: Float

The derivative action time constant, in seconds.

Back Calculation Input

BKCAL_IN 27 ALL Status

BAD:

NC:

const

Data Type: DS‐65

The analog input value and status from another

block's BKCAL_OUT output that is used for

backward output tracking for bumpless transfer

and to pass limit status.

Value 0

Output High Limit

OUT_HI_LIM 28 ALL OUT_SCALE +/- 10% 100

Data Type: Float

Limits the maximum output value for modes other

than manual.

Output Low Limit

OUT_LO_LIM 29 ALL OUT_SCALE +/- 10% 0

Data Type: Float

Limits the minimum output value for modes other

than manual.

Back Calculation Hysteresis

BKCAL_HYS 30 ALL 0 to 50% 0.50%

Data Type: Float

The amount the output value must change away

from the its output limit before limit status is

turned off.

Back Calculation Output

BKCAL_OUT 31 RO N/A Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐65

The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN

input of another block to prevent reset windup and

to provide bumpless transfer of closed loop

control.

Remote Cascade Input

RCAS_IN 32 ALL Status

BAD:

NoCom:

NoVal:

const

Data Type: DS‐65

Target setpoint and status that is provided by a

supervisory host. Used when mode is RCAS.

Value 0 Trk

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

112

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Remote Out Input

ROUT_IN 33 ALL Status

BAD:

NoCom:

NoVal:

const

Data Type: DS‐65

Target output and status that is provided by a

supervisory host. Used when mode is ROUT.

Value 0 Trk

Shed Options

SHED_OPT 34 ALL

0=Invalid

1=Normal Shed, Normal

Return

2=Normal Shed, No Return

3=Shed to Auto, normal

return

4=Shed to Auto, no return.

Target mode changes to

Auto on detection of a shed

condition

5=Shed to Manual, normal

return

6=Shed to Manual, No

return. Target mode

changes to MAN on

detection of a shed

condition.

7=Shed to retained target,

normal return

8=Shed to retained target,

no return. (Change target to

retained target)

0=Invalid

Data Type: Uint8

Defines action to be taken on remote control

device timeout.

Normal Return - actual mode changes to the next

lowest priority non-remote mode permitted but

returns to the target remote mode when the

remote computer completes the initialization

handshake.

No Return - Target mode changes to the next

lowest priority non-remote mode permitted. The

target remote mode is lost, so no return occurs.

Remote Cascade Output

RCAS_OUT 35 RO N/A Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐65

Block setpoint and status after ramping, filtering,

and limiting that is provided to a supervisory host

for back calculation to allow action to be taken

under limiting conditions or mode change. Used

when mode is RCAS.

Remote Out Output

ROUT_OUT 36 RO N/A Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐65

Block output that is provided to a supervisory host

for a back calculation to allow action to be taken

under limiting conditions or mode change. Used

when mode is RCAS.

Tracking Scale

TRK_SCALE 37 MAN

OOS

100

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values, engineering units

code, and number of digits to the right of the

decimal point associated with the external tracking

value (TRK_VAL).

Tracking Input Discrete

TRK_IN_D 38 ALL Status

BAD:

NC:

const

Data Type: DS‐66

Discrete input that initiates external tracking of the

block output to the value specified by TRK_VAL.

Value 0

Tracking Value

TRK_VAL 39 ALL Status

BAD:

NC:

const

Data Type: DS‐65

The value (after scaling from TRK_SCALE to

OUT_SCALE) applied to OUT in LO mode when

external tracking is enabled by TRK_IN_D.

Value 0

Feed Forward Value

FF_VAL 40 ALL Status

BAD:

NC:

const Data Type: DS‐65

The feedforward control input value and status.

Value 0

Feed Forward Scale

FF_SCALE 41 MAN

OOS

100

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values, engineering units

code, and number of digits to the right of the

decimal point associated with the feedforward

value (FF_VAL).

Feed Forward Gain

FF_GAIN 42 MAN

OOS 0

Data Type: Float

The feedforward gain value. FF_VAL is multiplied

by FF_GAIN before it is added to the calculated

control output. A value of 0 disables feedforward.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

113

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Update Event

UPDATE_EVT 43

Data Type: DS‐73

This alert is generated by any changes to the static

data.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 43.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

UPDATE_STATE 43.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Update reported

2=Update not reported

TIME_STAMP 43.3 RO N/A 0

STATIC_REVISION 43.4 RO N/A 0

RELATIVE_INDEX 43.5 RO N/A 0

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 44

Data Type: DS‐72

The block alarm is used for all configuration,

hardware, connection failure, or system problems

in the block. The cause of the alarm will be set in

the subcode.

VALUE Data Type: Unsigned8

UNACKNOWLEDGED 44.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 44.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear‐reported

2=Clear‐not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

TIME_STAMP 44.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 44.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 44.5 RO N/A 0

Alarm Summary

ALARM_SUM 45

Data Type: DS‐74

Current alert status, unacknowledged states,

unreported states, and disabled states of the

alarms associated with the function block.

CURRENT 45.1 RO ALL 1: High High Alarm

2: High Alarm

3: Low Low Alarm

4: Low Alarm

5: Deviation High Alarm

6: Deviation Low Alarm

7: Block Alarm

Dynamic

UNACKNOWLEDGED 45.2 RO ALL

UNREPORTED 45.3 RO ALL

DISABLED 45.4 RW ALL

Acknowledge Option

ACK_OPTION 46 N/A

1: High High Alarm

2: High Alarm

3: Low Low Alarm

4: Low Alarm

5: Deviation High Alarm

6: Deviation Low Alarm

7: Block Alarm

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

Used to set auto acknowledgment of alarms.

Alarm Hysteresis

ALARM_HYS 47 ALL 0 to 50% 0.50%

Data Type: Float

The amount the alarm value must return to within

the alarm limit before the associated active alarm

condition clears.

High High Priority

HI_HI_PRI 48 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the HI HI Alarm.

High High Limit

HI_HI_LIM 49 ALL PV_SCALE, or +INF +INF

Data Type: Float

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the

HI HI alarm condition.

High Priority

HI_PRI 50 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the HI alarm.

High Limit

HI_LIM 51 ALL PV_SCALE, or +INF +INF

Data Type: Float

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the

HI alarm condition.

Low Priority

LO_PRI 52 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the LO alarm.

Low Limit

LO_LIM 53 ALL PV_SCALE, or -INF -INF

Data Type: Float

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the

LO alarm condition.

Low Low Priority

LO_LO_PRI 54 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the LO LO alarm.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

114

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Low Low Limit

LO_LO_LIM 55 ALL PV_SCALE, or -INF -INF

Data Type: Float

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the

LO LO alarm condition.

Deviation High Priority

DV_HI_PRI 56 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the deviation high alarm.

Deviation High Limit

DV_HI_LIM 57 ALL PV_SCALE, or +INF +INF

Data Type: Float

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the

deviation high alarm condition.

Deviation Low Priority

DV_LO_PRI 58 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the deviation low alarm.

Deviation Low Limit

DV_LO_LIM 59 ALL -INF, or -PV span to 0 -INF

Data Type: Float

The setting for the alarm limit use to detect the

deviation low alarm condition.

High High Alarm

HI_HI_ALM 60

Data Type: DS‐71

The HI HI alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of

the alarm.

VALUE Data Type: Float

UNACKNOWLEDGED 60.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=undefined

ALARM_STATE 60.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

0=undefined

TIME_STAMP 60.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 60.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 60.5 RO N/A 0

High Alarm

HI_ALM 61

Data Type: DS‐71

The HI alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of

the alarm.

VALUE Data Type: Float

UNACKNOWLEDGED 61.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=undefined

ALARM_STATE 61.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

0=undefined

TIME_STAMP 61.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 61.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 61.5 RO N/A 0

Low Alarm

LO_ALM 62

Data Type: DS‐71

The LO alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of

the alarm.

VALUE Data Type: Float

UNACKNOWLEDGED 62.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=undefined

ALARM_STATE 62.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

0=undefined

TIME_STAMP 62.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 62.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 62.5 RO N/A 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

115

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Low Low Alarm

LO_LO_ALM 63

Data Type: DS‐71

The LO LO alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of

the alarm.

VALUE Data Type: Float

UNACKNOWLEDGED 63.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=undefined

ALARM_STATE 63.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

0=undefined

TIME_STAMP 63.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 63.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 63.5 RO N/A 0

Deviation High Alarm

DV_HI_ALM 64

Data Type: DS‐71

The DV HI alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of

the alarm.

VALUE Data Type: Float

UNACKNOWLEDGED 64.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=undefined

ALARM_STATE 64.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

0=undefined

TIME_STAMP 64.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 64.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 64.5 RO N/A 0

Deviation Low Alarm

DV_LO_ALM 65

Data Type: DS‐71

The DV LO alarm data, which includes a value of

the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the

state of the alarm.

VALUE Data Type: Float

UNACKNOWLEDGED 65.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=undefined

ALARM_STATE 65.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

0=undefined

TIME_STAMP 65.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 65.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 65.5 RO N/A 0

Extended Parameters

Bias

BIAS 66 ALL OUT_SCALE +/- 10% 0

Data Type: Float

The bias value used to calculate output for a PD

structure.

Error

ERROR 67 RO N/A Dynamic

Data Type: Float

The error (SP-PV) used to determine the control

action.

SP Work

SP_WRK 68 RO N/A Dynamic

Data Type: Float

The working set point of the block after limiting

and filtering is applied. EU of PV_SCALE

SP FTime

SP_FTIME 69 ALL Positive 0

Data Type: Float

The time constant of the first‐order SP filter. It is

the time, in seconds, required for a 63 percent

change in the IN value. Applied after SP rate

limiting.

Math Form

MATHFORM 70 OOS 0=Standard

1=Series 0=Standard Data Type: Unsigned8

Selects equation form (series or standard)

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

116

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Structureconfig

STRUCTURECONFIG 71 OOS

0=PID terms on error

1=PI terms on error, D term

on PV

2=I terms on error, PD term

on PV

3=PD terms on error

4= P term on error, D term

on PV

5=ID terms on error

6=I term on error, D term on

7=2 Deg. of Freedom PID

0=PID terms

on error

Data Type: Unsigned8

Defines PID equation structure to apply controller

action.

UGamma

GAMMA (ugamma) 72 OOS > = 0, < = 1 1.0

Data Type: Float

Fraction of derivative action taken on error versus

PV. For a value of 0.6, then 60% of the derivative

action will be based on error and 40% on PV. The

value of GAMMA may be changed over a range of

0-1 if STRUCTURE is set to Two Degrees of

Freedom Control. Otherwise, it is automatically set

to a value of 1 or 0 based on the Structure

selection.

UBeta

BETA (ubeta) 73 OOS > = 0, < = 1 1.0

Data Type: Float

Fraction of proportional action taken on error

versus PV. For a value of 0.6, then 60% of the

proportional action will be based on error and 40%

on PV. The value of BETA may be changed over a

range of 0-1 if STRUCTURE is set to Two Degrees of

Freedom Control. Otherwise, it is automatically set

to a value of 1 or 0 based on the Structure

selection.

IDeadBand

IDEADBAND 74 OOS Positive 0

Data Type: Float

Integral action stops when ERROR is within

IDEADBAND, proportional and derivative action

continue. EU of PV_SCALE

StdDev

STDDEV 75 RO N/A Dynamic Data Type: Float

Standard deviation of PV.

Cap StdDev

CAP_STDDEV 76 RO N/A Dynamic Data Type: Float

Standard deviation of PV changes.

T Request

T_REQUEST 77 RO ALL

0=Request Tuning

1=Force Tuning

2=Reset Tuner

0Data Type: Bit String

Operator request to initiate/control autotuning.

T State

T_STATE 78 RO NONE 0 Data Type: Unsigned8

Current autotuner state.

T Status

T_STATUS 79 RO N/A

0=Scan Rate Too Low

Warning

1=Insufficient Process

Response (obsolete)

2=Scan Rate Too High

Warning

3=Inverse Direct Acting

Error

4=PV Deviation Too Large

5=Initial PV Deviation Too

Large

6=PV Limited or Constant

7=PV Bad

8=Invalid Mode for Tuning

9=BKCAL_IN Non Good or

Limited

10=Out Limited

11=Bypass Active

12=Mode Changed

13=Tracking Active

14=Disconnected

15=SP Changed

0Data Type: Bit String

Autotuner status.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

117

Table 4‐32. PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

T Ipgain

T_IPGAIN 80 RO N/A 0.0 Data Type: Float

Integrated process gain.

T Ugain

T_UGAIN 81 RO N/A 0.0 Data Type: Float

Ultimate gain.

T Uperiod

T_UPERIOD 82 RO N/A 0.0 Data Type: Float

Ultimate period.

T Psgain

T_PSGAIN 83 RO N/A 0.0 Data Type: Float

Process static gain.

T Ptimec

T_PTIMEC 84 RO N/A 0.0 Data Type: Float

Process time constant.

T Pdtime

T_PDTIME 85 RO N/A 0.0 Data Type: Float

Process dead time.

T Targetop

T_TARGETOP 86 ALL 2 Data Type: Unsigned8

Target oscillation periods.

T Hyster

T_HYSTER 87 ALL > = 0.0 0.0 Data Type: Float

Hysteresis

T Relayss

T_RELAYSS 88 ALL > = 0.0 3.0 Data Type: Float

Relay step size.

T Gain Magnifier

T_GAIN_MAGNIFIER 89 ALL > 0.1, < 100 1.0 Data Type: Float

Scales amount of gain.

T Auto Extra DT

T_AUTO_EXTRA_DT 90 ALL 0 Data Type: Unsigned8

Allow additional cycle with extra deadtime.

T Auto Hysteresis

T_AUTO_HYSTERESIS 91 ALL 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

Allows calculation of hysteresis based on

CAP_STDDEV

T Aoperiods

T_AOPERIODS 92 RO N/A 0 Data Type: Unsigned8

Actual oscillation periods.

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Table 4‐33. PID Function Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV

8 SP

9 OUT

18 CAS_IN

38 TRK_IN_D

39 TRK_VAL

45.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT

45.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED

45.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED

45.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED

Table 4‐34. PID Function Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

10 PV_SCALE

11 OUT_SCALE

12.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT

12.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY

17 BYPASS

21 SP_HI_LIM

22 SP_LO_LIM

28 OUT_HI_LIM

29 OUT_LO_LIM

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

118

Table 4‐35. PID Function Block, View 3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV

8 SP

9 OUT

15 IN

18 CAS_IN

27 BKCAL_IN

31 BKCAL_OUT

32 RCAS_IN

33 ROUT_IN

35 RCAS_OUT

36 ROUT_OUT

38 TRK_IN_D

39 TRK_VAL

40 FF_VAL

45.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT

45.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED

45.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED

45.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED

67 ERROR

68 SP_WORK

71 STRUCTURECONFIG

75 STDDEV

76 CAP_STDDEV

Note

Because individual views are limited in size, View List 4 has

two parts.

Table 4‐36. PID Function Block, View 4.1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

13 CONTROL_OPTS

14 STATUS_OPTS

16 PV_FTIME

19 SP_RATE_DN

20 SP_RATE_UP

23 GAIN

24 RESET

25 BAL_TIME

26 RATE

30 BKCAL_HYS

34 SHED_OPT

37 TRK_SCALE

41 FF_SCALE

42 FF_GAIN

46 ACK_OPTION

47 ALARM_HYS

48 HI_HI_PRI

49 HI_HI_LIM

50 HI_PRI

51 HI_LIM

52 LO_PRI

53 LO_LIM

54 LO_LO_PRI

55 LO_LO_LIM

56 DV_HI_PRI

57 DV_HI_LIM

58 DV_LO_PRI

59 DV_LO_LIM

Table 4‐37. PID Function Block, View 4.2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

66 BIAS

69 SP_FTIME

70 MATHFORM

71 STRUCTURECONFIG

72 GAMMA (ugamma)

73 BETA

74 IDEADBAND

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

119

Field Communicator Menu Structure

Quick Config

Alert Key

Control Options

Deviation High Limit

Deviation Low Limit

Gain

High High Limit

High Limit

Low Limit

Low Low Limit

Output Scale: EU at 100%

Output Scale: EU at 0%

Output Scale: Units Index

Output Scale: Decimal

Process Value Scale: EU at 100%

Process Value Scale: EU at 0%

Process Value Scale: Units Index

Process Value Scale: Decimal

Reset

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Setpoint High Limit

Setpoint Low Limit

Common Config

Alarm Hysteresis

Alert Key

Control Options

Deviation High Limit

Deviation Low Limit

Gain

High High Limit

High Limit

Low Limit

Low Low Limit

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output High Limit

Output Low Limit

Output Scale: EU at 100%

Output Scale: EU at 0%

Output Scale: Units Index

Output Scale: Decimal

Process Value Filter Time

Process Value Scale: EU at 100%

Process Value Scale: EU at 0%

Process Value Scale: Units Index

Process Value Scale: Decimal

Rate

Reset

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Setpoint High Limit

Setpoint Low Limit

Advanced Config

Back Calculation Hysteresis

Feed Forward Gain

Feed Forward Scale: EU at 100%

Feed Forward Scale: EU at 0%

Feed Forward Scale: Units Index

Feed Forward Scale: Decimal

Shed Options

Setpoint Rate Down

Setpoint Rate Up

Static Revision

Status Options

Strategy

Tracking Scale: EU at 100%

Tracking Scale: EU at 0%

Tracking Scale: Units Index

Tracking Scale: Decimal

Tracking Value: Status

Tracking Value: Value

Online

Back Calculation Input: Status

Back Calculation Intput: Value

Back Calculation Output: Status

Back Calculation Output: Value

Block Error

Bypass

Cascade Input: Status

Cascade Input: Value

Feed Forward Value: Status

Feed Forward Value: Value

Gain

Input: Status

Input: Value

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output: Status

Output: Value

Process Value: Status

Process Value: Value

Remote Cascade Input: Status

Remote Cascade Input: Value

Remote Cascade Output: Status

Remote Cascade Output: Value

Remote Out Input: Status

Remote Out Input: Value

Remote Out Output: Status

Remote Out Output: Value

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Tracking Input Discrete: Status

Tracking Input Descrete: Value

Tracking Value: Status

Tracking Value: Value

Status

Block Error

Connectors

Back Calculation Input: Status

Back Calculation Intput: Value

Back Calculation Output: Status

Back Calculation Output: Value

Cascade Input: Status

Cascade Input: Value

Feed Forward Value: Status

Feed Forward Value: Value

Input: Status

Input: Value

Output: Status

Ouput: Value

Tracking Input Discrete: Status

Tracking Input Descrete: Value

Tracking Value: Status

Tracking Value: Value

PID FUNCTION BLOCK

(menu continued on next page)

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—PID Function Block

January 2015

120

All

Characteristics: Block Tag

Static Revision

Tag Description

Strategy

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Block Error

Process Value: Status

Process Value: Value

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Output: Status

Output: Value

Process Value Scale: EU at 100%

Process Value Scale: EU at 0%

Process Value Scale: Units Index

Process Value Scale: Decimal

Output Scale: EU at 100%

Output Scale: EU at 0%

Output Scale: Units Index

Output Scale: Decimal

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

Control Options

Status Options

Input: Status

Input: Value

Process Value Filter Time

Bypass

Cascade Input: Status

Cascade Input: Value

Setpoint Rate Down

Setpoint Rate Up

Setpoint High Limit

Setpoint Low Limit

Gain

Reset

Balance Time

Rate

Back Calculation Input: Status

Back Calculation Input: Value

Output High Limit

Output Low Limit

Back Calculation Hysteresis

Back Calculation Output: Status

Back Calculation Output: Value

Remote Cascade Input: Status

Remote Cascade Input: Value

Remote Out Input: Status

Remote Out Input: Value

Shed Options

Remote Cascade Output: Status

Remote Cascade Output: Value

Remote Out Output: Status

Remote Out Output: Value

Tracking Scale: EU at 100%

Tracking Scale EU at 0%

Tracking Scale: Units Index

Tracking Scale: Decimal

Tracking Input Discrete: Status

Tracking Input Descrete: Value

Tracking Value: Status

Tracking Value: Value

Feed Forward Value: Status

Feed Forward Value: Value

Feed Forward Scale: EU at 100%

Feed Forward Scale: EU at 0%

Feed Forward Scale: Units Index

Feed Forward Scale: Decimal

Feed Forward Gain

Other

Tag Description

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

Balance Time

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Alarm Summary: Current

Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged

Alarm Summary: Unreported

Alarm Summary: Disabled

Acknowledge Option

High High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High High Alarm: Alarm State

High High Alarm: Time Stamp

High High Alarm: Subcode

High High Alarm: Float Value

High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High Alarm: Alarm State

High Alarm: Time Stamp

High Alarm: Subcode

High Alarm: Float Value

Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Alarm: Float Value

Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Low Alarm: Float Value

Deviation High Alarm: Unacknowledged

Deviation High Alarm: Alarm State

Deviation High Alarm: Time Stamp

Deviation High Alarm: Subcode

Deviation High Alarm: Float Value

Deviation Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Deviation Low Alarm: Alarm State

Deviation Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Deviation Low Alarm: Subcode

Deviation Low Alarm: Float Value

Bias

Other

(continued)

Error

SP Work

SP FTime

mathform

structureconfig

Ugamma

UBeta

IDeadBand

StdDv

Cap StdDev

T Request

T State

T Status

T Ipgain

T Ugain

T Uperiod

T Psgain

T Ptimec

T Pdtime

T Targetop

T Hyster

T Relayss

T Gain Magnifier

T Auto Extra DT

T Auto Hysteresis

T Aoperiods

All (continued)

Updated Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Alarm Summary: Current

Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged

Alarm Summary: Unreported

Alarm Summary: Disabled

Acknowledge Option

Alarm Hysteresis

High High Priority

High High Limit

High Priority

High Limit

Low Priority

Low Limit

Low Low Priority

Low Low Limit

Deviation High Priority

Deviation High Limit

Deviation Low Priority

Deviation Low Limit

High High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High High Alarm: Alarm State

High High Alarm: Time Stamp

High High Alarm: Subcode

High High Alarm: Float Value

High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High Alarm: Alarm State

High Alarm: Time Stamp

High Alarm: Subcode

High Alarm: Float Value

Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Alarm: Float Value

Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Low Alarm: Float Value

Deviation High Alarm: Unacknowledged

Deviation High Alarm: Alarm State

Deviation High Alarm: Time Stamp

Deviation High Alarm: Subcode

Deviation High Alarm: Float Value

Deviation Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Deviation Low Alarm: Alarm State

Deviation Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Deviation Low Alarm: Subcode

Deviation Low Alarm: Float Value

Bias

Error

SP Work

SP FTime

mathform

structureconfig

UGamma

UBeta

IDeadBand

StdDev

PID FUNCTION BLOCK cont.

All (continued)

Cap StdDev

T Request

T State

T Status

T Ipgain

T Ugain

T Uperiod

T Psgain

T Ptimec

T Pdtime

T Targetop

T Hyster

T Relayss

T Gain Magnifier

T Auto Extra DT

T Auto Hysteresis

T Aoperiods

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

121

Input Selector Function Block

Overview

The Input Selector (ISEL) function block (figure 4‐12) can be used to select the first good, maximum, minimum,

average, or hot backup from as many as eight input values and place it at the output. The block supports signal status

propagation. There is no process alarm detection in the Input Selector function block. Figure 4‐13 illustrates the

internal components of the ISEL function block. Table 4‐40 lists the ISEL block parameters, their index numbers, and

descriptions.

Figure 4‐12. Input Selector Function Block

FIELDBUS_56A

SELECTED

OUT

IN_1

IN_2

IN_3

IN_4

DISABLE_5

DISABLE_6

DISABLE_7

DISABLE_8

OP_SELECT

IN (1−8) =Input used in the selection algorithm.

DISABLE (1−8) = Discrete input used to enable or disable

the associated input channel.

OP_SELECT =Input used to override algorithm.

SELECTED

The selected channel number.

OUT

The block output and status.

OUT_D =Discrete output that signals

IN_5

IN_6

IN_7

IN_8 ISEL OUT_D

DISABLE_1

DISABLE_2

DISABLE_3

DISABLE_4 a selected alarm condition.

Modes

The ISEL function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:

 Manual (Man)—The block output (OUT [7]) may be entered manually.

 Automatic (Auto)—OUT [7] reflects the selected input value.

 Out of Service (OOS)—The block is not processed. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service. In this

mode, you can make changes to all configurable parameters. The target mode of a block may be restricted to one

or more of the supported modes.

The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Out of Service if any of the following are true:

 The Actual mode of the resource block is not Auto

 The Input Selector block Target mode is Out of Service

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

122

 The Input Selector block Target mode is Auto, OP_SELECT [22] is not being used, and SELECT_TYPE [19] is 0. In this

case, the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows a Block Configuration Error.

The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Manual if all of the above is not true and the Target mode is Manual.

Figure 4‐13. Input Selector Function Block Schematic

fieldbus−fbus_229a

IN_1

IN_2

IN_3

IN_4

DISABLE_1

DISABLE_2

DISABLE_3

DISABLE_4

OP_SELECT

Selection

Algorithm

AUTO

MAN

OUT

SELECTED

MIN_GOOD

SEL_TYPE

SELECT_TYPE

NOTE: THIS FIGURE DOES NOT INCLUDE THE ADDITIONAL

4 INPUTS IN THE EXTENDED PARAMETERS.

Status Handling

Quality Use and Propagation

In Auto mode, OUT [7] reflects the value and status of the selected input based on the following criteria:

 A bad or disabled input is never used by any of the selection algorithms

 For a selection algorithm to use an input with status of Uncertain, the STATUS_OPTS [10] parameter must have

“Use Uncertain as Good.”

 STATUS_OPTS [10] is applied before selection.

 If the number of good inputs is less than MIN_GOOD [20], or if the number of inputs evaluated is 0, the status of

OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Bad.

 If an input is disabled or its status is Bad and is selected via OP_SELECT [22], then the status of OUT [7] and

SELECTED [21] will be Bad. If the quality of the input is Uncertain, and the selection for the STATUS_OPTS [10]

parameter is “Use Uncertain as Good,” then the status of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Uncertain. Otherwise

the status of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Good Noncascade.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

123

When the block is in the Manual mode the status and substatus of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be as follows:

 Substatus will be non‐specific and the limit will be constant.

 Quality of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Uncertain if STATUS_OPTS [10] is “Uncertain if in Manual mode.”

Otherwise, the quality of OUT [7] and SELECTED [21] will be Good Noncascade.

Limit Propagation

Refer to figure 4‐14. When SELECT_TYPE [19] is Average, Not Limited is propagated unless all inputs have the same

limit status. If ll inputs have the same limit status, the limit status of the inputs is propagated.

If SELECT_TYPE [19] is Middle and the number of inputs used by the algorithm is greater than one: Not Limited is

propagated unless all selected inputs have the same limit status, in which case the limit status of the inputs is

propagated.

If SELECT_TYPE [19] is Middle and a single input, or if Maximum or Minimum then: If the selected input is a constant

and Middle, Constant is propagated. Otherwise, if the selected input is a constant and Maximum or Minimum,

propagate low if Maximum, propagate high if Minimum. If the selected input is not a constant, propagate selected

input limit as is.

When SELECT_TYPE [19] is First Good or Hot Spare or if OP_SELECT [22] is non‐zero, propagate selected input limit as

is.

Substatus Propagation

Refer to figure 4‐15. For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Maximum, Minimum, First Good, Hot Spare, and Middle with only one

input, simply propagate substatus as is.

For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Maximum and Minimum with more than one input with the same value, propagate substatus

if all inputs are the same.

For SELECT_TYPE [19] of Average or Middle with more than one input, propagate NonSpecific.

If the status of OUT [7] is Bad, then the substatus will be as follows:

 Out of Service if the Target mode is Out of Service.

 Configuration Error with a BLOCK_ERR [6] of Configuration Error if the Actual mode is Out of Service.

 Otherwise a substatus of Non‐Specific.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

124

Figure 4‐14. Input Selector Block Limit Propagation

START

SELECT_TYPE

Middle?

Yes

SELECT_TYPE

Maximum?

SELECT_TYPE

Minimum?

More than 1

input?

Yes All inputs with

same limit

status?

Yes Propagate that

limit status

Input a

constant?

Propagate

Not Limited

Propagate

Constant

Yes

Input a

constant?

Propagate

Low Limit

Propagate

High Limit

Input a

constant?

Yes

SELECT_TYPE

First Good or Hot

Spare?

SELECT_TYPE

Average?

All inputs with

same limit

status?

Propagate

Not Limited

Yes Yes

NOTES:

 LIMIT MANIPULATION FOR A CONSTANT INPUT FOR MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM IS BASED

UPON THE FOUNDATION FIELDBUS SPECIFICATION. THE REASONING IS BASED ON HIGH SELECT

PROVIDING A LOW LIMIT STATUS AND LOW SELECT PROVIDING A HIGH LIMIT STATUS.

Yes

Propagate

selected input

limit status

OP_SELECT

equal to zero?

Yes

Propagate

selected input

limit status

Yes

Illegal Select Type

should never be reached

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

125

Figure 4‐15. Input Selector Block Substatus Propagation

START

Bad

At least 1 good

input?

SELECT_TYPE

Middle or

Average?

Selected in

put status? Propagate Good

Noncascade

Bad

Good

Yes

One input?

Yes

Multiple

Inputs

MODE_BLK

MAN?

STATUS_OPTS Un

certain if Man

Mode?

Propagate Good

Noncascade

Yes Yes

NOTES:

Yes

Propagate Bad,

Out of Service

MODE_BLK

OOS?

Yes

Propagate

Uncertain

MODE_BLK must

be Auto

OP_SELECT

status?

Propagate Bad,

Nonspecific

OP_SELECT

value >0?

Propagate Bad,

Nonspecific

Yes

Propagate

Nonspecific

Propagate input

substatus as is

SELECT_TYPE

Maximum or

Minimum?

One input? Yes

All inputs with

same value?

Propagate input

substatus as is

Yes

Propagate

Nonspecific

AN INPUT STATUS MAY BE BAD, GOOD, OR UNCERTAIN. IF BAD, THE INPUT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED

AS BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NON‐SPECIFIC. IF GOOD IT IS USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD

(NON‐CASCADE). IF UNCERTAIN, AND STATUS_OPTS IS “USE UNCERTAIN AS GOOD” THEN THE INPUT IS USED AND THE

STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD (NON‐CASCADE), OTHERWISE IT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS

BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NON‐SPECIFIC.

Multiple

Inputs

Yes

SELECT_TYPE Must

be First Good or

Hot Spare?

Illegal Select Type

should never be reached

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

126

STATUS_OPTS Supported

In the STATUS_OPTS [10] parameter, you can select from the following options to control the status handling:

 Use Uncertain as Good—sets the OUT [7] status to Good when the selected input status is Uncertain.

 Uncertain if in Manual mode: sets the OUT [7] status to Uncertain when the mode is Manual.

Note

The block mode must be Out of Service to set STATUS_OPTS [10].

Input Selection

The ISEL function block reads the values and statuses of as many as eight inputs (IN_1 [11], IN_2 [12], IN_3 [13], IN_4

[14], IN_5 [25], IN_6 [26], IN_7 [27], IN_8 [28]). To use any of the six selection algorithms to select the output,

OP_SELECT [22] must be 0. To specify which algorithm to use, configure the selector type parameter (SELECT_TYPE

[19]) as follows:

 Maximum—selects the input with the highest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled.

 Minimum—selects the input with the lowest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled.

 Average—calculates the average value of the inputs that are not bad and not disabled and provides it as the output.

For example, if the number used to average (AVG_USE [33]) is 4 and the number of connected inputs is 6, then the

highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average. If AVG_USE [33] is 2 and the number

of connected inputs is 7, then the two highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average

and the average would be based on the middle three inputs.

 Middle—If the number of good usable inputs is odd, then it selects the middle value. If the number of good usable

inputs is even, then it averages the middle two values and selects status as worst of two. If both inputs' limit status

are not the same then it sets limit status of Not Limited.

 First Good—selects the first input that is not bad and not disabled, starting with IN_1 [11].

 Hot Spare—initially uses the input selected as first good. If the selected input goes bad, the first good selection is

repeated. If the selected input remains good, it stays selected. If the originally selected input returns to good status

the selection does not change. Selection changes only if the currently selected input goes bad.

Disabling Inputs

Use the parameters DISABLE_1 [15], DISABLE_2 [16], DISABLE_3 [17], DISABLE_4 [18], DISABLE_5 [29], DISABLE_6

[30], DISABLE_7 [31] and DISABLE_8 [32] to disable the corresponding inputs. An input that is disabled will not be used

by any of the selection algorithms.

The status of the disable parameter must be “Good,” “Good_Cascade,” or “Uncertain” with a STATUS_OPTS [10] of

“Use Uncertain as Good” in order to be evaluated. If the status of the disable parameter is Bad, its last usable value is

maintained and acted upon. If the device restarts, losing the last usable value, the last usable value is set to disabled.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

127

IN_1 through IN_8 and DISABLE_1 through DISABLE_8 are non‐volatile type parameters so if they are Linked they will

automatically have Bad status until connections are re‐established. If they are not Linked, they will be restored with the

previous value from NVM across device restarts.

Direct Selection of Inputs

The parameter OP_SELECT [22] can be used to select a particular input. If OP_SELECT [22] is non‐zero, the selection

algorithm is bypassed and the value of OP_SELECT [22] is interpreted as the input number to select. If the OP_SELECT

[22] value is greater than the number of inputs, then the highest input is selected. The status of OP_SELECT [22] must

be “Good,” “Good_Cascade,” or “Uncertain” with a STATUS_OPTS [10] of “Use Uncertain as Good” in order to be

evaluated. If the status of OP_SELECT [22] is Bad, then the OUT [7] status is Bad.

Identification of Selected Inputs

For a SELECT_TYPE [19] of Maximum, Minimum, Middle, First Good, and Hot Spare, SELECTED [21] indicates the

number of the selected input. When Middle is computed from more than one input, SELECTED [21] is set to 0.

For a SELECT_TYPE [19] of Average, SELECTED [21] indicates the number of inputs used in the average calculation.

When the block mode is Manual, SELECTED [21] is set to 0.

Alarm Detection

A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block error for the PID

block are defined above.

Process alarm detection is based on OUT [7] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard

alarms:

 High (HI_LIM [40])

 High high (HI_HI_LIM [38])

 Low (LO_LIM [42])

 Low low (LO_LO_LIM [44])

In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent

of the PV span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [36] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following

parameters:

 HI_PRI [39]

 HI_HI_PRI [37]

 LO_PRI [41]

 LO_LO_PRI [43]

ACK_OPTION [35] is used to set automatic acknowledgement of alarms.

ALARM_SUM [34] indicates the current alert status, unacknowledged states, and disabled states of the alarms

associated with the function block.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

128

Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 4‐38.

Table 4‐38. ISEL Function Block Alarm Priorities

Priority Number Priority Description(1)

0The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected.

1An alarm condition with a priority of 1 can be recognized by the system. The device monitors the alarm but does not report it

until requested by the host system.

2An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator, but generally does not require operator attention (such as

diagnostics and system alerts).

3-7 Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority.

8-15 Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority.

1. The priority classes “advise” and “critical” have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts.

Block Errors

Table 4‐39 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the

ISEL block and are provided only for your reference.

Table 4‐39. BLOCK_ERR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other (N/A)

1Block Configuration Error ‐ If OP_SELECT is not being used, and SELECT_TYPE = 0. This implies OP_SELECT status is good and actual

mode is AUTO.

2Link Configuration Error (N/A)

3Simulate Active (N/A)

4Local Override (N/A)

5Device Fault State Set (N/A)

6Device Needs Maintenance Soon (N/A)

7Input failure/process variable has Bad status ‐ Set if any IN or any DISABLE or OP_SELECT is bad and connected. This means that a

status of BAD NC would not cause an input failure but a status of BAD LUV or BAD no LUV would cause and input failure.

8Output failure ‐ Set if OUT quality is bad and the Actual mode is not Out of Service.

9Memory Failure (N/A)

10 Lost Static Data (N/A)

11 Lost NV Data (N/A)

12 Readback Check Failed (N/A)

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now (N/A)

14 Power Up ‐ Set if the Target mode is Out of Service when powered up until the mode is changed.

15 Out of Service ‐ The block is in Out of Service (OOS) mode

ISEL Function Block Parameter List (table 4‐40)

 Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write

 Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter

 Double indentations and shaded Index Numbers indicate sub‐parameters

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

129

Table 4‐40. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Index

Number RO / RW Block

Mode Range Initial

Value Description

Static Revision

ST_REV 1 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The revision level of the static data associated with the

function block. The revision value will be incremented

each time a static parameter value in the block is

changed.

Tag Description

TAG_DESC 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII spaces

Data Type: Octet String

The user description of the intended application of the

block.

Strategy

STRATEGY 3 RW ALL 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of

blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the

block.

Alert Key

ALERT_KEY 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The identification number of the plant unit. This

information may be used in the host for sorting alarms,

etc.

Block Mode

MODE_BLK 5

Data Type: DS‐69

Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 4: MAN,

3: AUTO

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the

block.

Target: The requested block mode

Actual: The current mode of the block

Permitted: Allowed modes for Target

Normal: Most common mode for Target

TARGET 5.1 RW ALL OOS, MAN, AUTO

OOS until

block is

configured,

then last

valid target

ACTUAL 5.2 RO ALL

PERMITTED 5.3 RW ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO OOS+MAN

+AUTO

NORMAL 5.4 RW ALL AUTO

Block Error

BLOCK_ERR 6 RO N/A

1: Block

Configuration Error

7: Input Failure / Bad

PV status

8: Output Failure

14: Power Up

15: Out‐of‐Service

Dynamic

Data Type: Bit String

0=Inactive

1=Active

This parameter reflects the error status associated with

the hardware or software components associated with

a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be

shown.

Output

OUT 7MAN

OOS

Status

OUT_RANGE Dynamic Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Value

Output Range

OUT_RANGE 8 ALL

EU at 100%

EU at 0%

Units Index

Decimal Point

100

Data Type: DS‐67

High and low scale values, engineering units code, and

number of digits to the right of the decimal point

associated with OUT.

Grant Deny

GRANT_DENY 9Data Type: DS‐70

Options for controlling access of host computers and

local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm

parameters of the block. Not used by device.

GRANT: 0=N/A, 1=granted

DENY: 0=N/A, 1=denied

GRANT 9.1 ALL 0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

All bits: 0

DENY 9.2 ALL All bits:0

Status Options

STATUS_OPTS 10 OOS

2: Use Uncertain as

GOOD

8: Uncertain if MAN

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

Allows you to select options for status handling and

processing. The supported status option for the input

selector block is: “Use Uncertain as Good”, “Uncertain

if Man mode.”

Input 1

IN_1 11 ALL Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐65

The block input value and status.

Value 0

Input 2

IN_2 12 ALL Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐65

The block input value and status.

Value 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

130

Table 4‐40. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO / RW

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Input 3

IN_3 13 ALL Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐65

The block input value and status.

Value 0

Input 4

IN_4 14 ALL Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐65

The block input value and status.

Value 0

Disable Analog Input 1

DISABLE_1 15 ALL

Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐66

Enable/Disable for Input_1, If parameter is TRUE then

input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not

evaluated.

Value

0=Use

1=Disable

Disable Analog Input 2

DISABLE_2 16 ALL

Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐66

Enable/Disable for Input_2, If parameter is TRUE then

input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not

evaluated.

Value

0=Use

1=Disable

Disable Analog Input 3

DISABLE_3 17 ALL

Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐66

Enable/Disable for Input_3, If parameter is TRUE then

input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not

evaluated.

Value

0=Use

1=Disable

Disable Analog Input 4

DISABLE_4 18 ALL

Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐66

Enable/Disable for Input_4, If parameter is TRUE then

input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not

evaluated.

Value

0=Use

1=Disable

Select Type

SELECT_TYPE 19 ALL

1=First Good

2=Minimum

3=Maximum

4=Middle

5=Average

6=Hot Spare

0Data Type: Unsigned8

Determines the selector action

Min Good

MIN_GOOD 20 ALL 1 - 4

0 initial value only 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The minimum number of inputs which are “good” is

less than the value of MIN_GOOD then set the OUT

status to “bad”.

Selected

SELECTED 21 RO N/A

Status Data Type: DS‐66

The integer indicating the selected input number.

Value

0 - 8 Dynamic

Operator Select

OP_SELECT 22 ALL

Status

BAD

constant

Data Type: DS‐66

An operator settable parameter to force a given input

to be used.

Value

0 - 8 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

131

Table 4‐40. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO / RW

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Update Event

UPDATE_EVT 23

Data Type: DS‐73

This alert is generated by any change to the static data.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 23.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

UPDATE_STATE 23.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Update Reported

2=Updated not

reported

TIME_STAMP 23.3 RO N/A 0

STATIC_REVISION 23.4 RO N/A 0

RELATIVE_INDEX 23.5 RO N/A 0

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 24

Data Type: DS‐72

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware,

connection failure, or system problems in the block.

The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field.

The first alert to become active will set the active

status in BLOCK_ERR. As soon as the Unreported status

is cleared by the alert reporting task, another block

alert may be reported without clearing the Active

status, if the subcode has changed.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 24.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 24.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not

reported

TIME_STAMP 24.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 24.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 24.5 RO N/A 0

Extended Parameters

In 5

IN_5 25 ALL Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐65

Input value and status.

Value 0

In 6

IN_6 26 ALL Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐65

Input value and status.

Value 0

In 7

IN_7 27 ALL Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐65

Input value and status.

Value

In 8

IN_8 28 ALL Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐65

Input value and status.

Value 0

Disable Analog Input 5

DISABLE_5 29 ALL

Status

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐66

Enable/Disable for Input_5, If parameter is TRUE then

input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not

evaluated.

Value

0=Use

1=Disable

Disable Analog Input 6

DISABLE_6 30 ALL

Status

BAD

constant

Data Type: DS‐66

Enable/Disable for Input_6, If parameter is TRUE then

input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not

evaluated.

Value

0=Use

1=Disable

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

132

Table 4‐40. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO / RW

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Disable Analog Input 7

DISABLE_7 31 ALL

Value

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐66

Enable/Disable for Input_7, If parameter is TRUE then

input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not

evaluated.

Status

0=Use

1=Disable

Disable Analog Input 8

DISABLE_8 32 ALL

Value

BAD

constant Data Type: DS‐66

Enable/Disable for Input_8, If parameter is TRUE then

input is disabled. If parameter status is BAD it is not

evaluated.

Status

0=Use

1=Disable

Number used to average

AVG_USE 33 1 to 8 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

Number used to average the output. The number of

min and max dropped is the number of inputs minus

AVG_USE.

Alarm Summary

ALARM_SUM 34

Data Type: DS‐74

Current alert status, unacknowledged states,

unreported states, and disabled states of the alarms

associated with the function block.

CURRENT 34.1 RO NA 1: Hi Hi

2: Hi

3: Lo Lo

4: Lo

UNACKNOWLEDGED 34.2 RO NA

UNREPORTED 34.3 RO NA

DISABLED 34.4 RW ALL

Acknowledge Option

ACK_OPTION 35 ALL

1: Hi Hi

2: Hi

3: Lo Lo

4: Lo

Data Type: Bit String

Selection of whether alarms associated with the block

will be automatically acknowledged.

0=Disable

1=Enable

Alarm Hysteresis

ALARM_HYS 36 ALL 0 to 50% 0.50% Data Type: Float

Hysteresis on alarms

High High Priority

HI_HI_PRI 37 ALL 0 TO 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

Priority of the alarm

High High Limit

HI_HI_LIM 38 ALL 0 Data Type: Float

Value of analog input which will generate an alarm

High Priority

HI_PRI 39 ALL 0 TO 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

Priority of the alarm

High Limit

HI_LIM 40 ALL 0 Data Type: Float

Value of analog input which will generate an alarm

Low Priority

LO_PRI 41 ALL 0 TO 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

Priority of the alarm

Low Limit

LO_LIM 42 ALL 0 Data Type: Float

Value of analog input which will generate an alarm

Low Low Priority

LO_LO_PRI 43 ALL 0 TO 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

Priority of the alarm

Low Low Limit

LO_LO_LIM 44 ALL 0 Data Type: Float

Value of analog input which will generate an alarm

High High Alarm

HI_HI_ALM 45

Data Type: DS‐71

The high high alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the

alarm.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 45.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 45.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not

reported

TIME_STAMP 45.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 45.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 45.5 RO N/A 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

133

Table 4‐40. Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO / RW

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

High Alarm

HI_ALM 46

Data Type: DS‐71

The high alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the

alarm.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 46.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 46.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not

reported

TIME_STAMP 46.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 46.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 46.5 RO N/A 0

Low Alarm

LO_ALM 47

Data Type: DS‐71

The low alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the

alarm.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 47.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 47.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not

reported

TIME_STAMP 47.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 47.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 47.5 RO N/A 0

Low Low Alarm

LO_LO_ALM 48

Data Type: DS‐71

The low low alarm data, which includes a value of the

alarm, a timestamp of occurrence, and the state of the

alarm.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 48.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 48.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not

reported

TIME_STAMP 48.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 48.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 48.5 RO N/A 0

Output Discrete

OUT_D 49 MAN

OOS

Status Data Type: DS‐66

Discrete output to indicate a selected alarm value

Value

0, 1

Alarm Select

ALM_SEL 50 ALL

Status

Data Type: Bit String

Used to select the process alarm conditions that will

cause the OUT_D parameter to be set.

1: Hi Hi

2: Hi

3: Lo Lo

4: Lo

All bits:0

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

134

Table 4‐41. ISEL Function Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 OUT

11 IN_1

12 IN_2

13 IN_3

14 IN_4

15 DISABLE_1

16 DISABLE_2

17 DISABLE_3

18 DISABLE_4

21 SELECTED

22 OP_SELECT

25 IN_5

26 IN_6

27 IN_7

28 IN_8

29 DISABLE_5

30 DISABLE_6

31 DISABLE_7

32 DISABLE_8

34.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT

34.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED

34.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED

34.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED

Table 4‐42. ISEL Function Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

8 OUT_RANGE

9.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT

9.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY

Table 4‐43. ISEL Function Block, View 3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 OUT

11 IN_1

12 IN_2

13 IN_3

14 IN_4

15 DISABLE_1

16 DISABLE_2

17 DISABLE_3

18 DISABLE_4

21 SELECTED

22 OP_SELECT

25 IN_5

26 IN_6

27 IN_7

28 IN_8

29 DISABLE_5

30 DISABLE_6

31 DISABLE_7

32 DISABLE_8

34.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT

34.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED

34.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED

34.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED

49 OUT_D

Table 4‐44. ISEL Function Block, View 4

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

10 STATUS_OPTS

19 SELECT_TYPE

20 MIN_GOOD

33 AVG_USE

35 ACK_OPTION

36 ALARM_HYS

37 HI_HI_PRI

38 HI_HI_LIM

39 HI_PRI

40 HI_LIM

41 LO_PRI

42 LO_LIM

43 LO_LO_PRI

44 LO_LO_LIM

50 ALM_SEL

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—ISEL Function Block

January 2015

135

INPUT SELECTOR FUNCTION BLOCK

Quick Config

Alert Key

Min Good

Output Range: EU at 100%

Output Range: EU at 0%

Output Range: Units Index

Output Range: Decimal

Select Type

Common Config

Min Good

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output Range: EU at 100%

Output Range: EU at 0%

Output Range: Units Index

Output Range: Decimal

Select Type

Advanced Config

Alert Key

Static Revision

Status Options

Strategy

Online

Block Error

Disable Analog Input 1: Status

Disable Analog Input 1: Value

Disable Analog Input 2: Status

Disable Analog Input 2: Value

Disable Analog Input 3: Status

Disable Analog Input 3: Value

Disable Analog Input 4: Status

Disable Analog Input 4: Value

Input 1: Status

Input 1: Value

Input 2: Status

Input 2: Value

Input 3: Status

Input 3: Value

Input 4: Status

Input 4: Value

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Operator Selected: Status

Operator Selected: Value

Output: Status

Output: Value

Selected: Status

Selected: Value

Status

Block Error

All

Characteristics

Static Revision

Tag Description

Strategy

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Block Error

Output: Status

Output: Value

Output Range: EU at 100%

Output Range: EU at 0%

Output Range: Units Index

Output Range: Decimal

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

Status Options

Input 1: Status

Input 1: Value

Input 2: Status

Input 2: Value

Input 3: Status

Input 3: Value

Input 4: Status

Input 4: Value

Disable Analog Input 1: Status

Disable Analog Input 1: Value

Disable Analog Input 2: Status

Disable Analog Input 2: Value

Disable Analog Input 3: Status

Disable Analog Input 3: Value

Disable Analog Input 4: Status

Disable Analog Input 4: Value

Select Type

Min Good

Selected: Status

Selected: Value

Operator Select: Status

Operator Select: Value

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Analog Input 5: Status

Analog Input 5: Value

Analog Input 6: Status

Analog Input 6: Value

Analog Input 7: Status

Analog Input 7: Value

Analog Input 8: Status

Analog Input 8: Value

Disable Analog Input 5: Status

Disable Analog Input 5: Value

Disable Analog Input 6: Status

Disable Analog Input 6: Value

Disable Analog Input 7: Status

Disable Analog Input 7: Value

Disable Analog Input 8: Status

Disable Analog Input 8: Value

Number Used to average

Connectors

Disable Analog Input 1: Status

Disable Analog Input 1: Value

Disable Analog Input 2: Status

Disable Analog Input 2: Value

Disable Analog Input 3: Status

Disable Analog Input 3: Value

Disable Analog Input 4: Status

Disable Analog Input 4 : Value

Input 1: Status

Input 1: Value

Input 2: Status

Input 2: Value

Input 3: Status

Input 3: Value

Input 4: Status

Input 4: Value

Operator Select: Status

Operator Select: Value

Output: Status

Output: Value

Selected: Status

Selected: Value

Field Communicator Menu Structure

All continued

Alarm Summary: Current

Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged

Alarm Summary: Unreported

Alarm Summary: Disabled

Acknowledge Option

Alarm Hysteresis

High High Priority

High High Limit

High Priority

High Limit

Low Priority

Low Limit

Low Low Priority

Low Low Limit

High High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High High Alarm: Alarm State

High High Alarm: Time Stamp

High High Alarm: Subcode

High High Alarm: Float Value

High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High Alarm: Alarm State

High High Alarm: Time Stamp

High Alarm: Subcode

High Alarm: Float Value

Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Alarm: Float Value

Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Low Alarm: Float Value

Alarm Output: Status

Alarm Output: Value

Alarm Select

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

136

Output Splitter Function Block

Overview

The Output Splitter (OS) block (figure 4‐16) provides the capability to drive two control outputs from a single input.

Each output is a linear function of some portion of the input. Back calculation support is provided using the same linear

function in reverse. Cascade initialization is supported by a decision table for combinations of input and output

conditions.

Figure 4‐16. Output Splitter (OS) Function Block

RCAS IN

CAS IN

OUT 1

OUT 2

This block is normally used in split ranging or sequencing of multiple valve applications. A typical split range

application has both valves closed when the splitter input is 50%. One valve opens fully as the input drops to 0%. The

other valve opens as the input rises above 50%.

A typical sequencing application has both valves closed at 0% input. One valve fully opens as the input rises to 50% and

the other stays shut. The second valve opens as the input rises above 50%, and the first valve may remain open or shut

off quickly.

Because this block is in the control path, it is able to pass limit and cascade initialization information back to the

upstream block. Table 4‐48 lists the OS block parameters and their descriptions, units of measure, and index numbers.

Figures 4‐17 and 4‐18 illustrate the internal components of the OS function block.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

137

RCAS_IN

OUT 1

CAS_IN

OUT 2

RCAS_OUT

CAS_OUT

BKCAL_IN_2

BKCAL_IN_1

IN_ARRAY

OUT_ARRAY

LOCKVAL

Auto

Figure 4‐17. Output Splitter Function Block Schematic

Figure 4‐18. Output Splitter Function Block Schematic Diagram

Setpoint

Limiting

OUT 1

CAS_IN

OUT 2

BKCAL_OUT

BKCAL_IN_1

IN_ARRAY

BAL_TIME

LOCKVAL

Setpoint

Rate

Limiting

Calculate

Ouput

Balance

Ouput

Balance

Ouput

Shed

Mode

BKCAL_IN_2

MODE

SP_WRK

OUT_ARRAY

SP_RATE_DN

SP_RATE_UP



F

Modes

The Output Splitter function block supports the following actual modes:

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

138

 Out of Service (OOS)—The block is not processed. FIELD_VAL and PV are not updated and the OUT status is set to

Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make changes to all

configured parameters.

By using permitted mode the target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes: Cas,

Auto or OOS.

Note

The output splitter function block must be in Auto for the mode to go to CAS.

 Initialization Manual (IMan)—The output path is not complete (for example, the cascade-to-slave path might not be

open). In IMan mode, OUT tracks BKCAL_IN, which allows for bumpless transfer of control.

 Automatic (Auto)—The block outputs (OUT_1 and OUT_2) reflect the target operating point specified by the

setpoint (SP) parameter.

 Cascade (Cas)—The SP parameter is set by another function block through a connection to CAS_IN. The SP value is

used to set the OUT parameters automatically. This is the most frequently used mode in this block.

The block's normal mode is Cascade (Cas). You can isolate the block for testing by using Automatic (Auto) mode and

adjusting the setpoint.

When a block attached to an output requests initialization, one of the following actions might occur:

 When the other output is not in Cas mode, the block attached to the input is initialized.

 When the other output is in Cas mode, this output returns to the value calculated from its slope in a specified time

period.

Status Handling

Sub‐status value received at CAS_IN [14] is passed to both outputs, except for those used in the cascade handshake.

An IFS goes to both outputs. The status option IFS if Bad CAS_IN is available.

If the Status Option to Propagate failure is set, the block propagates device failure only if both BKCAL_IN show failed

status. Otherwise the upstream cascade would be broken by a failure at either output.

The statuses of OUT_1 [8] and OUT_2 [9] are determined by the statuses of BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL_IN_2 and the

actual mode of the block.

When a BKCAL_IN input sees that its downstream block is not in Cas mode, the Splitter function block sets the

corresponding OUT value to the BKCAL_IN value. However, this may not be the same value that is calculated by the

splitter algorithm. When the mode of the downstream block is changed to Cas, the difference between the calculated

output and the back‐calculation input is computed and the difference is added to the calculated output. Next, the

difference is reduced to zero over the time defined by the BAL_TIME parameter.

When both BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL_IN_2 indicate that the downstream blocks are not in Cas mode or have Bad status,

the first downstream block that goes to Cas mode causes the upstream block to initialize so that there is no difference

between the calculated output and the back‐calculation input. This provides bumpless transfer for the first

downstream block.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

139

Limit Handling

The splitter function block is designed to combine the limit information from the two downstream blocks into limits

for the upstream block. The general principle is to allow the upstream block to continue control for as long as possible.

The upstream block is high‐limited (BKCAL_OUT of the Splitter block has high‐limited status) when:

 Both downstream blocks are high‐limited (both BKCAL_INS of the Splitter block have high‐limited status)

 One downstream block is high‐limited, the associated output slope is positive, and the other block has Bad status or

is not in Cas mode

 One downstream block is low‐limited, the associated output slope is negative, and the other block has Bad status or

is not in Cas mode

 SP is greater than or equal to X22

The upstream block is low‐limited when:

 Both downstream blocks are low‐limited

 One downstream block is low‐limited, the associated output slope is positive, and the other block has Bad status or

is not in Cas mode

 One downstream block is high‐limited, the associated output slope is negative, and the other block has Bad status

or is not in Cas mode

 SP is less than or equal to X11

Input to Output Mapping

The relationship of each output to the input may be defined by a line. Each line may be defined by its endpoints.

Examples of graphical representations of OUT_1 and OUT_2 vs. SP are shown in figure 4‐19 for a split range and a

sequencing application.

The block has the same SP structure as the PID block, except that there is no limiting applied to the SP. The SP may be

used in Auto mode for testing. The operator would use the output of the PID to accomplish the same purpose. Each

downstream block can be taken out of cascade if it becomes necessary to gain control of them.

The examples shown in figure 4‐19 do not show the full range of possibilities. The lines could overlap like an X, or both

start from the origin but have different slopes. The endpoints do not have to lie within 0-100%. Limits in the external

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

140

blocks may effect the useful range of a line. Units of percent are used in the examples because the common

application of this block is to valves, but any units may be used to suit the application.

Figure 4‐19. Split Range and Sequence Operation

(X11 , Y11)

Split Range Sequencing

(X22 , Y22)

(X12 , Y12)

OUT_1

OUT_2

0% 50% 100%

100%

OUT_2

OUT_1

100%

0% 0%

0% 50%

(X12 , Y12)(X

22 , Y22)

(X11 , Y11)

(X21 , Y21)(X

21 , Y21)

The following parameters as paired coordinates are used to specify the output splitter operation:

X11, Y11, X12, Y12

X21, Y21, X22, Y22

Where XnJ is the value of SP associated with OUT_n and Xn1 and Xn2 refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth

curve respectively. YnJ is the value of OUT_n and Yn1 and Yn2 refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth curve

respectively.

By specifying the coordinates as shown in tables 4‐45 and 4‐46, the endpoints of the lines are defined. The contents of

the respective X's are held in the IN_ARRAY parameter and the contents of the respective Y's are held in the

OUT_ARRAY parameter. If a set of points are specified such that a region of the input range is not specified, then the

corresponding OUT_n will be set to the closest endpoint of the input value, either high or low, when the specified

region is exceeded.

Table 4‐45. IN_ARRAY Coordinates

Index Coordinate

0X11 - Start value of SP for the OUT_1 line.

(X11 < X12)

1X12 - End value of SP for the OUT_1 line.

(X11 < X12)

2X21 - Start value of SP for the OUT_2 line.

(X21 < X22)

3X22 - End value of SP for the OUT_2 line.

(X21 < X22)

Table 4‐46. OUT_ARRAY Coordinates

Index Coordinate

0 Y11 - Value of OUT_1 at X11

1 Y12 - Value of OUT_1 at X12

2 Y21 - Value of OUT_2 at X21

3 Y22 - Value of OUT_2 at X22

A configuration error is set in BLOCK_ERR and the actual mode of the block goes to Out of Service if the X values have

any of the following conditions: X21 < X11, X12 < = X11, X22 < = X21.

Refer to figure 4‐20 for an example of LOCKVAL = true, and figure 4‐21 for an example of LOCKVAL = false. The

parameter LOCKVAL provides an option to specify whether OUT_1 remains at its ending level when control is switched

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

141

to OUT_2, or goes to Y11. If LOCKVAL is true, OUT_1 remains at its ending value when X is greater than X12. If LOCKVAL

is false, then OUT_1 goes to Y11 when X is greater than X12 .

Figure 4‐20. OUT with LOCKVAL True

OUT 1 OUT 2

OUT 1 remains at

end point when

OUT_2 is non‐zero

50% 100%

Figure 4‐21. OUT with LOCKVAL False

OUT 1 OUT 2

50% 100%

OUT_1 goes to zero

OUT_2 becomes

Some hysteresis in the switching point may be required because the output may change by a full stroke of the valve.

HYSTVAL [12] contains the amount of hysteresis. If X < = X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be determined by the calculated

y value. If X12-HYSTVAL < X < X12 and X has not reached X12 since it was less than X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be

determined by the calculated y value. If X12-HYSTVAL < X < X12 and X has reached X12 since it was less than

X12-HYSTVAL, OUT_1 may be determined by the LOCKVAL setting. If X12 < X, OUT_1 may be determined by the

LOCKVAL setting.

Initialization and Back Calculation Requirements

Refer to figure 4‐22, Output Splitter Configuration, where:

PID1 = Upstream driving controller or function block.

Splitter = Split range function block being described.

AO = Receiver of OUT_1 for 0-50% range of SP

PID2 = Receiver of OUT_2 for 50-100% range of SP

Figure 4‐22. Output Splitter Configuration

PID2

PID1

Splitter

BK_CAL_IN

CAS‐IN

OUT

BK_CAL_OUT

BK_CAL_IN2

BK_CAL_IN1

BK_CAL_OUT

CAS‐IN

OUT2

OUT1





Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

142

CAS_IN of the Splitter receives the OUT of PID1. BKCAL_IN of PID1 receives BKCAL_OUT of the Splitter. CAS_IN of the

AO receives OUT_1 of the Splitter and PID2 receives OUT_2 of the Splitter. BKCAL_IN_1 of the Splitter receives

BKCAL_OUT of the AO and BKCAL_IN_2 of the Splitter receives BKCAL_OUT of PID2.

The discussion in this section defines the behavior which is used to handle the initial value calculation and status which

can in turn be sent to PID1. This behavior is defined in such a way that no “bumps” are generated by changing modes,

and that PID1 does not wind up.

The splitter utilizes special handling for cascade initialization because it has two independent outputs. When a

downstream block indicates to the splitter that it wants to initialize, by asserting IR (initialization request) on its

BKCAL_OUT, one of two things happens. Under some circumstances, it is possible to pass an initialization request from

a downstream block back up to the block upstream of the splitter, so that all three blocks balance for bumpless

transfer to cascade mode. Otherwise, the requested splitter output goes to the requested value by placing an internal

offset between that output and the output of the curve, and then ramping that offset to zero in BAL_TIME seconds

after the cascade is made up.

The splitter normally runs with both outputs connected to blocks in cascade mode. If one or both of the blocks is not in

cascade mode, special limiting action is taken. Specifically, if one block indicates that it is not in cascade by NI (not

invited) status on its BKCAL_OUT, then the BKCAL_OUT of the splitter asserts limits at the range extremes of the block

that is still in cascade mode. Even if the upstream controller does not want to operate in that range, there will be no

reset windup when it can move into the range. If both downstream blocks show NI, then the splitter can only wait until

one of them requests cascade initialization. BKCAL_OUT of the splitter can hold the upstream block at the value of the

SP. The actual mode is IMan.

When cascade initialization is requested, by IR substatus on a BKCAL_IN, it is first necessary to determine if the other

BKCAL_IN has NI substatus. If so, the value at the BKCAL_IN asserting IR is taken as the Y value for its curve, and the

resulting X value is sent on BKCAL_OUT to PID1. If the other substatus is OK, then the internal offset and BAL_TIME is

used. If both blocks have IR substatus, then one output is processed until its cascade is closed. The choice is based on

the presence of limit status in BKCAL_IN. If BKCAL_IN_1 is limited, then if BKCAL_IN_2 is not limited then OUT_2 is

processed first, else OUT_1 is processed first.

Cascade initialization is also required when the block transitions from Auto to Cas mode. This action is identical to that

described for the PID block.

The required actions are summarized in table 4‐47.

Table 4‐47. OUT_ARRAY Coordinates

BKCAL_IN_1 BKCAL_IN_2 BKCAL_OUT Action

NI NI NI Not Specified

NI OK OK BKCAL_OUT limited to X21 low and X22 high

OK NI OK BKCAL_OUT limited to X11 and X12 high

IR NI IR Initialize cascade to value given by curve X1 vs Y1

IR OK OK Initialize OUT_1 using internal offset from Y1

NI IR IR Initialize cascade to value given by curve X2 vs Y2

OK IR OK Initialize OUT_2 using internal offset from Y2

Note 1: OK means the cascade is closed.

Note 2: Recommend using the average of BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL_IN_2, or just SP.

The BKCAL_OUT status shows limited high if an increase in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output because

the BKCAL_IN_n of both outputs indicates that a move in the needed direction is limited. Similarly, limited low is set if

a decrease in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output. The slope of the limited line(s) affects the limit

direction. BKCAL_OUT also shows limit status at the X extremes X11 and X22.

Initialization is not automatic under all circumstance because some situations have conflicting needs. In general, when

a control region is in trouble, the upstream controller is limited so it will not drive further into that region. When you

want to move to the other active region, you can put the upstream controller into Man mode and move it, or you can

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

143

drop the good downstream block out of Cas mode for one evaluation cycle and then restore Cas mode. This initializes

the upstream controller to the remaining good region of control.

OS Function Block Parameter List (table 4‐48)

 Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write

 Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter

 Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub‐parameter

Table 4‐48. Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Index

Number

RO /

Block

Mode Range Initial

Value Description

Static Revision

ST_REV 1 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The revision level of the static data associated with the

function block. The revision value will be incremented each

time a static parameter value in the block is changed.

Tag Description

TAG_DESC 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces

Data Type: Octet String

The user description of the intended application of the

block.

Strategy

STRATEGY 3 RW ALL 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned 16:

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of

blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the block.

Alert Key

ALERT_KEY 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The identification number of the plant unit. This information

may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.

Block Mode

MODE_BLK 5

Data Type: DS‐69

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the

block.

Target: The requested block mode

Actual: The current mode of the block

Permitted: Allowed modes for Target

Normal: Most common mode for Target

TARGET 5.1 RW

7:OOS

3:AUTO

2:CAS

OOS until

block

configured,

then last

valid target

ACTUAL 5.2 RO OOS

PERMITTED 5.3 RW OOS+AUTO+CAS OOS AUTO

CAS

NORMAL 5.4 RW AUTO+CAS

Block Error

BLOCK_ERR 6 RO N/A

1: Block

Configuration Error

7: Input Failure/Bad

PV Status

8: Output Failure

14: Power‐up

15: Out‐of‐Service

Dynamic

Data Type: Bit String

0=Inactive

1=Active

This parameter reflects the error status associated with the

hardware or software components associated with a block.

It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.

Setpoint

SP 7PV_SCALE +/- 10% Data Type: DS‐65

Analog setpoint of the block

Output 1

OUT_1 8MAN

OOS

OUT_SCALE

+/- 10%

Data Type: DS‐65

The primary analog output value calculated as a result of

executing the function (the first output value and status).

Output 2

OUT_2 9MAN

OOS

OUT_SCALE

+/- 10%

Data Type: DS‐65

The primary analog output value calculated as a result of

executing the function (the second output value and

status).

Output 1 Range

OUT_1_RANGE 10 RO

EU at 100%

EU at 0 %

Unit Index

Decimal Point

100

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values, engineering units code, and

number of decimal places to be used in displaying the OUT

value, this parameter has no effect on this block.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

144

Table 4‐48. Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Output 2 Range

OUT_2_RANGE 11 RO

EU at 100%

EU at 0 %

Unit Index

Decimal Point

100

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values, engineering units code, and

number of decimal places to be used in displaying the OUT

value, this parameter has not effect on this block.

Grant Deny

GRANT_DENY 12 Data Type: DS‐70

Options for controlling access of host computers and local

control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters

of the block. GRANT:0=N/A, 1=granted

DENY: 0=N/A, 1= denied

GRANT 12.1 N/A 0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

All bits: 0

DENY 12.2 N/A All bits: 0

Status Options

STATUS_OPTS 13 OOS 1: IFS if BAD CAS_IN All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disabled 1=Enabled

User option for status

Cascade Input

CAS_IN 14 Status

BAD:

NC:

const Data Type: DS‐65

The remote setpoint from another block.

Value 0

Back Calculation Output

BKCAL_OUT 15 RO Status Limits

Data Type: DS‐65

Output value to another block for backwards output

tracking.

Input Array

IN_ARRAY 16 All: 0

Data Type: Float

Used with OUT_ARRAY to map input to output. See Input to

Output Mapping, page 139.

Output Array

OUT_ARRAY 17 All: 0

Data Type: Float

Used with IN_ARRAY to map input to output. See Input to

Output Mapping, page 139.

Lockval

LOCKVAL 18

0=Undfined

1=no lock

2=lock

Undefined

Data Type: Enum

Used with OUT_ARRAY to map input to output. See Input to

Output Mapping, page 139.

Back Calculation Input 1

BKCAL_1_IN 19 Status

BAD:

NC:

const

Data Type: DS‐65

The value and status reflecting the BKCAL_OUT of the lower

block associated with OUT_1. It is used for initialization and

to prevent windup in upstream blocks.

Value 0

Back Calculation Input 2

BKCAL_2_IN 20 Status

BAD:

NC:

const

Data Type: DS‐65

The value and status reflecting the BKCAL_OUT of the lower

block associated with OUT_2. It is used for initialization and

to prevent windup in upstream blocks.

Value 0

Balance Time

BAL_TIME 21 Positive 0

Data Type: Float

Specifies the time for the internal working value of bias or

ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio, in seconds.

Hystval

HYSTVAL 22

Update Event

UPDATE_EVT 23 RO N/A

Data Type: DS‐73

This alert is generated by any change to the static data.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 23.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

Undefined

UPDATE STATE 23.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Update Reported

2=Updated not

reported

Undefined

TIME_STAMP 23.3 RO N/A 0

STATIC_REVISION 23.4 RO N/A 0

RELATIVE_INDEX 23.5 RO N/A 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

145

Table 4‐48. Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 24

Data Type: DS‐72

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware,

connection failure, or system problems in the block. The

cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 24.1 RW N/A

0: Undefined

1: Acknowledged

2: Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 24.2 RO N/A

0: Undefined

1: Clear reported

2: Clear not reported

3: Active reported

4: Active not

reported

TIME_STAMP 24.3 RO N/A

SUBCODE 24.4 RO N/A

VALUE 24.5 RO N/A

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Table 4‐49. OS Function Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 SP

8 OUT_1

9 OUT_2

14 CAS_IN

Table 4‐50. OS Function Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

10 OUT_1_RANGE

11 OUT_2_RANGE

12.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT

12.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY

Table 4‐51. OS Function Block, View 3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 SP

8 OUT_1

9 OUT_2

14 CAS_IN

15 BKCAL_OUT

19 BKCAL_1_IN

20 BKCAL_2_IN

Table 4‐52. OS Function Block, View 4

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

13 STATUS_OPTS

16 IN_ARRAY

17 OUT_ARRAY

18 LOCKVAL

21 BAL_TIME

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—OS Function Block

January 2015

146

OUTPUT SPLITTER FUNCTION BLOCK

Field Communicator Menu Structure

All

Characteristics

Static Revision

Tag Description

Strategy

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Block Error

Setpoint: Status

Setpoint: Value

Output 1: Status

Output 1: Value

Output 2: Status

Output 2: Value

Output 1 Range: EU at 100%

Output 1 Range: EU at 0%

Output 1 Range: Units Index

Output 1 Range: Decimal

Output 2 Range: EU at 100%

Output 2 Range: EU at 0%

Output 2 Range: Units Index

Output 2 Range: Decimal

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

Status Options

Cascade Input: Status

Cascade Input: Value

Back Calculation Output: Status

Back Calculation Output: Value

Input Array[1]

Input Array[2]

Input Array[3]

Input Array[4]

Output Array[1]

Output Array[2]

Output Array[3]

Output Array[4]

Lockval

Back Calculation Input 1: Status

Back Calculation Input 1: Value

Back Calculation Input 2: Status

Back Calculation Input 2: Value

Balance Time

Hystval

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

147

Analog Input Function Block

Overview

The Analog Input (AI) function block (figure 4‐23) processes field device measurements and makes them available to

other function blocks. The output value from the AI block is in engineering units and contains a status indicating the

quality of the measurement. The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in

different channels. Use the channel number to define the variable that the AI block processes.

Figure 4‐23. Analog Input (AI) Function Block

OUT_D

OUT

OUT_D

= THE BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS

= DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED

ALARM CONDITION

FIELDBUS‐FBUS_31A

The AI block supports alarming, signal scaling, signal filtering, signal status calculation, mode control, and simulation.

In Automatic mode, the block's output parameter (OUT [8]) reflects the process variable (PV [7]) value and status. In

Manual mode, OUT [8] may be set manually. The Manual mode is reflected on the output status. A discrete output

(OUT_D [37]) is provided to indicate whether a selected alarm condition is active. Alarm detection is based on the OUT

[8] value and user specified alarm limits. Figure 4‐24 illustrates the internal components of the AI function block, and

table 4‐57 lists the AI block parameters and their units of measure, descriptions, and index numbers.

Modes

The AI function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:

 Manual (Man) The block output (OUT [8]) may be set manually.

 Automatic (Auto) OUT reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when simulation is enabled.

 Out of Service (OOS) The block is not processed. FIELD_VAL [19] and PV [7] are not updated and the OUT [8] status

is set to Bad: Out of Service. The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make

changes to all configured parameters. The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the

supported modes.

Alarm Detection

A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR [6] has an error bit set. The types of block errors for the AI

block are defined in table 4‐55.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

148

Figure 4‐24. Analog Input Function Block Schematic

ANALOG

MEASUREMENT

ACCESS

ANALOG

MEAS.

CHANNEL

SIMULATE

CONVERT STATUS

CALC.

OUT_D

OUT

ALARM

DETECTION

ALARM_TYPE

ALARM_HYS

LOW_CUT

HI_HI_LIM

HI_LIM

LO_LO_LIM

LO_LIM

OUT_SCALE

XD_SCALE

FIELD_VAL IO_OPTS STATUS_OPTS

CUTOFF FILTER

PV_FTIME

L_TYPE

MODE

NOTES:

OUT_D = BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS

OUT_D = DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED ALARM CONDITION.

FIELDBUS‐FBUS_02A

Process Alarm detection is based on the OUT [8] value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard

alarms:

 High (HI_LIM [28])

 High high (HI_HI_LIM [26])

 Low (LO_LIM [30])

 Low low (LO_LO_LIM [32])

In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent

of the PV [7] span can be set using the ALARM_HYS [24] parameter. The priority of each alarm is set in the following

parameters:

 HI_PRI [27]

 HI_HI_PRI [25]

 LO_PRI [29]

 LO_LO_PRI [31]

Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority, as shown in table 4‐53.

Table 4‐53. AI Function Block Alarm Priorities

Priority Number Priority Description(1)

0The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected.

1An alarm condition with a priority of 1 is recognized by the system, but is not reported to the operator.

2An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator, but generally does not require operator attention (such as

diagnostics and system alerts).

3-7 Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority.

8-15 Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority.

1. The priority classes “advise” and “critical” have no relationship to PlantWeb Alerts.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

149

Table 4‐54. Channel Selections for the Analog Input Function Block

Channel Parameter(1) Block Index Number XD_SCALE Units

2 TRAVEL_TARGET TB 49 % (1342)

3 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE TB 17 % (1342)

4 TRAVEL TB 34 % (1342)

5 SUPPLY_PRESS TB 35 psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)

6 PRESSURE_A TB 36 psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)

7 PRESSURE_B TB 37 psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)

8 PRESSURE_DIFF TB 38 psig (1143), bar (1137), kPa (1133), inHg (1155), inH20 (1146), kg/cm2 (1145)

9 DRIVE_SIGNAL TB 53 % (1342)

10 TRAVEL_DEVIATION TB 52 % (1342)

11 TEMPERATURE TB 48 C (1001), F (1002)

12 CYCLE_COUNT TB 73 no units (1588)

13 TRAVEL_ACCUMULATION TB 72 % (1342)

1. Refer to table 4‐14 for transducer block parameter descriptions and table 4‐25 for AO parameter descriptions.

Status Handling

The AI block only gets Good Non‐Specified Unlimited or Bad Device Failure for status from the transducer. This is

reflected in FIELD_VAL.STATUS [19.1]. PV.STATUS [7.1] is the same as FIELD_VAL.STATUS [19.1]. OUT.STATUS [8.1]

can also reflect Bad, Out of Service in addition to PV.STATUS [7.1] values.

In the STATUS_OPTS [14] parameter, you can select from the following options to control the status handling:

Propagate Fail Forward—If the status from the sensor is Bad, Device failure or Bad, Sensor failure, propogate it to OUT

without generating an alarm. The use of these sub‐status in OUT is determined by this option. Through this option,

you may determine whether alarming (sending out an alert) will be done by the block or propagated downstream for

alarming.

Figure 4‐25. Analog Input Function Block Timing Diagram

OUT (mode in man)

OUT (mode in auto)

63% of Change

TIME (seconds)

FIELD_VAL

PV_FTIME

FIELDBUS‐FBUS_03A

Uncertain if in Manual mode—The status of the Output is set to Uncertain when the mode is set to Manual.

Note

1. The instrument must be in Out of Service mode to set the status option.

2. The AI block only supports the Uncertain if in Manual and Propagate failure. Unsupported options are not grayed out; they

appear on the screen in the same manner as supported options.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

150

Filtering

The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid

changes in input. You can adjust the filter time constant (in seconds) using the PV_FTIME [18] parameter. Set the filter

time constant to zero to disable the filter feature.

Signal Conversion

You can set the signal conversion type with the Linearization Type (L_TYPE [16]) parameter. You can view the

converted signal (in percent of XD_SCALE [10]) through the FIELD_VAL [19] parameter.

100 X (Channel Value) - EU *@0%

FIELD_VAL =

(EU *@100% - EU *@0%)

*XD_SCALE values

You can choose from direct, indirect, or indirect square root signal conversion with the L_TYPE [16] parameter.

Direct

Direct signal conversion allows the signal to pass through the accessed channel input value (or the simulated value

when simulation is enabled).

PV = Channel Value

Indirect

Indirect signal conversion converts the signal linearly to the accessed channel input value (or the simulated value when

simulation is enabled) from its specified range (XD_SCALE [10]) to the range and units of the PV [7] and OUT [8]

parameters (OUT_SCALE [11]).

X (EU **@100% - EU **@0%) + EU **@0%

**OUT_SCALE values

PV = 100

()

FIELD_VAL

Indirect Square Root

Indirect Square Root signal conversion takes the square root of the value computed with the indirect signal conversion

and scales it to the range and units of the PV [7] and OUT [8] parameters.

PV = FIELD_VAL X (EU **@100% - EU **@0%) + EU **@0%

100 )

(

**OUT_SCALE values

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

151

When the converted input value is below the limit specified by the LOW_CUT [17] parameter, a value of zero is used

for the converted value (PV [7]). This option is useful to eliminate false readings when the differential pressure

measurement is close to zero.

Note

Invert is the only I/O option supported by the AI block. You can set the I/O option in Out of Service mode only.

Advanced Features

The AI function block provided with the DVC6200f provides added capability through the addition of the following

parameters:

ALARM_SEL—Allows one or more of the process alarm conditions detected by the AI function block to be used in

setting its OUT_D [37] parameter.

OUT_D—Discrete output of the AI function block based on the detection of process alarm condition(s). This parameter

may be linked to other function blocks that require a discrete input based on the detected alarm condition.

STDDEV and CAP_STDDEV— are diagnostic parameters that can be used to determine the variability of the process.

Simulation

To support testing, you can either change the mode of the block to manual and adjust the output value, or you can

enable simulation through the configuration tool and manually enter a value for the measurement value and its status.

To enable simulation, you must first install the Simulate Enable jumper across the instrument AUX terminals (see page

13). Next you must use the configuration tool to enable the parameter SIMULATE [9].

With simulation enabled, the actual measurement value has no impact on the OUT [8] value or the status.

Block Errors

Table 4‐55 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are inactive for the AI block

and are given here only for your reference.

Table 4‐55. BLOCK_ERR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other

1Block Configuration Error ‐ the selected channel carries a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering units

selected in XD_SCALE, the L_TYPE parameter is not configured, or CHANNEL = zero.

2Link Configuration Error

3Simulate Active ‐ Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution.

4Local Override

5Device Fault State

6Device Needs Maintenance Soon

7Input failure/process variable had Bad status ‐ The hardware is bad, or a bad status is being simulated

8Output failure

9Memory failure

10 Lost Static Data

11 Lost NV Data

12 Readback Check Failed

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now

14 Power Up - This condition exists until the AI function block executes for the first time.

15 Out of Service ‐ The actual mode is Out of Service.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

152

Troubleshooting

Refer to table 4‐56 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter.

Table 4‐56. Troubleshooting

Symptom Possible Causes Corrective Action

Mode will not leave OOS Target mode is not set Set target mode to something other than OOS

Configuration error

BLOCK_ERR [6] will show the configuration error bit set. The

following are parameters that must be set before the block is

allowed out of OOS:

 CHANNEL [15] must be set to a valid value and cannot be

left at initial value of 0.

 XD_SCALE [10]. UNITS_INDEX must match the units in the

transducer block channel value.

 L_TYPE [16] must be set to Direct, Indirect, or Indirect

Square Root and cannot be left at an initial value of 0.

Resource block The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS. See Resource

Block Diagnostics for corrective action.

Schedule Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go to

Target Mode. Schedule the block to execute.

Process and/or block alarms will not work Features FEATURES_SEL [18] in the resource block does not have Alerts

enabled. Enable the Reports Supported bit.

Notification LIM_NOTIFY [32] in the resource block is not high enough. Set

equal to MAX_NOTIFY [31], also in the resource block.

Status Options STATUS_OPTS [14] has Propagate Fault Forward bit set. This

should be cleared to cause an alarm to occur.

Value of output does not make sense Linearization Type L_TYPE [16] must be set to Direct, Indirect, or Indirect Square

Root and cannot be left at an initial value of 0.

Scaling

Scaling parameters are set incorrectly:

 XD_SCALE.EU0 and EU100 should match that of the trans

ducer block channel value.

 OUT_SCALE.EU0 and EU100 are not set properly.

Cannot set HI_LIMIT [28], HI_HI_LIMIT [26],

LO_LIMIT [30], or LO_LO_LIMIT [32] VALUES Scaling

Limit values are outside the OUT_SCALE.EU0 and

OUT_SCALE.EU100 values. Change OUT_SCALE [11] or set

values within range.

AI Function Block Parameter List (table 4‐57)

 Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write

 Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter

 Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub‐parameter

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

153

Table 4‐57. Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Index

Number

RO /

Write Block

Mode Range Initial

Value Description

Static Revision

ST_REV 1 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The revision level of the static data associated with

the function block. The revision value will be

incremented each time a static parameter value in

the block is changed

Tag Description

TAG_DESC 2 ALL 7 bit ASCII spaces

Data Type: Octet String

The user description of the intended application of

the block.

Strategy

STRATEGY 3 ALL 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping

of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by

the block.

Alert Key

ALERT_KEY 4 ALL 1 to 255 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The identification number of the plant unit. This

information may be used in the host for sorting

alarms, etc.

Block Mode

MODE_BLK 5

Data Type: DS‐69

Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 4: MAN, 3: AUTO

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of

the block.

Target: The requested block mode

Actual: The current mode of the block

Permitted: Allowed modes for Target

Normal: Most common mode for Target

TARGET 5.1 RW ALL

OOS

MAN

AUTO

OOS until block

is configured,

then last valid

target

ACTUAL 5.2 RO ALL OOS

PERMITTED 5.3 RW ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO OOS, MAN,

AUTO

NORMAL 5.4 RW ALL AUTO

Block Error

BLOCK_ERR 6 RO

1: Block Configuration

Error

3: Simulate Active

7: Input Failure/ Bad PV

Status

14: Power‐up

15: Out‐of‐Service

Data Type: Bit String

0=Inactive

1=Active

Error status associated with the hardware or

software for the AI block.

Process Value

PV 7 RO PV Status set equal to

FIELDV_VAL Status

Data Type: DS‐65

Reflects the scaled value from the configured

channel. Units set by OUT_SCALE and L_TYPE.

Primary Output

OUT 8OOS, MAN OUT_STATE Data Type: DS‐68

The block output value and status.

Simulate

SIMULATE 9

Data Type: DS‐82

A group of data that contains the current transducer

value and status, the simulated transducer value

and status, and the enable/disable bit.

SIMULATE_STATUS 9.1 ALL 0

SIMULATE_VALUE 9.2 ALL 0

 TRANSDUCER_STATUS 9.3 RO 0

TRANSDUCER_VALUE 9.4 RO 0

ENABLE/DISABLE 9.5 ALL

0=Not Initialized

1=Simulation Disabled

2=Simulation Active

1=simulate

disabled

Transducer Scale

XD_SCALE 10 OOS

EU at 100%

EU at 10%

Units Index

Decimal Point

100

Data Type: DS‐68

Transducer scaling (XD_SCALE) is applied to the

value from the channel to produce the FIELD_VAL in

percent. The XD_SCALE units code must match the

channel units code (if one exists), or the block will

remain in OOS mode after being configured.

Output Scale

OUT_SCALE 11 OOS

EU at 100%

EU at 10%

Units Index

Decimal Point

100

Data Type: DS‐68

The high and low scale values, engineering units

code, and number of decimal places to be used in

displaying the OUT parameter and parameters

which have the same scaling as OUT.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

154

Table 4‐57. Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Write Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Grant Deny

GRANT_DENY 12 Data Type: DS‐70

Options for controlling access of host computer and

local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm

parameters of the block.

GRANT: 0=N/A, 1=granted

DENY: 0=N/A, 1=denied

GRANT 12.1 ALL Valid Bits

0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

All bits: 0

DENY 12.2 ALL All bits: 0

I/O Options

IO_OPTS 13 OOS 10: Low cutoff All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

User options for Output Control.

Status Options

STATUS_OPTS 14 OOS

3: Propagate Failure

forward

6: Uncertain if Limited

7: Bad if Limited

8: Uncertain in Man

Mode

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

User options for Status

AI Channel

CHANNEL 15 OOS See table 4‐54 0: Undefined

Data Type: Unsigned16

Used to select the type of threshold that is used to

set the output.

Linearization Type

L_TYPE 16 OOS, MAN

0: Undefined

1: Direct

2: Indirect

3: Ind. Sqr. Root

0: Undefined

Data Type: Enum

Linearization type. Determines whether the field

value is used directly (Direct), is converted linearly

(Indirect), or is converted with the square root

(Indirect Square Root). The OUT_SCALE is normally

the same as the transducer, but if L_TYPE is set to

Indirect or Ind Sqr Root, OUT_SCALE determines the

conversion from FIELD_VAL to the output.

Low Cutoff

LOW_CUT 17 ALL Positive 0

Data Type: Float

If calculated output is below this value the output is

Process Value Filter Time

PV_FTIME 18 ALL Positive 0 Data Type: Float

Time constant of first order filter on PV, in seconds.

Field Value

FIELD_VAL 19 RO 0

Data Type: DS‐65

Value of the field device analog input, with a status

reflecting the Transducer condition.

Updated Event

UPDATE_EVT 20

Data Type: DS‐73

This alarm is generated whenever a static parameter

is changed.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 20.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=Undefined

UPDATE_STATE 20.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Update reported

2=Update not reported

0=Undefined

TIME_STAMP 20.3 RO N/A 0

STATIC_REVISION 20.4 RO N/A 0

RELATIVE_INDEX 20.5 RO N/A 0

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 21

Data Type: DS‐72

The block alarm is used for all configuration,

hardware, connection failure or system problems in

the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the

subcode field.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 21.1 RW

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 21.2 RO

0=Undefined

1=Clear‐reported

2=Clear‐not reported

3=Active‐reported

4=Active‐not reported

TIME_STAMP 21.3 RO

SUBCODE 21.4 RO

VALUE 21.5 RO

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

155

Table 4‐57. Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Write Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Alarm Summary

ALARM_SUM 22 Data Type: DS‐74 Current alert status,

unacknowledged states, unreported states, and

disabled states of the alarms associated with the

function block.

0=clear

0=acknowledged

0=reported

0=enabled

CURRENT 22.1 RO ALL 0: Discrete alarm

1: Hi Hi alarm

2: Hi Alarm

3: Lo Lo Alarm

4: Lo Alarm

7: Block alarm

 UNACKNOWLEDGED 22.2 RO ALL

UNREPORTED 22.3 RO ALL

DISABLED 22.4 RW ALL All bits: 0

Acknowledge Option

ACK_OPTION 23 ALL

0: Discrete alarm

1: Hi Hi alarm

2: Hi Alarm

3: Lo Lo Alarm

4: Lo Alarm

7: Block alarm

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

Selection of whether alarms associated with the

block will be automatically acknowledged.

Alarm Hysteresis

ALARM_HYS 24 ALL 0 - 50% 0.50% Data Type: Float

Hysteresis on alarms.

High High Priority

HI_HI_PRI 25 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the hi hi alarm.

High High Limit

HI_HI_LIM 26 ALL OUT_SCALE 0 Data Type: Float

Value of analog input which will generate an alarm.

High Priority

HI_PRI 27 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the high alarm.

Hi Limit

HI_LIM 28 ALL OUT_SCALE 0 Data Type: Float

Value of analog input which will generate an alarm.

Low Priority

LO_PRI 29 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the low alarm.

Low Limit

LO_LIM 30 ALL OUT_SCALE 0 Data Type: Float

Value of analog input which will generate an alarm.

Low Low Priority

LO_LO_PRI 31 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

The priority of the low low alarm.

Low Low Limit

LO_LO_LIM 32 ALL OUT_SCALE 0 Data Type: Float

Value of analog input which will generate an alarm.

High High Alarm

HI_HI_ALM 33

Data Type: DS‐71

The status of the hi hi alarm and its associated time

stamp.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 33.1 RW

N/A

ALARM_STATE 33.2 RO 0

TIME_STAMP 33.3 RO 0

SUBCODE 33.4 RO 0

VALUE 33.5 RO 0

High Alarm

HI_ALM 34

Data Type: DS‐71

The status of the hi alarm and its associated time

stamp.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 34.1 RW

N/A

ALARM_STATE 34.2 RO 0

TIME_STAMP 34.3 RO 0

SUBCODE 34.4 RO 0

VALUE 34.5 RO 0

Low Alarm

LO_ALM 35

Data Type: DS‐71

The status of the lo alarm and its associated time

stamp.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 35.1 RW

N/A

ALARM_STATE 35.2 RO 0

TIME_STAMP 35.3 RO 0

SUBCODE 35.4 RO 0

VALUE 35.5 RO 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

156

Table 4‐57. Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

Description

Initial

Value

Range

Write Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Low Low Alarm

LO_LO_ALM 36

Data Type: DS‐71

The status of the lo lo alarm and its associated time

stamp.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 36.1 RW

N/A

ALARM_STATE 36.2 RO 0

TIME_STAMP 36.3 RO 0

SUBCODE 36.4 RO 0

VALUE 36.5 RO 0

Extended Parameter

Output Discrete

OUT_D 37 OOS, MAN OUT_STATE

Data Type: DS‐66

Discrete Output this is true (1) if any of the alarms

selected in ALM_SEL are active.

Alarm Select

ALM_SEL 38 ALL

1: Hi Hi alarm

2: Hi Alarm

3: Lo Lo Alarm

4: Lo Alarm

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bitstring

0=unselected

1=selected

Selected alarms that activate the alarm output.

StdDev

STDDEV 39 RO N/A Positive float Data Type: Float

Standard deviation of the measurement.

Cap StdDev

CAP_STDDEV 40 RO N/A Positive float

Data Type: Float

Capability standard deviation, the best deviation

that can be achieved.

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Table 4‐58. AI Function Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV

8 OUT

19 FIELD_VAL

22.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT

22.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED

22.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED

22.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED

Table 4‐59. AI Function Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

10 XD_SCALE

11 OUT_SCALE

12.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT

12.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

157

Table 4‐60. AI Function Block, View 3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV

8 OUT

19 FIELD_VAL

22.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT

22.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED

22.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED

22.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED

37 OUT_D

38 ALM_SEL

39 STDDEV

40 CAP_STDDEV

Table 4‐61. AI Function Block, View 4

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

13 IO_OPTS

14 STATUS_OPTS

15 CHANNEL

16 L_TYPE

17 LOW_CUT

18 PV_FTIME

23 ACK_OPTION

24 ALARM_HYS

25 HI_HI_PRI

26 HI_HI_LIM

27 HI_PRI

28 HI_LIM

29 LO_PRI

30 LO_LIM

31 LO_LO_PRI

32 LO_LO_LIM

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—AI Function Block

January 2015

158

Field Communicator Menu Structure

ANALOG INPUT FUNCTION BLOCK

Quick Config

AI Channel

Linearization Type

Transducer Scale: EU at 100%

Transducer Scale: EU at 0%

Transducer Scale: Units Index

Transducer Scale: Decimal

Output Scale: EU at 100%

Output Scale: EU at 0%

Output Scale: Units Index

Output Scale: Decimal

Common Config

Acknowledge Option

Alarm Hysteresis

Alert Key

High High Limit

High High Priority

High Limit

High Priority

I/O Options

Linearization Type

Low Low Limit

Low Low Priority

Low Limit

Low Priority

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output Scale: EU at 100%

Output Scale: EU at 0%

Output Scale: Units Index

Output Scale: Decimal

Process Value Filter Time

Advanced Config

Low Cutoff

Simulate: Simulate Status

Simulate: Simulate Value

Simulate: Transducer Status

Simulate: Transducer Value

Simulate: Simulate En/Disable

Static Revision

Status Options

Strategy

Transducer Scale: EU at 100%

Transducer Scale: EU at 0%

Transducer Scale: Units Index

Transducer Scale: Decimal

I/O Reference

AI Channel

Online

Block Error

Field Value: Status

Field Value: Value

Cascade Input: Status

Cascade Input: Value

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output: Status

Output: Value

Process Value: Status

Process Value: Value

Status

Block Error

All

Characteristics

Static Revision

Tag Description

Strategy

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Block Error

Process Value: Status

Process Value: Value

Output: Status

Output: Value

Simulate: Simulate Status

Simulate: Simulate Value

Simulate: Transducer Status

Simulate: Transducer Value

Simulate: Simulate En/Disable

Transducer Scale: EU at 100%

Transducer Scale: EU at 0%

Transducer Scale: Units Index

Transducer Scale: Decimal

Output Scale: EU at 100%

Output Scale: EU at 0%

Output Scale: Units Index

Output Scale: Decimal

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

I/O Options

Status Options

AI Channel

Linearization Type

Low Cutoff

Process Value Filter TIme

Field Value: Status

Field Value: Value

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Alarm Summary: Current

Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged

Alarm Summary: Unreported

Alarm Summary: Disabled

Acknowledge Option

Connectors

Output: Status

Output: Value

Other

Tag Description

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Alarm Summary: Current

Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged

Alarm Summary: Unreported

Alarm Summary: Disabled

High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High Alarm: Alarm State

High Alarm: Time Stamp

High Alarm: Subcode

High Alarm: Float Value

High High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High High Alarm: Alarm State

High High Alarm: Time Stamp

High High Alarm: Subcode

High High Alarm: Float Value

Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Alarm: Float Value

Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Low Alarm: Float Value

Alarm output: Status

Alarm output: Value

Alarm Select

StdDev

Cap StdDev

All (continued)

Alarm Hysteresis

High High Priority

High High Limit

High Priority

High Limit

Low Priority

Low Limit

Low Low Priority

Low Low Limit

High High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High High Alarm: Alarm State

High High Alarm: Time Stamp

High High Alarm: Subcode

High High Alarm: Float Value

High Alarm: Unacknowledged

High Alarm: Alarm State

High Alarm: Time Stamp

High Alarm: Subcode

High Alarm: Float Value

Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Alarm: Float Value

Low Low Alarm: Unacknowledged

Low Low Alarm: Alarm State

Low Low Alarm: Time Stamp

Low Low Alarm: Subcode

Low Low Alarm: Float Value

Alarm output: Status

Alarm output: Value

Alarm select

StdDev

Cap StdDev

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—MAI Function Block

January 2015

159

Multiple Analog Input Function Block

Overview

The Multiple Analog Input (MAI) function block (figure 4‐26) has the ability to process up to eight field device

measurements and make them available to other function blocks. The output values from the MAI block are in

engineering units and contain a status indicating the quality of the measurement. The measuring device may have

several measurements or derived values available in different channels. Use the channel numbers to define the

variables that the MAI block processes.

Figure 4‐26. Multiple Analog Input (MAI) Function Block

FIELDBUS‐FBUS_31A

OUT_1

Out1 = The block output value and

status for the first channel

MAI OUT_2

OUT_3

OUT_4

OUT_5

OUT_6

OUT_7

OUT_8

The MAI block supports mode control. In Automatic mode, the block's output parameters (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8

through 15]) reflects the process variable (PV) values and status. In Manual mode, OUT may be set manually. The

Manual mode is reflected in the output status. Table 4‐64 lists the MAI block parameters, and their units of measure,

description and index numbers.

Modes

The MAI Function Block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK [5] parameter:

 Manual (Man)—The block output (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15]) may be set manually.

 Automatic (Auto)—OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15] reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value

when the simulation is enabled.

 Out of Service (OOS)—The block is not processed. PV is not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad: Out of Service.

The BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make changes to all configurable

parameters. The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes.

Status Handling

In Man mode, the OUT status constant limit is set to indicate that the value is a constant and the OUT status is Good.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—MAI Function Block

January 2015

160

OUT_X status will be Bad if the transducer detects a problem with sensor associated with the channel.

Application Information

The intended use is for applications where it is necessary to convey DVC6200f measurements from a function.

The configuration of the MAI function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application.

 CHANNEL [7]: Channel must always be set to 21.

The output parameters (OUT_1 to OUT_8 [8 through 15]) are set through the transducer block Instrument menu.

Each output has a channel assigned to it in MAI Channel Map (TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP [95]) in the transducer block.

For additional information, refer to table 4‐64.

Block Errors

Table 4‐62 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are inactive for the MAI block

and are given here only for your reference.

Table 4‐62. BLOCK_ERR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other

1Block Configuration Error: the selected channel carries a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering units selected

in XD_SCALE, the L_TYPE parameter is not configured, or WRITE_CHECK = 0.

2Link Configuration Error

3Simulate Active

4Local Override

5Device Fault State

6Device Needs Maintenance Soon

7Input failure/process variable had Bad status ‐ The hardware is bad, or a bad status is being simulated

8Output failure

9Memory failure

10 Lost Static Data

11 Lost NV Data

12 Readback Check Failed

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now

14 Power Up - This condition exists after power up until the MAI function executes for the first time.

15 Out of Service ‐ The actual mode is Out of Service.

Troubleshooting

Refer to table 4‐63 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter.

Table 4‐63. Troubleshooting

Symptom Possible Causes Corrective Action

Mode will not leave OOS Target mode is not set Set target mode to something other than OOS

Resource block The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS. See

Resource Block Diagnostics for corrective action.

Schedule

Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go

to Target Mode. Typically, BLOCK_ERR [6] will show

“Power‐Up” for all blocks that are not scheduled.

Schedule the block to execute.

Block alarms will not work Features FEATURES_SEL [18] in the resource block does not have

Alerts enabled. Enable the Alerts bit.

Notification

LIM_NOTIFY [32] in the resource block is not high

enough. Set equal to MAX_NOTIFY [31], also in the

resource block.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—MAI Function Block

January 2015

161

MAI Function Block Parameter List (table 4‐64)

 Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write

 Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter

 Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub‐parameter

Table 4‐64. MAI Function Block Parameter Definitions

 Label

Parameter Name

Index

Number

RO /

RW Mode Range Initial Value Description

Static Revision

ST_REV 1 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The revision level of the static data

associated with the input selector block.

The revision value will be incremented

each time a static parameter value in the

block is changed.

Tag Description

TAG_DESC 27 bit ASCII spaces

Data Type: Octet String

The user description of the intended

application of the block.

Strategy

STRATEGY 30 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The strategy field can be used to identify

grouping of blocks. This data is not

checked or processed by the block.

Alert Key

ALERT_KEY 41 to 255 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The identification number of the plant

unit. This information may be used in the

host for sorting alarms, etc.

Block Mode

MODE_BLK 5Data Type: DS‐69

The actual, target, permitted, and normal

modes of the block.

Target: The requested block mode

Actual: The current mode of the block

Permitted: Allowed modes for Target

Normal: Most common mode for Target

TARGET 5.1 RW ALL OOS, MAN, AUTO OOS

ACTUAL 5.2 RO ALL OOS

PERMITTED 5.3 RW ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO OOS, MAN, AUTO

NORMAL 5.4 RW ALL AUTO AUTO

Block Error

BLOCK_ERR 6 RO

1: Block Configuration

Error

7: Input Failure/ Bad PV

Status

14: Power‐up

15: Out‐of‐Service

Data Type: Bit String

0 = Inactive

1 = Active

This parameter reflects the error status

associated with the hardware or software

components associated with a block. It is a

bit string, so that multiple errors may be

shown.

MAI Channel

CHANNEL 721 only 0 = undefined

This variable must be set to 21. Channel

assignments to the 8 outputs is done

through MAI_CHANNEL_MAP parameter

in transducer block.

1=FINAL_VALUE

2=TRAVEL_TARGET

3=FINAL_POSITION_VALUE

4=TRAVEL

5=SUPPLY_PRESS

6=ACT_PRESS_A

7=ACT_PRESS_B

8=ACT_PRESS_DIFF

9=DRIVE_SIGNAL

10=TRAVEL_DEVIATION

11=TEMPERATURE

12=CYCLE_COUNT

13=TRAVEL_ACCUM

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—MAI Function Block

January 2015

162

Table 4‐64. MAI Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

 Label

Parameter Name

Output 1

OUT_1 8OOS

MAN

Channel assigned by

TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TB.FINAL_VALUE Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Output 2

OUT_2 9OOS

MAN

Channel assigned by

TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TB.TRAVEL_TARGET Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Output 3

OUT_3 10 OOS

MAN

Channel assigned by

TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP

TB.FINAL_POSITION_VA

LUE

Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Output 4

OUT_4 11 OOS

MAN

Channel assigned by

TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TB.TRAVEL Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Output 5

OUT_5 12 OOS

MAN

Channel assigned by

TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TB.SUPPLY_PRESS Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Output 6

OUT_6 13 OOS

MAN

Channel assigned by

TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TB.ACT_PRESS_A Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Output 7

OUT_7 14 OOS

MAN

Channel assigned by

TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TB.ACT_PRESS_B Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Output 8

OUT_8 15 OOS

MAN

Channel assigned by

TB.MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TB.ACT_PRESS_DIFF Data Type: DS‐65

The block output value and status.

Update Event

UPDATE_EVT 16

Data Type: DS‐73

This alarm is generated whenever a static

parameter is changed.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 16.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=Undefined

UPDATE_STATE 16.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Update reported

2=Updated not reported

0=Undefined

TIME_STAMP 16.3 RO N/A 0

STATIC_REVISION 16.4 RO N/A 0

RELATIVE_INDEX 16.5 RO N/A 0

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 17

Data Type: DS‐72

The block alarm is used for all

configuration , hardware, connection

failure or system problems in the block.

The cause of the alert is entered in the

subcode field.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 17.1 RW

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 17.2 RO

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

TIME_STAMP 17.3 RO

SUBCODE 17.4 RO

VALUE 17.5 RO

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—MAI Function Block

January 2015

163

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Table 4‐65. MAI Function Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

8 OUT_1

9 OUT_2

10 OUT_3

11 OUT_4

12 OUT_5

13 OUT_6

14 OUT_7

15 OUT_8

Table 4‐66. MAI Function Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

Table 4‐67. MAI Function Block, View 3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

8 OUT_1

9 OUT_2

10 OUT_3

11 OUT_4

12 OUT_5

13 OUT_6

14 OUT_7

15 OUT_8

Table 4‐68. MAI Function Block, View 4

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

7 CHANNEL

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—MAI Function Block

January 2015

164

Field Communicator Menu Structure

MULTIPLE ANALOG INPUT FUNCTION BLOCK

Quick Config

MAI Channel

Common Config

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Advanced Config

Static Revision

Strategy

I/O Reference

MAI Channel

Online

Block Error

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output 1: Status

Output 1: Value

Output 2: Status

Output 2: Value

Output 3: Status

Output 3: Value

Output 4: Status

Output 4: Value

Output 5: Status

Output 5: Value

Output 6: Status

Output 6: Value

Output 7: Status

Output 7: Value

Output 8: Status

Output 8: Value

Status

Block Error

All

Characteristics

Static Revision

Tag Description

Strategy

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Block Error

MAI Channel

Output 1: Status

Output 1: Value

Output 2: Status

Output 2: Value

Output 3: Status

Output 3: Value

Output 4: Status

Output 4: Value

Output 5: Status

Output 5: Value

Output 6: Status

Output 6: Value

Output 7: Status

Output 7: Value

Output 8: Status

Output 8: Value

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Connectors

Output 1: Status

Output 1: Value

Output 2: Status

Output 2: Value

Output 3: Status

Output 3: Value

Output 4: Status

Output 4: Value

Output 5: Status

Output 5: Value

Output 6: Status

Output 6: Value

Output 7: Status

Output 7: Value

Output 8: Status

Output 8: Value

Other

Tag Description

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

165

Discrete Output Function Block

Overview

The Discrete Output (DO) function block (figure 4‐27) processes a discrete set point and outputs it to the specified I/O

channel to produce an output signal. The DVC6200f digital valve controller discrete output block provides both

normal open/closed control and the ability to position the valve in 5% increments for coarse throttling applications.

The digital valve controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK_D [16].

Figure 4‐27. Discrete Output (DO) Function Block

CAS_IN_D

BKCAL_OUT_D

OUT_D

BKCAL OUT D = The value and status required by the

BKCAL IN D input of another block for output tracking.

CAS IN D= The remote set point value from another function block.

OUT_D = The block output and status.

READBACK_D

READBACK_D = Actual valve position

The DO block supports mode control and simulation. In operation, the DO function block determines its set point and

sets the output. The transducer block provides a readback signal of actual position from the instrument. Figure 4‐27

illustrates the primary inputs and outputs of the DO function block, figure 4‐28 illustrates the internal components of

the DO function block. Table 4‐72 lists definitions for the function block parameters.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

166

Figure 4‐28. Discrete Output Function Block Schematic

CAS_IN_D

IO_OPTS

RCAS_IN_D

SIMULATE_D

MODE

CHANNEL

TRANSDUCER

BLOCK

SP_D

PV_D

RCAS_OUT_D

OUT_D

BKCAL_OUT_D

READBACK_D

CONVERT AND

STATUS

CALCULATION

SHED MODE

TRANSDUCER

BLOCK FEEDBACK

When setting up the DO block, CHANNEL [18] must be set to 22, and SHED_OPT [23] must be non‐zero.

Note

Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not

been licensed. Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing.

Note

Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2]) will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad - Not Connected if

the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly. From the transducer block method Outblock Selection, select the desired output

block, see page 45.

Modes

The DO block supports the following modes:

 Manual (Man)—The block output OUT_D [9] value may be entered manually.

 Automatic (Auto)—The block algorithm uses the local set point SP_D [8]value to determine OUT_D [9].

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

167

 Cascade (Cas)—The block uses a set point supplied by another function block.

Note

The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO, CAS or MAN.

 RemoteCascade (RCas)—The block uses a set point supplied by a host computer.

 Out of Service (OOS)—The block is not processed and the output is not transferred to I/O. The BLOCK_ERR [6]

attribute shows Out of service.

Mode Handling

Shed Options — RCAS Mode Only

Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT [23]. A block climbs and sheds

through the same path. For example, if SHED_OPT [23] specifies that a block should shed to Auto, then, if the block

target mode is set to RCas, the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas. You can configure the shed option as

follows:

Shed With Return Options

Remote cascade connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade (in other words, the

remote cascade target mode stays in effect).

Normal—On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non‐remote

mode until remote cascade is restored. Cas is the highest permitted non‐remote mode and Auto is is the next

permitted non‐remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.

Retained Target—The retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a

remote mode. On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain the retained target mode.

Auto—On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block attempts to attain Auto, if permitted, until remote

cascade is restored.

Man—On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is

restored.

Shed With No Return Options

For any shed with no return option, the target mode changes as determined by the option. Therefore, there is no

attempt to restore the connection following failure. The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is

identical to that for Shed With Return Options.

Normal—On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted

non‐remote mode. Cas is the highest permitted non‐remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted

non‐remote mode. If Cas or Auto are not available, the block will shed by default to Man.

Retained Target—The retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a

remote mode. On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

168

Auto—On failure of a remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Auto, if permitted.

Man—On failure of remote cascade connection, the block sets the target mode to Man, if permitted.

The user may configure SHED_OPT [23] so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted. When doing this, the

mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic:

 Shed logic never results in a non‐permitted target mode.

 Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted.

Block Initialization

The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters have initial values of uninitialized in function

blocks. In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO, the control system or the user must change those

parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of

Service mode. For the DO function block, the parameters that must be initialized are:

SHED_OPT [23] (see page 167 for valid values)

CHANNEL [18]

Status Handling

Under normal operating conditions, the status of OUT_D [9] is Good Non‐Cascade, and the status of BKCAL_OUT_D

[21] is Good:Cascade. If the output hardware fails, the status of BKCAL_OUT_D [21] is set to Bad:Device Fail, and the

BLOCK_ERR [6] shows Output Failure. If the hardware used for output feedback fails, the status of READBACK_D [16]

and PV_D [7] is set to Bad:DeviceFail, and the BLOCK_ERR [6] shows Process Variable has Bad Status. If the transducer

block mode is Out of Service, the status of READBACK_D [16] and PV_D [7] is set to Bad:Out of Service.

I/O Selection

To select the I/O associated with the discrete output, configure the value of the CHANNEL [18] parameter. Table 4‐69

lists the valid Channel selections for the DO block.

Table 4‐69. Channel Selections for the Discrete Output Function Block

Selection Transducer Block Parameter Transducer block Index Description

22 SETPOINT_D 32 Discrete Valve Control

0 - - Uninitialized

Setting the Output

To set the output for the DO block, you must first set the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its

set point and output. In Cascade mode, the set point equals the input value at the CAS_IN_D [17] parameter. In

Automatic or Manual mode, the set point must be entered manually by the user. For Automatic, the value must be

written to the SP_D [8] parameter and for Manual, the value must be written to OUT_D [9]. In Remote Cascade mode,

the set point is determined by a host computer that is writing to the RCAS_IN_D [22] parameter. Table 4‐70 lists

discrete states used by the digital valve controller for the set point.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

169

Table 4‐70. Valve Set Point for Discrete State

Discrete State Valve Set Point with IO_OPTS Invert = 0 Valve Set Point with IO_OPTS Invert = 1

0 Closed Open

1 Open Closed

5 5% Closed

10 10% Closed

15 15% Closed

20 20% Closed

25 25% Closed

30 30% Closed

35 35% Closed

40 40% Closed

45 45% Closed

50 50% Closed

55 55% Closed

60 60% Closed

65 65% Closed

70 70% Closed

75 75% Closed

80 80% Closed

85 85% Closed

90 90% Closed

95 95% Closed

100 Open Closed

To further customize the output, configure the following supported I/O options: SP tracks PV in Man,

SP tracks PV in LO, SP Track retained target in Man or LO, Fault State to Value, Use Fault State value on restart, Target

to Man if Fault State activated, and US PV for BKCAL_OUT.

Note

You can configure the supported I/O options in Out of Service mode only.

The SP_PV Track in Man option permits the set point to track the process variable when the block is in Manual mode.

With this option enabled, the set point (SP_D [8]) becomes a copy of the process variable

(PV_D [7]), and a manually‐entered SP_D [8] value is overwritten on the block's next execution cycle. This option can

prevent a state change when transitioning from Manual to Automatic mode. You can disable this option in Manual or

Out of Service mode only.

The Invert option inverts the set point at SP_D [8] before it is stored in OUT_D [9]. With this option enabled, OUT_D

[9] becomes an inverted copy of SP_D [8] where non‐zero values of SP_D [8] are considered a logic 1. With this option

disabled, OUT_D [9] is a direct copy of SP_D [8]. The readback value is processed through the Invert option to become

PV_D [7]. The Use PV for BKCAL_OUT option specifies that BKCAL _OUT equal the value of the process variable (PV_D

[7]) instead of the set point (SP_D [8]). If you do not enable this option, BKCAL_OUT will equal SP_D [8].

Output Block PV Status

The Output Block PV Status is determined by the value of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status parameter in the

transducer block (PWA_SET_STATUS [97]), the Transducer Block mode, and enabled Active PlantWeb alarms. Refer to

table 4‐11.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

170

Block Errors

Table 4‐71 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DO

block and are provided only for your reference.

Table 4‐71. BLOCK_ERR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other (N/A)

1Block Configuration Error ‐ SHED_OPT or CHANNEL set to 0 (uninitialized)

2Link Configuration Error (N/A)

3Simulate active ‐ Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution.

4Local Override ‐ Device in fault state. Actual mode LO.

5Device Fault State Set ‐ DO block in fault state after FSTATE_TIME because of Bad status or IFS substatus on CAS_IN_D or Resource

block commanded fault state.

6Device Needs Maintenance Soon ‐ Indicates a Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled. See

page 62.

7Input failure/process variable has Bad status ‐ PV has bad status and Feature Select in the Resource block has the Out Readback bit set

or the transducer block mode is Out of Service.

8Output failure ‐ PV has bad status or the transducer block mode is Out of Service.

9Memory Failure (N/A)

10 Lost Static Data (N/A)

11 Lost NV Data (N/A)

12 Readback Check Failed (N/A)

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now ‐ Indicates Failed PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled. See page 62.

14 Power Up ‐ This condition exists after power up until actual mode is not Out of Service.

15 Out of Service ‐ The block is in Out of Service (OOS) mode.

Action on Fault Detection

Fault State is caused by one of three sources: A status pertaining to CAS, A status pertaining to RCAS, or SET_FSTATE

[29] in the resource block. To implement Fault State, configure the following parameters:

IO_OPTS [14]: Determines the action OUT_D [9] will take upon a fault state. If the IO_OPTS [14] “Fault State to Value”

is not selected, then OUT_D [9] holds its last position when Fault State is set. If “Fault State to Value” is selected,

OUT_D [9] goes to the FSTATE_VAL_D [20] value when Fault State is set.

FSTATE_TIME [19]: The length of time, in seconds, that the DO block will wait to set Fault State. When

Fault State is set, the OUT_D [9] value goes to either the FSTATE_VAL_D [20] value or holds its last position, depending

on I/O_OPTS [14]. When the block has a target mode of CAS, a fault condition will be detected if the CAS_IN_D [17]

has a BAD status or an Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block.

FSTATE_VAL_D [20]: Determines the OUT_D [9] value if IO_OPTS [14] “Fault State to Value” is selected. The OUT_D

[9] value transitions to FSTATE_VAL_D [20] after FSTATE_TIME [19] elapses and the fault condition has not cleared.

Simulation

To support testing of the control strategy, you can enable the SIMULATE_D [17] parameter. Normally, the valve

position value and status used for READBACK_D [16] in the DO block reflect actual process values to the nearest 5%, as

provided by the transducer block. When the SIMULATE_D [17] parameter is enabled, value and status used for

READBACK_D [16] is supplied by the user manually. To enable simulation in the DO function block, the simulate

jumper must be installed. Refer to page 13 of the Installation section for information on the installation of this jumper.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

171

Note

When simulate is active, the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block. If the Output Blk Timeout period is

exceeded, the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output

Block Timeout Alert.

The SIMULATE_D [10] parameter has three components:

 Simulate Enable_Disable determines whether the function block will use the actual valve position value and status,

or Simulate Value and Simulate Status.

 Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block.

 Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when Simulate Enable_Disable is set to Enabled.

To use simulate, first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box, then set Simulate Enable_Disable to Enabled,

then enter the desired values for Simulate Value and Status.

When SIMULATE_D [10] is Enabled, the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter is set (refer to the Block

Errors description). When the simulate jumper is installed, the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter

SELFTEST_STATUS [78] is set.

DO Function Block Parameter List (table 4‐72)

 Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write

 Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter

 Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub‐parameter

Table 4‐72. Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Index

Number

RO /

RW Mode Range Initial Value Description

Static Revision

ST_REV 1 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The revision level of the static data associated with

the function block. The revision value will be

incremented each time a static parameter value in

the block is changed.

Tag Description

TAG_DESC 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces

Data Type: Octet String

The user description of the intended application of

the block.

Strategy

STRATEGY 3 RW ALL 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping

of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by

the block.

Alert Key

ALERT_KEY 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The identification number of the plant unit. This

information may be used in the host for sorting

alarms, etc.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

172

Table 4‐72. Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Block Mode

MODE_BLK 5

Data Type: DS‐69

Valid Bits: 7: OOS, 5: LO, 4: MAN, 3: AUTO

2: CAS, 1: RCAS

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of

the block.

Target: The requested block mode

Actual: The current mode of the block

Permitted: Allowed modes for Target

Normal: Most common mode for Target

TARGET 5.1 RW ALL

OOS

MAN

AUTO

AUTO‐CAS, AUTO‐RCAS

OOS until

block is

configured,

then last valid

target

ACTUAL 5.2 RO ALL OOS

PERMITTED 5.3 RW ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO+

CAS+RCAS

OOS+MAN+A

UTO+CAS

+RCAS

NORMAL 5.4 RW ALL AUTO+CAS

Block Error

BLOCK_ERR 6 RO N/A

1: Block Configuration

Error

3: Simulate Active

4: Local Override

5: Device Fault State Set

7: Input Failure / Bad PV

Status

8: Output Failure

14: Power‐up

15: Out‐of‐Service

Dynamic

Data Type: Bit String

0=Inactive

1=Active

This parameter reflects the error status associated

with the hardware or software components

associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that

multiple errors may be shown.

Process Value Discrete

PV_D 7 RO N/A PV_D Status set equal

to Readback_D Status Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐66

The discrete process variable calculated from

READBACK_D.

Setpoint Discrete

SP_D 8

OOS

MAN

AUTO

PV_STATE Data Type: DS‐66

The discrete target block output value (set point).

Output Discrete

OUT_D 9 MAN OUT_STATE

Data Type: DS‐66

Position target of valve. 0=closed, 1=open, 2-100

position the value in 5% steps.

Simulate Discrete

SIMULATE_D 10

Data Type: DS‐83

Allows the transducer discrete input or output to

the block to be manually supplied when simulate is

enabled. When simulation is disabled, the simulate

value and status track the actual value and status.

SIMULATE_STATUS 10.1 ALL 0

SIMULATE_VALUE 10.2 ALL 0

TRANSDUCER_STATUS 10.3 RO 0

TRANSDUCER_VALUE 10.4 RO 0

ENABLE/DISABLE 10.5 ALL

0=Not initialized

1=Simulation Disabled

2=Simulation Active

Process Value State

PV_STATE 11 ALL 0

Data Type: Uint16

Index to the text describing the states of a discrete

output.

Transducer State

XD_STATE 12 ALL 0

Data Type: Uint16

Index to the text describing the states of a discrete

for the value obtained from the transducer.

Grant Deny

GRANT_DENY 13 Data Type: DS‐70

Options for controlling access of host computers

and local control panels to operating, tuning, and

alarm parameters of the block.

GRANT:0=N/A, 1=granted

DENY: 0=N/A, 1=denied

GRANT 13.1 N/A 0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

All bits: 0

DENY 13.2 N/A All bits: 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

173

Table 4‐72. Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

I/O Options

IO_OPTS 14 OOS

Valid Bits

0: Invert

1: SP tracks PV in Man

3: SP tracks PV in LO

4: SP Track retained

target in Man or LO

6: Fault State to value

0: freeze

1: go to Fault State

value

7: Use Fault State value

on restart

8: Target to Man if Fault

State activated

9: Use PV for

BKCAL_OUT

0: SP

1: PV

All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

Allows you to select the type of tracking and the

output value when a fault condition occurs.

Supported I/O options for the DO function block are

SP Tracks PV in Man, SP Tracks PV in LO, SP Tracks

Retained Target in Man or LO, Fault State to Value,

Use Fault state on Restart, Target to Man if Fault

State Activated, and Use PV for BKCAL_OUT.

Status Options

STATUS_OPTS 15 OOS 4: Propagate Failure

Backward All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

Options the user may select for the block processing

of status.

Readback Discrete

READBACK_D 16 RO N/A Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐66

0=closed, 1=open, 5, 10, 15, 30...etc. are position in

5% increments.

Cascade Input Discrete

CAS_IN_D 17 ALL Status

BAD:

NC:

const Data Type: DS‐66

The remote set point value from another block.

Value 0

DO Channel

CHANNEL 18 OOS 0=undefined

22=Setpoint (D)

22=

Setpoint (D)

Data Type: Unsigned16

Defines which transducer parameter receives the

DO output. Select Setpoint (D) to control valve

position.

Fault State Time

FSTATE_TIME 19 ALL Positive 0

Data Type: Float

Time from detection of a fault in the remote set

point to the Fault State output action.

Fault State Value Discrete

FSTATE_VAL_D 20 ALL 0

Date Type: Unsigned8

Preset discrete SP_D value to use if I/O_OPTS Fault

State to Value is set.

Back Calculation Output Discrete

BKCAL_OUT_D 21 RO N/A Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐66

The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN_D

input of another block for output tracking

Remote Cascade Input Discrete

RCAS_IN_D 22 ALL Status

BAD:

NoCom:

NoVal:

const

Date Type: DS‐66

Target set point and status provided by a

supervisory host to a discrete control or output

block.

Value 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

174

Table 4‐72. Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRangeMode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Shed Options

SHED_OPT 23 ALL

0=Uninitialized

1=Normal Shed, Normal

Return

2=Normal Shed, No

Return

3=Shed to Auto, normal

return

4=Shed to Auto, no

return. Target mode

changes to Auto on

detection of a shed

condition

5=Shed to Manual,

normal return

6=Shed to Manual, No

return. Target mode

changes to MAN on

detection of a shed

condition.

7=Shed to retained

target, normal return

8=Shed to retained

target, no return.

(Change target to

retained target)

Data Type: Unsigned8

Defines action to be taken on remote control device

timeout.

Normal Return - actual mode changes to the next

lowest priority non‐remote mode permitted but

returns to the target remote mode when the

remote computer completes the initialization

handshake.

No Return - Target mode changes to the next lowest

priority non‐remote mode permitted. The target

remote mode is lost, so no return occurs.

Remote Cascade Output Discrete

RCAS_OUT_D 24 RO N/A Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐66

Block set point and status after ramping, provided

to a supervisory host for back calculation and to

allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or

mode change.

Update Event

UPDATE_EVT 25

Data Type: DS‐73

This alert is generated by any change to the static

data.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 25.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=Undefined

UPDATE_STATE 25.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Update reported

2=Update not reported

0=Undefined

TIME_STAMP 25.3 RO N/A 0

STATIC_REVISION 25.4 RO N/A 0

RELATIVE_INDEX 25.5 RO N/A 0

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 26

Data Type: DS‐72

The block alarm is used for all configuration,

hardware, connection failure, or system problems in

the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the

subcode field. The first alert to become active will

set the active status in the status parameter. As

soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert

reporting procedure, and other block alert may be

reported without clearing the Active status, if the

subcode has changed.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 26.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 26.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

TIME_STAMP 26.3 RO N/A 0

SUBCODE 26.4 RO N/A 0

VALUE 26.5 RO N/A 0

Extended Blocks

Setpoint Rate Up

SP_RATE_UP 27 > = 0 0

Data Type: Float

The ramp rate for SP up in AUTO, CAS, and RCAS

modes. Measured in PV units/sec.

Setpoint Rate Down

SP_RATE_DN 28 > = 0 0

Data Type: Float

The ramp rate for SP down in AUTO, CAS, and RCAS

modes. Measured in PV units/sec.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

175

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Table 4‐73. DO Function Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV_D

8 SP_D

9 OUT_D

16 READBACK_D

17 CAS_IN_D

Table 4‐74. DO Function Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

11 PV_STATE

12 XD_STATE

13.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT

13.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY

Table 4‐75. DO Function Block, View 3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV_D

8 SP_D

9 OUT_D

16 READBACK_D

17 CAS_IN

21 BKCAL_OUT_D

22 RCAS_IN_D

24 RCAS_OUT_D

Table 4‐76. DO Function Block, View 4

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

14 IO_OPTS

15 STATUS_OPTS

18 CHANNEL

19 FSTATE_TIME

20 FSTATE_VAL_D

24 SHED_OPT

27 SP_RATE_UP

28 SP_RATE_DN

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DO Function Block

January 2015

176

DISCRETE OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCK

Quick Config

Alert Key

Process Value Discrete: Status

Process Value Discrete: Value

Setpoint Discrete: Status

Setpoint Discrete: Value

Common Config

Alert Key

I/O Options

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Setpoint Discrete: Status

Setpoint Discrete: Value

Advanced Config

Fault State Time

Fault State Value Discrete

Process Value State

Shed Options

Simulate Discrete: Simulate Status

Simulate Discrete: Simulate Value

Simulate Discrete: Transducer Status

Simulate Discrete: Transducer Value

Simulate Discrete: Simulate En/Disable

Static Revision

Status Options

Strategy

Transducer State

I/O Reference

DO Channel

Online

Back Calculation Output Discrete: Status

Back Calculation Output Discrete: Value

Block Error

Cascade Input Discrete: Status

Cascade Input Discrete: Value

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output Discrete: Status

Output Discrete: Value

Process Value Discrete: Status

Process Value Discrete: Value

Remote Cascade Input Discrete: Status

Remote Cascade Input Discrete: Value

Remote Cascade Output Discrete: Status

Remote Cascade Output Discrete: Value

Readback Discrete: Status

Readback Discrete: Value

Setpoint Discrete: Status

Setpoint Discrete: Value

Status

Block Error

All

Characteristics

Static Revision

Tag Description

Strategy

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Block Error

Process Value Discrete: Status

Process Value Discrete: Value

Setpoint Discrete: Status

Setpoint Discrete: Value

Output Discrete: Status

Output Discrete: Value

Simulate Discrete: Simulate Status

Simulate Discrete: Simulate Value

Simulate Discrete: Transducer Status

Simulate Discrete: Transducer Value

Simulate Discrete: Simulate En/Disable

Process Value State

Transducer State

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

I/O Options

Status Options

Readback Discrete: Status

Readback Discrete: Value

Cascade Input Discrete: Status

Cascade Input Discrete: Value

DO Channel

Fault State Time

Fault State Value

Back Calculation Output Discrete: Status

Back Calculation Output Discrete: Value

Remote Cascade Input Discrete: Status

Remote Cascade Input Discrete: Value

Shed Options

Remote Cascade Output Discrete: Status

Remote Cascade Output Discrete: Value

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Setpoint Rate Up

Setpoint Rate Down

Connectors

Back Calculation Output Discrete: Status

Back Calculation Output Discrete: Value

Cascade Input Discrete: Status

Cascade Input Discrete: Value

Output Discrete: Status

Output Discrete: Value

Other

Tag Description

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Setpoint Rate Up

Setpoint Rate Down

Field Communicator Menu Structure

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

177

Discrete Input Function Block

Overview

The Discrete Input (DI) function block (figure 4‐29) processes a single discrete input from a field device and makes it

available to other function blocks. You can configure inversion and alarm detection on the input value. In the

DVC6200f digital valve controller, the discrete input function block can provide limit switch functionality and valve

position proximity detection. The DI function block supports mode control, signal status propagation, and simulation.

Figure 4‐29. Discrete Input (DI) Function Block

OUT_D = The block output and status

OUT_D

TRANSDUCER

BLOCK

Normally, the block is used in Automatic mode so that the process variable (PV_D [7]) is copied to the output (OUT_D

[8]). You can change the mode to Manual to disconnect the field signal and substitute a manually‐entered value for

the output. In this case, PV_D [7] continues to show the value that will become the OUT_D [8] when the mode is

changed to Automatic.

To support testing, you can enable simulation, which allows the measurement value to be supplied manually through

the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter. Figure 4‐30 illustrates the internal components of the DI function block, and table

4‐81 lists the definitions of the block parameters.

Figure 4‐30. Discrete Input Function Block Schematic

Invert Option

Alarm Detection

FIELD_VAL_D

MODESIMULATE

PV_D

OUT_D

Discrete Signal

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

178

Modes

The Discrete Input function block supports the following modes:

 Manual (Man)—The block output (OUT_D [8]) is disconnected from the field and set manually.

 Automatic (Auto)—The block algorithm determines output.

 Out of Service (OOS)—The block is not processed. The OUT_D [8] status is set to Bad: Out of Service. The

BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter shows Out of Service.

Block Initialization

The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters in the function blocks have initial values of

uninitialized. In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO, the control system or the user must change

those parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of

Service mode. For the DI function block, the CHANNEL [15] parameter must be initialized.

Status Handling

Under normal conditions, a Good: Non‐Cascade status is passed through to OUT_D [8]. The block also supports the

Status Action On Failure and BLOCK_ERR [6] indications.

When SIMULATE_D [9] is enabled, FIELD_VAL_D [7], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] change to the simulated status. When

the block is set to Manual mode, OUT_D [7] is set to Good: Non-cascade, Constant status.

I/O Selection

To select the I/O associated with the discrete measurement, configure the value of the CHANNEL [15] parameter.

In the digital valve controller, the four classes of channels are

 Valve travel

 Open/Closed limit switch

 Variable limit switch based on transducer block travel alarm settings.

 Proximity position detection based on transducer block travel alarm settings.

The CHANNEL [15] parameter for each of the four DI blocks available in the digital valve controller may be set

independently to achieve the desired position detection. The DI block CHANNEL [15] definitions are listed in table

4‐77. Refer to the following descriptions for details of the operation of these channels.

Valve Travel

Channel 23 provides valve travel.

0 = Closed, 1 = 100% open, 5 = 5% open, 10 = 10% open, 15 = 15% open, etc.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

179

Table 4‐77. Channel Selection for the Discrete Input Function Block

Selection Transducer Block Parameter(1) Transducer Block Index Number Bit Number(2)

23 TRAVEL_D 33 N/A

24 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 0: Travel Open

25 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 1: Travel Closed

26 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 2: Travel Limit Lo Lo

27 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 4: Travel Limit Lo

28 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 3: Travel Limit Hi

29 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:TRAVEL_ACTIVE 74.4 1: Travel Limit Hi Hi

30 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 5: Proximity Lo Lo

31 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 4: Proximity Lo

32 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 3: Proximity Hi

33 INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE:PROX_ACTIVE 74.5 2: Proximity Hi Hi

1. Refer to table 4‐14 for parameter descriptions.

2. See pages 50 and 52, Travel ALerts and Prox Alerts, for information on accessing these alerts. Refer to Appendix F for information on accessing these alerts through DeltaV.

Open/Closed Limit Switch

Channels 24 and 25 provide valve open and closed limit switch functionality for the DI block. These channels will

detect if the valve position is more than the Travel Open Alert Point for open detection or less than the Travel Closed

Alert Point for closed detection. These channels provide an adjustable deadband to clear the detected position.

0= Not Active, 1= Active

Variable Limit Switch

Channels 26 through 29 provide variable limit switch functionality for the DI block. Trip points for this limit switch

functionality are based on the Travel Alert settings in the transducer Block. The DI function block provides the same

type of position detection as the travel alerts in the transducer block. Table 4‐78 lists the transducer block parameters

used with DI block channels 26 through 29. Refer to Travel and Prox, on page 50 for more information on the

transducer block travel alerts.

0= Not Active, 1= Active

Table 4‐78. Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 26 through 29

(Variable Limit Switch)

Transducer Block Parameter Parameter Function

Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Lo Lo Limit Switch Trip Point

Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband Lo Lo Limit Switch Deadband

Travel Lo Alert Point Lo Limit Switch Trip Point

Travel Lo Alert Deadband Lo Limit Switch Deadband

Travel Hi Alert Point Hi Limit Switch Trip Point

Travel Hi Alert Deadband Hi Limit Switch Deadband

Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Hi Hi Limit Switch Trip Point

Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband Hi Hi Limit Switch Deadband

Valve Position Proximity Detection

Channels 30 through 33 provide valve position proximity detection for the DI block. The transducer block Travel Alert

Point and Travel Alert Deadband parameters are also used with the valve position proximity, but they provide a

different function. The Travel Alert Point for the selected channel determines the center point for the position to be

detected. The Travel Alert Deadband for the selected channel sets the upper and lower trigger points, or the width of

the proximity detection band. A 1% deadzone exists above and below this band that the travel must exceed to clear

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

180

the detected position. Figure 4‐31 illustrates the operation of the proximity detection function. Travel Alert Point

refers to Travel Lo Alert Point, Travel Hi Alert Point, Travel Lo Lo Alert Point, and Travel Hi Hi Alert Point in table 4‐79.

Travel Alert Deadband refers to Travel Lo Alert Deadband, Travel Hi Alert Deadband, Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband, and

Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband in table 4‐79.

Figure 4‐31. Discrete Input Proximity Detection Function

DISCRETE INPUT SET

DISCRETE INPUT

CLEARED

TRIGGER POINT FOR DOWNWARD VALVE

TRAVEL DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT

DEADBAND

TRIGGER POINT FOR UPWARD VALVE TRAVEL

DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND

DEADZONE, 1% OF TRAVEL

Valve Position

CENTER POINT OF PROXIMITY DETECTION

DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT POINT

0= Not Active, 1= Active

Table 4‐79 lists the transducer block parameters used for proximity detection with DI block channels 30 through 33.

Table 4‐79. Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 30 through 33

Transducer Block Parameter Parameter Function

Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Lo Lo Proximity Detection Center Point

Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband Lo Lo Proximity Detection Width

Travel Lo Alert Point Lo Proximity Detection Center Point

Travel Lo Alert Deadband Lo Proximity Detection Width

Travel Hi Alert Point Hi Proximity Detection Center Point

Travel Hi Alert Deadband Hi Proximity Detection Width

Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Hi Hi Proximity Detection Center Point

Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband Hi Hi Proximity Detection Width

Field Value Processing

The Invert bit of the IO_OPTS [13] parameter may be used to logically invert the value of FIELD_VAL_D [17] before it is

stored as PV_D [7]. PV_FTIME [16] may

be used to set the length of time that FIELD_VAL_D [17] must be in a new state before that new state is reflected in

PV_D. The PV_D [7] value goes to the mode switch where it becomes OUT_D [8] when the actual mode is AUTO.

OUT_D [8] is also tested for an alarm state.

Note

Invert is the only I/O option that the DI block supports. You can set the I/O option only when the block mode is Out of Service.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

181

Alarm Detection

To select the state that initiates an input alarm, and to set discrete alarm substatus in the output, configure the

DISC_LIM [23] parameter. You can enter any value between 0 and 255. A value of 255 disables the alarm. When

OUT_D [8] matches the DISC_LIM [23] state, the discrete value of an alarm is set.

Block Errors

Table 4‐80 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DI

block and are provided only for your reference.

Table 4‐80. BLOCK_ERR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other (N/A)

1Block Configuration Error—CHANNEL set to 0 through 10 (uninitialized)

2Link Configuration Error (N/A)

3Simulate Active—Simulate is enabled. Output does not reflect process conditions

4Local Override (N/A)

5Device Fault State Set (N/A)

6Device Needs Maintenance Soon (N/A)

7Input failure/process variable has Bad status—The hardware is bad or the transducer block mode is Out of Service

8Output Failure (N/A)

9Memory Failure (N/A)

10 Lost Static Data (N/A)

11 Lost NV Data (N/A)

12 Readback Check Failed (N/A)

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now (N/A)

14 Power Up—Set after power‐up until actual mode is not Out of Service

15 Out of Service—The actual mode is Out of Service (OOS). The block is not being processed.

Action on Failure

In case of hardware failure, FIELD_VAL_D [17], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] change to a Bad status and the BLOCK_ ERR

[6] parameter shows Process Variable has Bad Status. If the transducer block mode is Out of Service, the status of

FIELD_VAL_D [17], PV_D [7], and OUT_D [8] is set to Bad:Out of Service.

Simulation

To support testing of the control strategy, you can enable the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter. Normally the measurement

value and status used for FIELD_VAL_D [17] in the DI block reflect actual process values as provided by the transducer

block. When the SIMULATE_D [9] parameter is enabled, value and status used for FIELD_VAL_D [17] is supplied by the

user manually. To enable simulation in the DI function block, the simulate jumper must be installed. For information

on the installation of this jumper, see the Installation section.

The SIMULATE_D [9] parameter has three components:

 Simulate_D enable/disable determines whether the function block will use the actual process value and status, or

Simulate Value and Simulate Status.

 Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block.

 Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when enable/disable is set to enabled.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

182

To use simulate, first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box, then set Simulate_D enable/disable to enabled,

then enter the desired values for Simulate Value and Status.

When SIMULATE_D [9] is enabled, the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter is set (refer to the Block

Errors description). When the simulate jumper is installed, the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter

SELFTEST_STATUS [78] is set.

Application Information

Figure 4‐32 compares the operation of a standard discrete input to a proximity discrete input. With the standard

discrete input, the discrete input changes state when the valve position passes a configurable trip point. This can be

used to indicate if the valve position is above or below the trip point.

Figure 4‐32. Proximity Discrete Input Compared to a Standard Discrete Input

Configurable

Band

DISCRETE

INPUT VALUE

STANDARD DISCRETE INPUT

PROXIMITY DISCRETE INPUT

DISCRETE

INPUT VALUE

With the proximity discrete input a configurable band can be established about a central point. Whenever the valve

position enters this configurable band, the discrete input changes state. A proximity discrete input is useful for

applications which require knowing the location of the valve when the valve is not near 0% or 100%.

DI Function Block Parameter List (table 4‐81)

 Read/Write Capability: RO - Read Only, RW - Read Write

 Mode: The block mode(s) required to write to the parameter

 Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub‐parameter

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

183

Table 4‐81. Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Index

Number

RO /

Block

Mode Range Initial Value Description

Static Revision

ST_REV 1 RO N/A 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The revision level of the static data associated

with the function block. The revision value will

be incremented each time a static parameter

value in the block is changed.

Tag Description

TAG_DESC 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces

Data Type: Octet String

The user description of the intended

application of the block.

Strategy

STRATEGY 3 RW ALL 0 to 65535 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

The strategy field can be used to identify

grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or

processed by the block.

Alert Key

ALERT_KEY 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

The identification number of the plant unit.

This information may be used in the host for

sorting alarms, etc.

Block Mode

MODE_BLK 5

Data Type: DS‐69

Valid Bits: 7:OOS, 4:MAN, 3:AUTO

The actual, target, permitted, and normal

modes of the block.

Target: The requested block mode

Actual: The current mode of the block

Permitted: Allowed modes for Target

Normal: Most common mode for Target

TARGET 5.1 RW ALL

OOS

MAN

AUTO

OOS until

block is

configured,

then last valid

target

ACTUAL 5.2 RO ALL OOS

PERMITTED 5.3 RW ALL OOS+MAN+AUTO OOS+MAN+A

UTO

NORMAL 5.4 RO ALL AUTO

Block Error

BLOCK_ERR 6 RO N/A

Defined Bits

1: Block Configuration

Error

3: Simulate Active

7: Input Failure / Bad PV

Status

14: Power‐up

15: Out‐of‐Service

Dynamic

Data Type: Bit String

0=Inactive

1=Active

This parameter reflects the error status

associated with the hardware or software

components associated with a block. Multiple

errors may be shown, see table 4‐80.

Process Value Discrete

PV_D 7 RO N/A PV_D Status set equal to

Field_Val_D Status Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐66

The process variable used in block execution.

Value is converted from Readback to show the

actuator position in the same units as the set

point value.

Output Discrete

OUT_D 8OOS

MAN OUT_STATE

Data Type: DS‐66

The primary discrete value calculated as a

result of executing the function.

Simulate Discrete

SIMULATE_D 9

Data Type: DS‐83

Allows the transducer discrete input or output

to the block to be manually supplied when

simulate is enabled. When simulation is

disabled, the simulate value and status track

the actual value and status.

SIMULATE_STATUS 9.1 ALL 0

SIMULATE_VALUE 9.2 ALL 0

TRANSDUCER_STATUS 9.3 RO ALL 0

TRANSDUCER_VALUE 9.4 RO ALL 0

ENABLE/DISABLE 9.5

0=Not initialized

1=Simulation Disabled

2=Simulation Active

1=Simulation

Disabled

Transducer State

XD_STATE 10 ALL 0

Data Type: Uint16

Index to the text describing the states of a

discrete for the value obtained from the

transducer.

Output State

OUT_STATE 11 ALL 0

Data Type: Unsigned16

Index to the text describing the states of a

discrete output.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

184

Table 4‐81. Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Grant Deny

GRANT_DENY 12 Data Type: DS‐70

Options for controlling access of host

computers and local control panels to

operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of

the block.

GRANT: 0=NA, 1=granted

DENY: 0=NA, 1=denied

GRANT 12.1 ALL 0: Program

1: Tune

2: Alarm

3: Local

All bits:0

DENY 12.2 ALL All bits: 0

I/O Options

IO_OPTS 13 OOS 0: Invert All bits:0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

Allows you to select how the I/O signals are

processed.

Status Options

STATUS_OPTS 14 OOS

3=Propagate Failure

Forward

8=Uncertain in MAN mode

All bits:0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

Options the user may select for the block

processing of status.

DI Channel

CHANNEL 15 OOS

0=undefined

23=Valve Position or

Pressure (Discrete)

24= PV > 97%

25= PV < 3%

26=PV Below LO LO limit

27=PV Below LO limit

28=PV Above HI limit

29=PV Above HI HI limit

30=PV Within Proximity of

LO LO

31=PV Within Proximity of

32=PV within Proximity of

33=PV within Proximity of

HI HI

0=Undefined

Data Type: Unsigned16

Defines the functionality of the discrete input.

See I/O Selection for details. Refer to table

4‐77.

Process Value Filter Time

PV_FTIME 16 ALL Positive 0

Data Type: Float

Time that FIELD_VAL_D must be in a new

state, before the change is reflected to PV_D

and OUT_D.

Field Value Discrete

FIELD_VAL_D 17 RO 0

Data Type: DS‐66

Raw value of the field device discrete input,

with a status reflecting the transducer

condition.

Update Event

UPDATE_EVT 18

Data Type: DS‐73

This alert is generated by any change to the

static data.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 18.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

0=Undefined

UPDATE_STATE 18.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Update Reported

2=Updated not reported

0=Undefined

TIME_STAMP 18.3 RO N/A 0

STATIC_REVISION 18.4 RO N/A 0

RELATIVE_INDEX 18.5 RO N/A 0

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

185

Table 4‐81. Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions (Continued)

DescriptionInitial ValueRange

Block

Mode

RO /

Index

Number

Label

PARAMETER_NAME

Block Alarm

BLOCK_ALM 19 Dynamic

Data Type: DS‐72

The block alarm is used for all configuration,

hardware, connection failure, or system

problems in the block. The cause of the alert is

entered in the subcode field. The first alert to

become active will set the active status in the

status parameter. As soon as the unreported

status is cleared by the alert reporting

procedure, and other block alert may be

reported without clearing the active status, if

the subcode has changed.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 19.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 19.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

TIME_STAMP 19.3 RO N/A

SUBCODE 19.4 RO N/A

VALUE 19.5 RO

Alarm Summary

ALARM_SUM 20 0: Discrete alarm

7: Block Alarm

Data Type: DS‐74

The current alert status, unacknowledged

states, unreported states, and disabled states

of the alarms associated with the function

block.

0=clear reported

0=acknowledged

0=reported

0=enabled

CURRENT 20.1 RO All bits: 0

UNACKNOWLEDGED 20.2 RO All bits: 0

UNREPORTED 20.3 RO All bits: 0

DISABLED 20.4 RW All bits: 0

Acknowledge Option

ACK_OPTION 21 ALL 0: Discrete

1: Block Alarm All bits: 0

Data Type: Bit String

0=Disable

1=Enable

Used to set auto acknowledgement of alarms

Discrete Priority

DISC_PRI 22 ALL 0 to 15 0Data Type: Unsigned8

Priority of the discrete alarm.

Discrete Limit

DISC_LIM 23 ALL PV_STATE 0

Data Type: Unsigned8

State of discrete input which will generate an

alarm.

Discrete Alarm

DISC_ALM 24

Data Type: DS‐72

The discrete alarm is used for indication of a

state change in selected discrete channel.

UNACKNOWLEDGED 24.1 RW N/A

0=Undefined

1=Acknowledged

2=Unacknowledged

ALARM_STATE 24.2 RO N/A

0=Undefined

1=Clear reported

2=Clear not reported

3=Active reported

4=Active not reported

TIME_STAMP 24.3 RO N/A

SUBCODE 24.4 RO N/A

VALUE 24.5 RO N/A

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

186

View Lists

View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. Views 1 and 2 contain operating

parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation. View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains

static parameters with configuration and maintenance information. Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer.

Table 4‐82. DI Function Block, View 1

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV_D

8 OUT_D

17 FIELD_VAL_D

20.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT

20.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED

20.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED

20.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED

Table 4‐83. DI Function Block, View 2

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

10 XD_STATE

11 OUT_STATE

12.1 GRANT_DENY.GRANT

12.2 GRANT_DENY.DENY

Table 4‐84. DI Function Block, View 3

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

5.1 MODE_BLK.TARGET_MODE

5.2 MODE_BLK.ACTUAL_MODE

5.3 MODE_BLK.PERMITTED_MODE

5.4 MODE_BLK.NORMAL_MODE

6 BLOCK_ERR

7 PV_D

8 OUT_D

17 FIELD_VAL_D

20.1 ALARM_SUM.CURRENT

20.2 ALARM_SUM.UNACKNOWLEDGED

20.3 ALARM_SUM.UNREPORTED

20.4 ALARM_SUM.DISABLED

Table 4‐85. DI Function Block, View 4

Index Number Parameter

1 ST_REV

3 STRATEGY

4 ALERT_KEY

13 IO_OPTS

14 STATUS_OPTS

15 CHANNEL

16 PV_FTIME

21 ACK_OPTION

22 DISC_PRI

23 DISC_LIM

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

187

DISCRETE INPUT FUNCTION BLOCK

Quick Config

Alert Key

Process Value Discrete: Status

Process Value Discrete: Value

Common Config

Alert Key

Discrete Limit

I/O Options

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Process Value Filter Time

Advanced Config

DI Channel

Output State

Simulate Discrete: Simulate Status

Simulate Discrete: Simulate Value

Simulate Discrete: Transducer Status

Simulate Discrete: Transducer Value

Simulate Discrete: Simulate En/Disable

Static Revision

Status Options

Transducer State

Online

Block Error

Field Value Discrete: Status

Field Value Discrete: Value

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Output Discrete: Status

Output Discrete: Value

Process Value Discrete: Status

Process Value Discrete: Value

Status

Block Error

All

Characteristics

Static Revision

Tag Description

Strategy

Alert Key

Block Mode: Target

Block Mode: Actual

Block Mode: Permitted

Block Mode: Normal

Block Error

Process Value Discrete: Status

Process Value Discrete: Value

Output Discrete: Status

Output Discrete: Value

Simulate Discrete: Simulate Status

Simulate Discrete: Simulate Value

Simulate Discrete: Transducer Status

Simulate Discrete: Transducer Value

Simulate Discrete: Simulate En/Disable

Transducer State

Output State

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

I/O Options

Status Options

DI Channel

Process Value Filter Time

Field Value Discrete: Status

Field Value Discrete: Value

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Alarm Summary: Current

Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged

Alarm Summary: Unreported

Alarm Summary: Disabled

Acknowledge Option

Discrete Priority

Discrete Limit

Discrete Alarm: Unacknowledged

Discrete Alarm: Alarm State

Discrete Alarm: Time Stamp

Discrete Alarm: Subcode

Discrete Alarm: Discrete Value

Connectors

Output Discrete: Status

Output Discrete: Value

Strategy

Other

Tag Description

Grant Deny: Grant

Grant Deny: Deny

Update Event: Unacknowledged

Update Event: Update State

Update Event: Time Stamp

Update Event: Static Rev

Update Event: Relative Index

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Time Stamp

Block Alarm: Subcode

Block Alarm: Value

Alarm Summary: Current

Alarm Summary: Unacknowledged

Alarm Summary: Unreported

Alarm Summary: Disabled

Acknowledge Option

Discrete Alarm: Unacknowledged

Discrete Alarm: Alarm State

Discrete Alarm: Time Stamp

Discrete Alarm: Subcode

Discrete Alarm: Discrete Value

Field Communicator Menu Structure

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Detailed Setup—DI Function Block

January 2015

188

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Calibration

January 2015

189

Section 5 Calibration 5-5-

Calibration Overview

When a DVC6200f digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the factory mounts the digital

valve controller on the actuator and connects the necessary tubing, then sets up and calibrates the controller.

For digital valve controllers that are ordered separately, recalibration of the pressure sensors generally is unnecessary.

However, after mounting on an actuator, perform the initial setup then calibrate travel by selecting Configure / Setup >

Calibration > Auto Calibration. For more detailed calibration information, refer to the following calibration procedures.

Calibration

Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration

 Auto Calibration —This procedure automatically calibrates the travel. The calibration procedure uses the valve and

actuator stops as the 0% and 100% calibration points. See page 190.

 Manual Calibration —This procedure permits manual calibration of the travel. This calibration procedure allows you

to determine the 0% and 100% calibration points. See page 190.

 Relay —This procedure permits adjustment of the pneumatic relay. See page 191.

 Supply Pressure —This procedure permits calibrating the supply pressure sensor. Normally the sensor is calibrated at

the factory and should not need calibration. See page 192.

 Pressure A— This procedure permits calibrating the pressure A sensor. Normally the sensor is calibrated at the

factory and should not need calibration. See page 193.

 Pressure B —This procedure permits calibrating the pressure B sensor. Normally the sensor is calibrated at the

factory and should not need calibration. See page 193.

Note

The Instrument Mode must be Out Of Service and the Protection set to None before the instrument can be calibrated.

If you are operating in burst mode, we recommend that you disable burst before continuing with calibration. Once calibration is

complete, burst mode may then be turned back on.

WARNING

During calibration the valve will move full stroke. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of

pressure or process fluid, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the

process fluid.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Calibration

January 2015

190

If a double‐acting relay is used, you will be prompted to run the relay adjustment when auto or manual calibration is

selected. Select Yes to adjust the relay, select No to proceed with calibration. For additional information, refer to Relay

Adjustment in this section.

Note

Relay Adjustment is only available for the double‐acting relay (Relay A).

Auto Calibration

Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Auto Calibration

Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to automatically calibrate travel.

1. The auto calibration procedure is automatic. It is completed when the Calibration menu appears.

During calibration, the instrument seeks the high and low end points and the minor loop feedback (MLFB) and output

bias. By searching for the end points, the instrument establishes the limits of physical travel, i.e. the actual travel 0 and

100% positions. This also determines how far the relay beam swings to calibrate the sensitivity of the MLFB sensor.

2. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the travel properly tracks the current source.

Manual Calibration

Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Manual Calibration

Note

0% Travel = Valve Closed ; 100% Travel = Valve Open

1. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of change required to set the travel at 0% (move the valve

to close). Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10.0%, 1.0%, and 0.1%,

respectively, to the travel feedback movement. Selecting Next will implement the adjustment.

If another adjustment is required, repeat step 1. Otherwise, select Done and go to step 2.

2. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to 100% (move the

valve to open).

If another adjustment is required, repeat step 2. Otherwise, select Done and go to step 3.

3. Enter the name of the person performing the calibration procedure.

4. Enter the location of the calibration procedure.

5. Enter the date of the calibration procedure.

6. Place the Transducer Block Mode in Manual and verify that the travel properly tracks the setpoint changes.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Calibration

January 2015

191

Relay

Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Relay

Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to check relay adjustment. Replace the digital valve controller

cover when finished.

Note

Relay B and C are not user‐adjustable.

Double‐Acting Relay

The double‐acting relay is designated by “Relay A” on a label affixed to the relay itself. For double‐acting actuators, the

valve must be near mid‐travel to properly adjust the relay. The Field Communicator will automatically position the

valve when Relay is selected.

CAUTION

Care should be taken during relay adjustment as the adjustment disc may disengage if rotated too far.

Rotate the adjustment disc, shown in figure 5‐1, until the output pressure displayed on the Field Communicator is

between 50 and 70% of supply pressure. This adjustment is very sensitive. Be sure to allow the pressure reading to

stabilize before making another adjustment (stabilization may take up to 30 seconds or more for large actuators).

Figure 5‐1. Relay A Adjustment (Shroud Removed for Clarity)

ADJUSTMENT DISC

FOR SINGLE‐ACTING DIRECT

RELAYS: ROTATE ADJUSTMENT

DISC IN THIS DIRECTION UNTIL IT

CONTACTS THE BEAM

FOR DOUBLE‐ACTING RELAYS:

ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN

THIS DIRECTION TO DECREASE

OUTPUT PRESSURE

FOR DOUBLE‐ACTING RELAYS:

ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN

THIS DIRECTION TO INCREASE

OUTPUT PRESSURE

W9034

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Calibration

January 2015

192

If the low bleed relay option has been ordered stabilization may take approximately two minutes longer than the

standard relay.

Relay A may also be adjusted for use in single‐acting‐ direct applications. Rotate the adjustment disc as shown in figure

5‐1 for single‐acting direct operation.

Single‐Acting Relays

WARNING

For instrument level PD only:

If the unused port is monitoring pressure, ensure that the pressure source conforms to ISA Standard 7.0.01 and does not

exceed the pressure supplied to the instrument.

Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage caused by loss of process control.

Single‐Acting Direct Relay

The single‐acting direct relay is designated by “Relay C” on a label affixed to the relay itself. Relay C requires no

adjustment.

Single‐Acting Reverse Relay

The single‐acting reverse relay is designated by “Relay B” on a label affixed to the relay itself. Relay B is calibrated at the

factory and requires no further adjustment.

Supply Pressure Sensor

Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Supply Pressure

Note

The pressure sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not require calibration.

To calibrate the supply pressure sensor, connect an external reference gauge to the output side of the supply

regulator. The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure. Select Follow the

prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the instrument's supply pressure sensor.

1. Select a) Zero Only, or b) Zero and Span (gauge required).

a. If Zero Only calibration is selected, adjust the supply pressure regulator to remove supply pressure from the

instrument. Press OK. Once calibration is complete, go to step 5.

b. If Zero and Span calibration is selected, adjust the supply pressure regulator to remove supply pressure from the

instrument. Press OK. Adjust the supply regulator to the maximum instrument supply pressure. Press OK.

Proceed with step 2.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Calibration

January 2015

193

2. The following message appears:

Use the Increase and

Decrease selections until

the displayed pressure

matches the instrument

supply pressure.

Press OK when you have read this message.

3. The value of the pressure appears on the display.

4. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value. Selecting large,

medium, and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 3.0 psi/0.207 bar/20.7 kPa, 0.30 psi/0.0207

bar/2.07 kPa, and 0.03 psi/0.00207 bar/0.207 kPa, respectively. Adjust the displayed value until it matches the

supply pressure, select Done and go to step 5.

5. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured supply pressure.

Pressure A or B Sensor

Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Pressure A

Field Communicator TB > Configure/Setup > Calibration > Pressure B

To calibrate the output pressure sensor, connect an external reference gauge to the output being calibrated. The

gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure. Select . Follow the prompts on the Field

Communicator display to calibrate the instrument's output pressure sensor.

1. Adjust the supply pressure regulator to the maximum instrument supply pressure. Press OK.

2. The instrument reduces the output pressure to 0. The following message appears.

Use the Increase and

Decrease selections

until the displayed

pressure matches the

output x pressure.

Press OK when you have read the message.

3. The value of the output pressure appears on the display. Press OK to display the adjustment menu.

4. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value. Selecting large,

medium, and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 3.0 psi/0.207 bar/20.7 kPa, 0.30 psi/0.0207

bar/2.07 kPa, and 0.03 psi/0.00207 bar/0.207 kPa, respectively. If the displayed value does not match the output

pressure, press OK, then repeat this step (step 4) to further adjust the displayed value. When the displayed value

matches the output pressure, select Done and go to step 5.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Calibration

January 2015

194

5. The instrument sets the output pressure to full supply. The following message appears.

Use the Increase and

Decrease selections

until the displayed

pressure matches the

output x pressure.

Press OK when you have read the message.

6. The value of the output pressure appears on the display. Press OK to display the adjustment menu.

7. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value. If the displayed value

does not match the output pressure, press OK, then repeat this step (step 7) to further adjust the displayed value.

When the displayed value matches the output pressure, select Done and go to step 8.

8. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured output pressure.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

195

Section 6 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics6-6-

View Lists

View Lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time. View lists are available for the

resource and transducer blocks, and the function blocks.

Resource Block—tables 4‐4 through 4‐7

Transducer Block—tables 4‐15 through 4‐23

AO Function Block—tables 4‐26 through 4‐29

PID Function Block—tables 4‐33 through 4‐37

IS Function Block—tables 4‐41 through 4‐44

OS Function Block—tables 4‐49 through 4‐52

AI Function Block—tables 4‐58 through 4‐61

MAI Function Block—tables 4‐65 through 4‐68

DO Function Block—tables 4‐73 through 4‐76

DI Function Block—tables 4‐82 through 4‐85

Note

Views Lists are used by hosts for efficient monitoring of multiple parameters. Normally you will not be aware of view list usage, as

they are hidden by the host software.

Resource Block

This section contains information on the DVC6200f digital valve controller resource block. The resource block defines

the physical resources of the device. The resource block also handles functionality that is common across multiple

blocks. The block has no linkable inputs or outputs.

Table 6‐1. Resource Block BLOCK_ERR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other ‐ Set if a device initialization error occurred.

1Block Configuration Error ‐ Set if FEATURE_SEL, CYCLE_SEL, or CYCLE_TYPE is set incorrectly.

2Link Configuration Error ‐ N/A

3Simulate Active ‐ Indicates that the simulation jumper is in place on the aux terminals. This is not an indication that the I/O

blocks are using simulation data. See AO block parameter SIMULATE [10] and DO block parameter SIMULATE_D [10].

4Local Override ‐ N/A

5Device Fault State ‐ N/A

6Device Needs Maintenance Soon ‐ Indicates a Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active.

7Input failure/process variable had Bad status ‐ N/A

8Output failure ‐ N/A

9Memory failure ‐ Indicates a pending Flash or NVM failure.

10 Lost Static Data ‐ Indicates failure of the memory containing static parameters

11 Lost NV Data ‐ Indicates failure of the memory containing non‐volatile parameters.

12 Readback Check Failed ‐ NA

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now ‐ Indicates a Failed PlantWeb Alert condition is active.

14 Power Up ‐ Indicates the device has been powered up and the Resource Block is not running normally.

15 Out of Service (MSB) ‐ The resource block actual mode is Out of Service.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

196

Device Diagnostics

Resource Block Error

(RB > Device Diagnostics > Resource Block Error)

Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Resource Block Error

Block Error (BLOCK_ERR [6]) indicates an error status associated with hardware or software for the resource block.

Table 6‐1 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] parameter. Conditions in italics are not applicable for the

resource block and are provided only for your reference.

Device State

Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Device State

Device State (RS_STATE [7]) indicates the state of the function blocks. Four states are possible:

 Initialization—The instrument enters this state upon restart or failure. The function blocks are in the IMan mode.

During the initialization state, all unreported function block alarms are automatically confirmed and acknowledged.

Once the instrument is considered operational, block execution is scheduled and the instrument state moves to

Online.

 Online—The instrument will be in this state if it is operational. The function blocks are initially in the Auto mode, but

can be changed to a higher level mode.

 Standby—The instrument enters this state if the resource block mode is Out of Service (OOS). In this state all

function block modes are forced to Out of Service. The transducer block mode is not affected. When the resource

block mode is changed to Auto, the instrument state moves to Online.

 Failure— The instrument moves to this state whenever a hardware or memory failure is detected which would

prevent reliable operation. All function blocks and the transducer block modes are Out of Service.

Write Lock

Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Write Lock

 Write Alarm: Alarm State

 Write Lock

Write Lock (WRITE_LOCK [34]) determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters. The Soft Write Lock

feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock (see Selecting Features). When Write Lock is set to Locked, no

writes are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked. When locked, the

block functions normally, updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms. When Write Lock is set to Not

Locked, the Write Alarm alert is active.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

197

Block Alarm

Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Block Alarm

The Block Alarm (BLOCK_ALM [36]) is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in

the block.

 Block Alarm: Alarm State

Block Alarm: Alarm State (BLOCK_ALM. ALARM_STATE [36.2]) indicates the state of the Block Alarm. Five states are

possible:

 Undefined

 Clear reported

 Clear not reported

 Active reported

 Active not reported

 Block Alarm: Unacknowledged

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged (BLOCK_ALARM. UNACKNOWLEDGED [36.1])

1 = Undefined

2 = Acknowledged

3 = Unacknowledged

Maintenance

Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Maintenance

 Restart Actions

WARNING

Restarting the instrument may cause loss of process control. To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the

release of pressure of process fluid, isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or

bleed off the process fluid.

You can restart the instrument to reset parameters, links, etc. within the instrument. However, due to the effect that a

restart can have on the instrument, and therefore the control loop, restarting the instrument should be used

cautiously and only as a last measure. The following procedure describes how to use Restart Options to restart the

instrument with a Field Communicator. You can also restart the instrument using ValveLink software or from a host

system using the Restart method included with the device description (DD) software.

You can restart the instrument any time it is connected to an active segment.

Field Communicator RB > Device Diagnostics > Maintenance > Restart Actions

1. Restart informs you about what can happen when an instrument restart is performed. Select Yes to continue, or No

to abort without restarting.

2. Select the desired restart action or select EXIT to exit Restart. Select Help (not the Help button) to get information

on restart actions.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

198

There are two different restarts: Restart Processor, and Restart with Defaults:

When selecting either of these options, Restart informs you of the consequences of this action and asks if you want to

continue. Select Yes to perform the restart action, select No to select another action or exit. Restart informs you when

the restart is completed. You must acknowledge the message to continue.

Restart Processor—Performing a Restart Processor has the same effect as removing power from the instrument and

re‐applying power. Configuration and calibration do not change.

Restart with Defaults—Performing a Restart with Defaults should be done with care. This restart resets most of the

static and non‐volatile parameters for all of the blocks in the instrument to their initial value, as listed in table 4‐2. After

a Restart with Defaults, you should place the instrument in service (the transducer block mode to auto) and run Device

Setup and download the instrument configuration from the control system to properly setup the instrument. You also

may need to re‐establish communication links and trends.

 Fault State—Fault State (FAULT_STATE [28]), when active, indicates that the resource block is currently forcing the

output block to perform its FSTATE action. Selecting Fault State enables the ability to manually set and clear the

fault state.

 Set Fault State—Selecting Set Fault State (SET_FSTATE [29]) changes the Fault State (FAULT_STATE [28]) to Active.

Setting Set FState (SET_FSTATE [29]) to SET manually places the instrument in the fault state.

 Clear Fault State—Setting Clear FState (CLR_FSTATE [30]) to CLEAR clears the device fault state, if no faults are

currently active. You can test the actions the output blocks will perform by manually setting fault state active.

Device Variables

Instrument

Field Communicator RB > Device Variables > Instrument

The following parameters are contained in the the Instrument menu of the resource block.

Identification

 Device ID—The 32 character Device ID (DEVICE_ID [54]).

 Electronics Serial Number—The Electronics Serial Number (ELECTRONICS_SN [49]) set at the factory.

 Factory Serial Number—The Factory Serial Number (FACTORY_SN [50]) is the instrument serial number set at the

factory.

 Field Serial Number—The Field Serial Number (FIELD_SN [51]) is the serial number of the valve and actuator on

which the instrument is mounted.

 Tag Description—The Tag Description (TAG_DESC [2]) is unique description of each block within the digital valve

controller, used to describe the intended application for the block. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator

to enter an up to 32 character description for the block in the Tag Description field. (This parameter is read/write.)

 Strategy—Strategy (STRATEGY [3]) permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the

block is located. The blocks may be grouped by plant area, plant equipment, etc. Enter a value between 0 and

65535 in the Strategy field.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

199

 Manufacturer—Manufacturer Identification (MANUFAC_ID [10]) identifies the manufacturer of the instrument. It is

used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device. For Fisher the Manufacturer ID is 0x5100.

 Device Type—Device Type (DEV_TYPE [11]) identifies the type of device. It is used by the host system to locate the

DD file for the device. For a DVC6200f digital valve controller with Standard Control the device type is 0x4602.

Version

 Device Revision—Device Revision (DEV_REV [12]) identifies the device revision number. It is used by the host system

to locate the DD file for the device.

 Firmware Revision—Firmware Revision (FIRMWARE_REV_ALL [47.6]) shows all device firmware revisions currently in

operation.

 Standby Firmware Revision—Standby Firmware Revision (STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_ALL [55.6]) shows all device

firmware revisions currently in standby.

 Hardware Revision—Hardware Revision(HARDWARE_REV[48]) identifies the electronic hardware revision.

 ITK Version—ITK Version (ITK_VER [41]) identifies the major version of the Interoperability Tester used by the

Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable. This device revision meets the requirements of

version 5.

Options

Field Communicator RB > Device Variables > Options

The following parameters are contained in the the Options menu of the resource block.

 Diagnostic Options—Diagnostic Options (DIAG_OPTIONS [45]) shows the diagnostic options available in the

instrument.

 Function Block Options—Function Block Options (FB_OPTIONS [44]) shows which function blocks are licenced and

enabled in the instrument.

 Miscellaneous Options—Miscellaneous Options (MISC_OPTIONS [46]) indicates which miscellaneous licensing

options are enabled.

 Features Available—Features (FEATURES [17]) shows the supported resource block options.

DD Information

Field Communicator RB > Device Variables > DD Information

DD Information contains information about the Device Description (DD).

Transducer Block

This section contains information on the DVC6200f digital valve controller transducer block. Descriptions of all

transducer block parameters are included. The transducer block decouples function blocks from the local output

functions required to command output hardware. The transducer block typically contains setup and calibration

information.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

200

Device Diagnostics

Active PlantWeb Alerts

Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Active PlantWeb Alerts

To view the active PlantWeb alerts select Active PlantWeb Alerts.

Alert Conditions

Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Active Conditions

Instrument Alert Conditions, when enabled, detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest.

The alert conditions for each group of alerts are listed below. If there are no alerts active for a particular group the

group will not be displayed on the Field Communicator.

 Electronics—if an electronics alert is active it will appear under ELECT ALERTS

Drive Current

Drive Current Alert—This alert is active when the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive

Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time.

Drive Signal

Drive Signal Alert—The Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist:

Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed:

Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel > 3%

Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel < 97%

Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open:

Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel < 97%

Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel > 3%

Processor Impaired

Program Memory Alert—This alert is active if a pending flash or NVM failure is present.

Static Memory Alert—This alert is active when there is a failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are

stored.

Processor Alert—This alert is active when there is a failure of the main processor.

I/O Processor Alert—This alert is active when there is a failure of the I/O processor.

 Configuration—If a configuration alert is active it will appear under CONFIG ALERTS

Output Block Timeout

Output Block Timeout Alert—This alert is active if the output block has not executed for a period of time longer than

the configured timeout.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

201

Blocks Set to Default

Blocks Set to Default Alert—This alert is active if the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults. This will stay

active until the transducer block is changed from Out of Service.

 Sensor—If a configuration alert is active it will appear under SENSOR ALERTS

Travel Sensor

Travel Sensor—This alert is active if the Travel Sensor reading is outside the functional range, or the sensor becomes

disconnected.

Pressure Sensors

Pressure A Sensor Alert—This alert is active if the Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.

Pressure B Sensor Alert—This alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.

Supply Pressure Sensor Alert—This alert is active if the Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range.

Pressure Fallback

Pressure Fallback Alert—This alert is active if a travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback to

pressure control.

Temperature Sensor

Temperature Sensor Alert—This alert is active if the temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the

sensor.

 Environment—If an environment alert is active it will appear under ENVIRO ALERTS

Supply Pressure

Supply Pressure Hi Alert—This alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert.

Supply Pressure Lo Alert—This alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Lo Alert.

Temperature Limit

Temperature Hi Alert—This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point.

Temperature Lo Alert—This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Lo Alert Point.

 Travel—If a travel alert is active it will appear under TRAVEL ALERTS

Travel Deviation

Travel Deviation Alert—This alert is active if the Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than

the Travel Deviation Time.

Travel Limit

Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert—This alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert point.

Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert—This alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert point.

Travel Hi/Lo

Travel Limit Hi Alert—This alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Alert point.

Travel Limit Lo Alert—This alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Alert point.

 Proximity—If a proximity alert is active it will appear under PROX ALERTS

Travel Open

Travel Open Alert—This alert is active if the travel is greater than the travel open alert point.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

202

Travel Closed

Travel Closed Alert—This alert is active if the travel is greater than the travel closed alert point.

Proximity

Proximity Hi Hi Alert—This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point

and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband.

Proximity Hi Alert—This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and the

Travel Hi Deadband.

Proximity Lo Alert—This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and the

Travel Lo Deadband.

Proximity Lo Lo Alert—This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point

and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband.

 Travel History—If a travel history alert is active it will appear under TVL HIST ALERTS

Cycle Counter

Cycle Counter Alert—This alert is active if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Count Alert Point.

Travel Accumulator

Travel Accumulator Alert—This alert is active if the Travel Accumulator exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point.

 Performance—if a performance alert is active it will appear under PERF ALERTS

Performance Critical

Performance Critical Alert—This alert is active if the instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance

has been dramatically reduced.

Performance Reduced Alert—This alert is active if the instrument has detected a reduction in performance.

Performance Information Alert—This alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to

control performance.

Status

Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Status

Self Test Status

Integrator Suspended—The integrator function is temporarily suspended. The integrator is suspended if any of the

following conditions are met:

 The setpoint and actual travel are greater than 98% or less than 2%.

 The set point is in cutoff

 The Transducer block is Out of Service (OOS)

Integrator Limited Lo—Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further. High valve

friction may cause this situation.

Integrator Limited Hi—Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further. High valve

friction may cause this situation.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

203

Travel Sensor Span Error—Indicates that span between the endpoints of travel are not far enough apart. This error is

reported during automatic calibration.

MLFB Error—Indicates that the Minor Loop Feedback sensor gave a non‐valid value during automatic calibration.

Travel Sensor Hi Error—Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly above the normal

operating range, and has failed.

Travel Sensor Lo Error—Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly below the normal

operating range, and has failed.

Pressure B Sensor Failure—Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal

operating pressure, and has failed.

Pressure A Sensor Failure—Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal

operating pressure, and has failed.

Supply Sensor Failure—Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal

operating pressure, and has failed.

IOP Failure—Indicates the I/O processor has failed.

Drive Current Alert—Indicates that the Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Point for more than the Drive

Current Alert Time.

Simulate Jumper ON—Indicates the simulate jumper is connected to the DVC6200f between the two AUX terminals.

Block Error

Table 6‐2 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR [6] and XD_ERROR [11] parameters. Conditions in italics are not

applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference.

Table 6‐2. Transducer Block BLOCK_ERR and XD_ERROR Conditions

Condition Number Condition Name and Description

0Other ‐ (N/A)

1Block Configuration Error ‐ Indicates that one of the following parameters have been configured out of the proper range: 15,

16, 47.1, 47.2, 46.3, 46.5, 42.7, 42.8.

2Link Configuration Error ‐ (N/A)

3Simulate Active ‐ Indicates that alerts are being simulated. This is not an indication that the I/O blocks are using simulation

data. See AO block parameter SIMULATE [10] and DO block parameter SIMULATE_D [10].

4Local Override ‐ (N/A)

5Device Fault State - (NA)

6Maintenance Needed Soon ‐ (N/A)

7Input failure/process variable has Bad status ‐ (N/A)

8Output failure ‐ (N/A)

9Memory failure ‐ (N/A)

10 Lost Static Data ‐ Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete

11 Lost NV Data ‐ (N/A)

12 Readback Check Failed ‐ (N/A)

13 Device Needs Maintenance Now ‐ Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete

14 Power Up ‐ (N/A)

15 Out of Service ‐ Indicates Out of Service Mode.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

204

Device Record

Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Device Record

The following parameters are contained in the Device Record menu of the transducer block.

 Maximum Recorded Temperature—Maximum Recorded Temperature (TEMP_MAX [86.1]) shows the maximum

temperature the instrument has experienced since installation.

 Maximum Recorded Temperature Time—Maximum Recorded Temperature Time (TEMP_MAX_TIME [86.2]) shows

the date and time when the Temperature Maximum occurred.

 Minimum Recorded Temperature—Minimum Recorded Temperature (TEMP_MIN [86.3]) shows the minimum

temperature the instrument has experienced since installation.

 Minimum Recorded Temperature Time—Minimum Recorded Temperature Time (TEMP_MIN_TIME [86.4]) shows

the date and time when the Temperature Minimum occurred.

 Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure—Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure (SUPPLY_PRESS_MAX [86.5]) shows the

maximum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation.

 Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time—Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time (SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME

[86.6]) shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Maximum occurred.

 Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure—Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure (SUPP_PRESS_MIN [86.7]) shows the

minimum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation.

 Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time—Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time (SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME

[86.8]) shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Minimum occurred.

Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output

Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Stroke Valve

Stroke Valve is used to confirm proper valve operation. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to

select from the following: Done, Ramp Open, Ramp Closed, Ramp to Target, Step to Target, and Stop.

 Done—Select this if you are done. All ramping is stopped when DONE is selected.

 Ramp Open—ramps the travel toward open at the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.

 Ramp Closed—ramps the travel toward closed at the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.

 Ramp to Target—ramps the travel to the specified target at the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.

 Step to Target—steps the travel to the specified target.

 Stop—stops the command.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

205

Trend

Field Communicator TB > Device Diagnostic > Trend

Trend chart of Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE.VALUE [13.2]), Travel (TRAVEL.VALUE [34.2]), and Pressure A

(PRESSURE_A.VALUE [36.2]).

Device Variables

Field Communicator TB > Device Variables

All Block Modes

Block Mode: Target

The Target (TARGET [5.1]) mode is the mode requested by the user or host system. Generally, only one mode is

allowed to be set, and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter.

Additionally, all cascade targets (Cas, Rcas) must have AUTO set.

Block Mode: Actual

This is the current mode of the block. The actual (ACTUAL [5.2]) mode may differ from the target mode due to

operating conditions of the block.

Note

Block Mode:Actual drops the AUTO bit for the cascade targets. For example, target mode might have Cas and Auto set, but actual

mode will only have Cas set.

Block Mode: Permitted

The permitted (PERMITTED [5.3]) mode defines the modes allowed for the block. This is set by the user or host system

but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular block. Any change request

to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attribute to ensure the requested mode is

permitted. When setting the Permitted mode, there is no check against any of the other attributes (Normal or Target

modes). Therefore, the normal or target mode attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the

permitted attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set. This will have no effect on the instrument

until the user attempts to modify the Target or Normal mode. At this time these attributes are tested against the

Permitted modes, thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted.

Block Mode: Normal

The normal (NORMAL [5.4]) mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions. The normal

mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode (see permitted mode). The user or

host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and, based on the results, determine if the block is

operating normally.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

206

AO Control - Pre‐Characterization

 Setpoint

Setpoint (FINAL_VALUE.VALUE [13.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in % (percent) of ranged travel or pressure.

Setpoint is used for both travel and pressure control. This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is in

MAN mode, or will be written automatically by the AO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode.

 Setpoint Status

Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Setpoint Value (FINAL_VALUE.STATUS [13.2]); Good, Uncertain, or Bad.

 Travel (DeChar)

Travel (FINAL_POSITION_VALUE.VALUE [17.2]) shows the value of the travel in % (percent) of ranged travel. Travel

always represents how far the valve is open.

AO Control‐Post Characterization

 Travel Target

Travel target is the output from the characterization function.

 Travel

Travel (TRAVEL.VALUE [34.2]) displays the actual position of the valve in percent (%) of calibrated travel.

 Travel Status

Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Travel Value (TRAVEL.STATUS [34.1]); Good, Uncertain, or Bad.

DO Control

 Setpoint(D)

Discrete Setpoint (SETPOINT_D.VALUE [32.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values.

0 = closed, 1 = open, 5, 10, 15... = setpoint in 5% units. This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is

in MAN mode, or will be written automatically by the DO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode.

 Travel(D)

Travel (TRAVEL_D.VALUE [33.2]) shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values.

0 = closed, 1 = open, 5, 10, 15... = setpoint in 5% units.

Input Characterization

Input Characterization (INPUT_CHAR [50]) defines the relationship between the setpoint specified by the output

function block and the desired valve position.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

207

Travel/Pressure State

Travel/Pressure State (TVL_PRESS.STATE [41.2]) indicates if the instrument is being used for travel control (position

control) or as an I/P (pressure control).

PD Inside Status

PD Inside Status shows the status of Performance Diagnostics.

Protection

Indicates the status of Protection.

Drive Signal

Drive Signal (DRIVE_SIGNAL [53]) indicates the drive signal, as a percentage of the maximum drive available, going to

the I/P converter from the printed wiring board. In most applications, the drive signal ranges between 50% and 75% of

the maximum drive signal.

Temperature

Temperature (TEMPERATURE [48]) displays the internal temperature of the instrument in either degrees Fahrenheit or

Celsius.

Cycle Counter

Cycle Counter (CYCLE_COUNT [73]) records the number of times the travel changes direction. The change in direction

must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle.

Travel Accumulator

Travel Accumulator (TRAVEL_ACCUM [72]) indicates the total change in travel, in percent of ranged travel. The

accumulator only increments when travel exceeds the deadband. Then the greatest amount of change in one

direction from the original reference point (after the deadband has been exceeded) will be added to the Travel

Accumulator.

Travel Count

Travel Count (TVL_COUNT [43.1]) is the Travel Sensor readback displayed in A/D counts.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics

January 2015

208

Pressures

 Supply

Supply (SUPPLY_PRESSURE_VALUE [35.2]) shows the value of the supply pressure in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or

kg/cm2.

 Pressure A

Pressure A (PRESSURE_A.VALUE [36.2]) shows the value of Output Pressure A in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.

 Pressure B

Pressure B (PRESSURE_B.VALUE [37.2]) shows the value of Output Pressure B in psi, bar, kPa, inHg, inH2O, or kg/cm2.

 A Minus B

A Minus B (PRESSURE_DIFF.VALUE [38.2]) shows the value of the output pressure differential in psi, bar, kPa, inHg,

inH2O, or kg/cm2.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

209

Section 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting7-7-

The DVC6200f digital valve controller enclosure is rated Type 4X and IP66, therefore periodic cleaning of internal

components is not required. If the DVC6200f is installed in an area where the exterior surfaces tend to get heavily

coated or layered with industrial or atmospheric contaminants, however, it is recommended that the vent (key 52) be

periodically inspected to ensure it is fully open. If the vent appears to be clogged, it can be removed, cleaned and

replaced. Lightly brush the exterior of the vent to remove contaminants and run a mild water/detergent solution

through the vent to ensure it is fully open. Allow the vent to dry before reinstalling.

WARNING

Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure. Ensure that the housing vent

opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover.

WARNING

To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover when flammable gases or dust are present, do not rub or clean the cover

with solvents. To do so could result in a spark that may cause the flammable gases or dust to explode, resulting in personal

injury or property damage. Clean with a mild detergent and water only.

WARNING

Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts. Before performing

any maintenance procedures on the DVC6200f digital valve controller:

 Always wear protective clothing, gloves, and eyewear.

 Do not remove the actuator from the valve while the valve is still pressurized.

 Disconnect any operating lines providing air pressure, electric power, or a control signal to the actuator. Be sure the

actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve.

 Use bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure. Relieve process pressure

from both sides of the valve.

 Vent the pneumatic actuator loading pressure and relieve any actuator spring precompression.

 Use lock‐out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment.

 Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process

media.

WARNING

When using natural gas as the supply medium, or for explosion proof applications, the following warnings also apply:

 Remove electrical power before removing the housing cap. Personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion

may result if power is not disconnected before removing the cap.

 Remove electrical power before disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections.

 When disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections or any pressure retaining part, natural gas will seep from the

unit and any connected equipment into the surrounding atmosphere. Personal injury or property damage may result

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

210

from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken.

Preventive measures may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: ensuring adequate ventilation

and the removal of any ignition sources.

 Ensure that the cover is correctly installed before putting this unit back into service. Failure to do so could result in

personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion.

CAUTION

When replacing components, use only components specified by the factory. Always use proper component replacement

techniques, as presented in this manual. Improper techniques or component selection may invalidate the approvals and

the product specifications, as indicated in table 1‐1, and may also impair operations and the intended function of the

device.

Because of the diagnostic capability of the DVC6200f, predictive maintenance is available through the use of ValveLink

software. Using the digital valve controller, valve and instrument maintenance can be enhanced, thus avoiding

unnecessary maintenance. For information on using ValveLink software, refer to the ValveLink software online help.

Removing the Magnetic Feedback Assembly

To remove the magnet assembly from the actuator stem, perform the following basic steps.

1. Make sure that the valve is isolated from the process.

2. Remove the instrument terminal box cover.

3. Disconnect the field wiring from the terminal board.

4. Shut off the instrument air supply.

5. Disconnect the pneumatic tubing and remove the DVC6200f or the DVC6215 from the actuator.

6. Remove the screws holding the magnet assembly to the connector arm.

When replacing the instrument, be sure to follow the mounting guidelines in the Installation section. Setup and

calibrate the instrument prior to returning to service.

Module Base Maintenance

The digital valve controller contains a module base consisting of the I/P converter, printed wiring board assembly, and

pneumatic relay. The module base may be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing.

Tools Required

Table 7‐1 lists the tools required for maintaining the DVC6200f digital valve controller.

Table 7‐1. Tools Required

Tool Size Component

Phillips Screwdriver

Hex key

5 mm

1.5 mm

2.5 mm

6 mm

Relay, printed wiring board assembly, and cover screws

Terminal box screw

Terminal box cover screw

I/P converter screws

Module base screws

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

211

Component Replacement

When replacing any of the components of the DVC6200f, the maintenance should be performed in an instrument

shop whenever possible. Make sure that the electrical wiring and pneumatic tubing is disconnected prior to

disassembling the instrument.

Removing the Module Base

Refer to figure 8‐2 or 8‐4 for key number locations.

WARNING

To avoid personal injury or equipment damage from bursting of parts, turn off the supply pressure to the digital valve

controller and bleed off any excess supply pressure before attempting to remove the module base assembly from the

housing.

1. Unscrew the four captive screws in the cover (key 43) and remove the cover from the module base (key 2).

2. Using a 6 mm hex socket wrench, loosen the three‐socket head screws (key 38). These screws are captive in the

module base by retaining rings (key 154).

Note

The module base is linked to the housing by two cable assemblies. Disconnect these cable assemblies after you pull the module

base out of the housing.

CAUTION

To avoid affecting performance of the instrument, take care not to damage the module base seal or guide surface. Do not

bump or damage the bare connector pins on the PWB assembly. Damaging either the module base or guide surface may

result in material damage, which could compromise the instruments ability to maintain a pressure seal.

3. Pull the module base straight out of the housing (key 1). Once clear of the housing, swing the module base to the

side of the housing to gain access to the cable assemblies.

4. The digital valve controller has two cable assemblies, shown in figure 7‐1, which connect the module base, via the

printed wiring board assembly, to the travel sensor and the terminal box. Disconnect these cable assemblies from

the printed wiring board assembly on the back of the module base.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

212

Figure 7‐1. Printed Wiring Board Cable Connections

HOUSING

W9924‐1

CABLE TO TRAVEL SENSOR

PRINTED WIRING

BOARD

ASSEMBLY

CABLE

TO TERMINAL BOX

TERMINAL

BOX MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY

Replacing the Module Base

Refer to figure 8‐2 or 8‐4 for key number locations. Refer to figure 7‐2 for a view of the back of the PWB assembly

sub‐module.

Figure 7‐2. Back View of PWB Assembly Sub‐Module

GE39341

PINS REMOVED FOR

CONNECTOR KEYING

TERMINAL BOX

CONNECTOR TRAVEL SENSOR CONNECTOR

Note

To avoid affecting performance of the instrument, inspect the guide surface on the module and the corresponding seating area in

the housing before installing the module base assembly. These surfaces must be free of dust, dirt, scratches, and contamination.

Ensure the module base seal is in good condition. Do not reuse a damaged or worn seal.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

213

1. Ensure the module base seal (key 237) is properly installed in the housing (key 1). Ensure the O‐ring (key 12) is in

place on the module base assembly.

2. Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is required.

3. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is required.

4. Insert the module base (key 2) into the housing (key 1).

5. Install three socket head screws (key 38) in the module base into the housing. If not already installed, press three

retaining rings (key 154) into the module base. Evenly tighten the screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of

16 Nm (138 lbfin).

CAUTION

Personal injury, property damage, or disruption of process control can result if the cable assemblies/wiring are damaged

when attaching the cover to the module base assembly

Ensure that the cable assemblies/wiring are positioned in the cavity of the module base so they do not get compressed or

damaged when attaching the cover to the module base assembly in step 6.

6. Attach the cover (key 43) to the module base assembly.

Submodule Maintenance

The digital valve controller's module base contains the following submodules: I/P converter, PWB assembly, and

pneumatic relay. If problems occur, these submodules may be removed from the module base and replaced with new

submodules. After replacing a submodule, the module base may be put back into service.

CAUTION

Exercise care when performing maintenance on the module base. Reinstall the cover to protect the I/P converter and

gauges when servicing other submodules.

In order to maintain accuracy specifications, do not strike or drop the I/P converter during submodule maintenance.

I/P Converter

Refer to figure 8‐2 or 8‐4 for key number locations. The I/P converter (key 41) is located on the front of the module

base.

Note

After I/P converter submodule replacement, calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.

Replacing the I/P Filter

A screen in the supply port beneath the I/P converter serves as a secondary filter for the supply medium. To replace this

filter, perform the following procedure:

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

214

1. Remove the I/P converter (key 41) and shroud (key 169) as described in the Removing the I/P Converter procedure.

2. Remove the screen (key 231) from the supply port.

3. Install a new screen in the supply port as shown in figure 7‐3.

4. Inspect the O‐ring (key 39) in the I/P output port. if necessary, replace it.

5. Reinstall the I/P converter (key 41) and shroud (key 169) as described in the Replacing the I/P Converter procedure.

Figure 7‐3. I/P Filter Location

SCREEN (FILTER) LOCATED IN I/P

CONVERTER SUPPLY PORT

O‐RING LOCATED IN I/P

CONVERTER OUTPUT PORT

W8072

Removing the I/P Converter

1. Remove the front cover (key 43), if not already removed.

2. Refer to figure 7‐4. Using a 2.5 mm hex socket wrench, remove the four socket‐head screws (key 23) that attach the

shroud (key 169) and I/P converter (key 41) to the module base (key 2).

3. Remove the shroud (key 169); then pull the I/P converter (key 41) straight out of the module base (key 2). Be

careful not to damage the two electrical leads that come out of the base of the I/P converter.

4. Ensure that the O‐ring (key 39) and screen (key 231) stay in the module base and do not come out with the I/P

converter (key 41).

Replacing the I/P Converter

1. Refer to figure 7‐3. Inspect the condition of the O‐ring (key 39) and screen (key 231) in the module base (key 2).

Replace them, if necessary. Apply silicone lubricant to the O‐rings.

2. Ensure the two boots (key 210) shown in figure 7‐4 are properly installed on the electrical leads.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

215

W9328

SOCKET‐HEAD

SCREWS (4)

(KEY 23)

SHROUD

(KEY 169)

I/P CONVERTER

(KEY 41)

BOOTS

(KEY 210)

Figure 7‐4. I/P Converter

3. Install the I/P converter (key 41) straight into the module base (key 2), taking care that the two electrical leads feed

into the guides in the module base. These guides route the leads to the printed wiring board assembly submodule.

4. Install the shroud (key 169) over the I/P converter (key 41).

5. Install the four socket‐head screws (key 23) and evenly tighten them in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 1.6

Nm (14 lbfin).

6. After replacing the I/P converter, calibrate travel or perform touch‐up calibration to maintain accuracy

specifications.

Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Assembly

Refer to figure 8‐2 or 8‐4 for key number locations. The PWB assembly (key 50) is located on the back of the module

base assembly (key 2).

Note

The DVC6200f PWB assembly must be firmware revision 2.0 or later.

Note

If the PWB assembly submodule is replaced, calibrate and configure the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.

Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly

1. Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.

2. Remove three screws (key 33).

3. Lift the PWB assembly (key 50) straight out of the module base (key 2).

4. Ensure that the O‐rings (key 40) remain in the pressure sensor bosses on the module base assembly (key 2) after the

PWB assembly (key 50) has been removed.

Replacing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly

1. Apply silicone lubricant to the pressure sensor O‐rings (key 40) and install them on the pressure sensor bosses in the

module base assembly.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

216

2. Properly orient the PWB assembly (key 50) as you install it into the module base. The two electrical leads from the

I/P converter (key 41) must guide into their receptacles in the PWB assembly and the pressure sensor bosses on the

module base must fit into their receptacles in the PWB assembly.

3. Push the PWB assembly (key 50) into its cavity in the module base.

4. Install and tighten three screws (key 33) to a torque of 1 Nm (10.1 lbfin).

5. Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure.

6. Setup and calibrate the digital valve controller.

Note

Calibration is required for either Travel or Pressure Control after PWB Assembly replacement.

Note that only one calibration is needed, depending on control selection.

Pneumatic Relay

Refer to figure 8‐2 or 8‐4 for key number locations. The pneumatic relay (key 24) is located on the front of the module

base.

Note

After relay submodule replacement, calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications.

Removing the Pneumatic Relay

1. Loosen the four screws that attach the relay (key 24) to the module base. These screws are captive in the relay.

2. Remove the relay.

Replacing the Pneumatic Relay

1. Visually inspect the holes in the module base to ensure they are clean and free of obstructions. If cleaning is

necessary, do not enlarge the holes.

2. Apply silicone lubricant to the relay seal and position it in the grooves on the bottom of the relay as shown in

figure 7‐5. Press small seal retaining tabs into retaining slots to hold relay seal in place.

Figure 7‐5. Pneumatic Relay Assembly

W8074 RELAY SEAL

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

217

3. Position the relay (with shroud) on the module base. Tighten the four screws, in a crisscross pattern, to a final

torque of 2 Nm (20.7 lbfin).

4. Using the Field Communicator, verify that the value for Relay Type parameter matches the relay type installed.

5. After replacing the relay and verifying the relay type, calibrate travel or perform touch‐up calibration to maintain

accuracy specifications

Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or Tire Valves

Depending on the options ordered, the DVC6200f will be equipped with either gauges (key 47), pipe plugs (key 66), or

tire valves (key 67). Single‐acting direct instruments will also have a screen (key 236, figure 8‐3). These are located on

the top of the module base next to the relay.

Perform the following procedure to replace the gauges, tire valves, or pipe plugs. Refer to figure 8‐2and 8‐3 for key

number locations.

1. Remove the front cover (key 43).

2. Remove the gauge, pipe plug, or tire valve as follows:

For gauges (key 47), the flats are on the gauge case. Use a wrench on the flats of the gauge to remove the gauge from

the module base. For double‐acting instruments, to remove the supply gauge remove one of the output gauges.

For pipe plugs (key 66) and tire valves (key 67), use a wrench to remove these from the module base.

3. Apply zinc based anti-seize sealant (key 64) to the threads of the replacement gauges, pipe plugs, or tire valves.

4. Using a wrench, screw the gauges, pipe plugs, or tire valves into the module base.

Terminal Box

WARNING

Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section.

Refer to figure 8‐2 or 8‐4 for key number locations.

The terminal box is located on the housing and contains the terminal strip assembly for field wiring connections.

Removing the Terminal Box

WARNING

To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion, remove power to the instrument before removing

the terminal box cover in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous.

1. Loosen the set screw (key 58) in the cap (key 4) so that the cap can be unscrewed from the terminal box.

2. After removing the cap (key 4), note the location of field wiring connections and disconnect the field wiring from

the terminal box.

3. Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

218

4. Disconnect the terminal box wiring connector from the PWB assembly (key 50).

5. Remove the screw (key 72). Pull the terminal box assembly straight out of the housing.

Replacing the Terminal Box

Note

Inspect all O‐rings for wear and replace as necessary.

1. Apply lubricant, silicone sealant to the O‐ring (key 34) and install the O‐ring over the stem of the terminal box.

2. Insert the terminal box assembly stem into the housing until it bottoms out. Position the terminal box assembly so

that the hole for the screw (key 72) in the terminal box aligns with the threaded hole in the housing. Install the

screw (key 72).

3. Connect the terminal box wiring connector to the PWB assembly (key 50).

4. Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure.

5. Reconnect the field wiring as noted in step 2 in the Removing the Terminal Box procedure.

6. Apply lubricant, silicone sealant to the O‐ring (key 36) and install the O‐ring over the 2‐5/8 inch threads of the

terminal box. Use of a tool is recommended to prevent cutting the O‐ring while installing it over the threads.

7. Apply lithium grease (key 63) to the 2‐5/8 inch threads on the terminal box to prevent seizing or galling when the

cap is installed.

8. Screw the cap (key 4) onto the terminal box.

9. Install a set screw (key 58) into the cap (key 4). Loosen the cap (not more than 1 turn) to align the set screw over

one of the recesses in the terminal box. Tighten the set screw (key 58).

Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output

After completing maintenance procedures, confirm proper valve operation by stroking the digital valve controller

output. Refer to page 204.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

219

Instrument Troubleshooting

What to Do First

When a problem occurs, check the following first:

Mounting

 Is the feedback linkage connected correctly? See the beginning of this section.

Utility Connections

 Are pneumatic connections correct? Are there any air leaks? See the Installation section.

 Is the air supply pressure sufficient to drive the valve?

 Is the digital valve controller correctly connected to the fieldbus? See the Installation section.

 Is there power to the device? Is the terminal voltage between 9 and 32 volts? See the Installation section.

 Is the segment terminated correctly? See host system documentation.

 Is the host system connected to the segment? See host system documentation.

If communication or output difficulties are experienced with the instrument, refer to the troubleshooting information

provided in table 7‐2.

Also see the Technical Support Checklist found on page 224.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

220

Table 7‐2. Instrument Troubleshooting

Symptom Possible Cause Action

1 Instrument will not communicate. 1a No power to device 1a1 Ensure device is connected to the segment (see

host system documentation).

1a2 Measure the terminal voltage. Terminal voltage

should be between 9 and 32 VDC.

1a3 Check to be sure device is drawing current. There

should be approximately 19 mA.

1b Internal device wiring problems. 1b1 Verify connectors are plugged into the printed

wiring board correctly (see Printed Wiring Board

Assembly on page 215).

1b2 Check continuity of cable between terminal box

and printed wiring board. If necessary, replace the

terminal box assembly (see Replacing the Terminal Box

on page 218).

1b3 Check for damaged printed wiring board lands and

terminals. If necessary, replace the terminal box

assembly (see Replacing the Terminal Box on page

218).

1c Incompatible network settings 1c Change host parameters. Refer to host

documentation for procedure.

1d Defective printed wiring board (PWB) assembly. 1d Replace printed wiring board (see Replacing the

PWB Assembly on page 215.

1e Defective terminal box. 1e Check continuity from each screw terminal to the

corresponding PWB connector pin. If necessary, replace

the terminal box assembly (see Replacing the Terminal

Box on page 218).

1f Defective Field Communicator or ValveLink

modem cable.

1f If necessary, repair or replace cable.

1g Fieldbus card defective or not compatible with PC. 1g Replace Fieldbus card.

2 Device does not stay on segment. 2a Incorrect signal level. 2a1 Check that segment is properly terminated (see

host system documentation).

2a2 Wrong cable type or segment length too long. See

Site Planning Guide.

2a3 Bad power supply or conditioner.

2b Excess noise on segment. 2b1 Check integrity of wiring connections. Make sure

cable shield is grounded only at the control system.

2b2 Check for corrosion or moisture on terminals in

terminal box (refer to page 218 for terminal box

information).

2b3 Check for bad power supply.

2c Electronics failing. 2c. Replace printed wiring board assembly (see

Replacing the PWB Assembly on page 215).

3 A value cannot be written to a

parameter.

3a Resource block parameter Write Lock may be set to

Locked.

3a Change Write Lock to Not Locked (refer to page 21).

3b If a transducer block parameter, the mode may be

incorrect or the parameter may be protected.

3b1 Check table 4‐14. If necessary change the

transducer block target mode to Manual.

3b2 Check table 4‐14. If necessary change data

protection.

3c You have attempted to write a value that is outside

the valid range.

3c Check the range values listed for the parameter

(refer to the parameter tables in Section 4).

3.d Function block or in/out block mode may be

incorrect.

3.d. Confirm that block is in correct mode for writing to

any given parameter.

-Continued--Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

221

Table 7‐2. Instrument Troubleshooting (Continued)

ActionPossible CauseSymptom

4 Function block actual mode does not

change with target mode.

4a Resource block actual mode is Out of Service. 4a Change Resource block target mode to Auto (see

page 21, Resource Block Mode, or host system

documentation).

4b Transducer block actual mode is not Auto. 4b Change transducer block target mode to Auto (see

page 38, Transducer Block Mode or host system

documentation).

4c Schedules that define when function blocks execute

are not set correctly.

4c Set the schedules using host system or

configuration tool. All function blocks must be in a

schedule that is downloaded to the device.

4d Configuration error 4d Look for configuration error bit in BLOCK_ERR. By

default, all enumerature type parameters are initialized

to 0 (undefined). They must be configured before the

block can be put into service.

5 Input or Output Block does not go to

mode target

5a Resource block actual mode is Out of Service 5a Change Resource block target mode to Auto (see

page 21, Resource Block Mode, or host system

documentation).

5b Transducer block actual mode is not Auto. 5b Change transducer block target mode to Auto (see

page 38, Transducer Block Mode or host system

documentation).

5c Transducer has detected a hardware failure. 5c A bad status is passed to the block's READBACK or

FIELD_VAL parameter. See transducer section of

Detailed Setup for repair information.

5d Wrong output block is active. 5d Use Outblock Selection to select the desired output

block. The deselected block will have a bad status for

READBACK. This will keep it in IMAN mode when target

is other than OOS.

5e Output block is not licensed. 5e The Actual Block Mode (MODE_BLK.ACTUAL [5.2])

will remain out of service and the block cannot be

scheduled if the block has not bee licensed. Contact

your Emerson Process Management sales office to

upgrade product licensing.

5f Schedules that define when function blocks execute

are not set correctly.

5f Set the schedules using host system or configuration

tool. All function blocks must be in a schedule that is

downloaded to the device.

5g Configuration error. 5g Look for configuration error bit in BLOCK_ERR. By

default, all enumerature type parameters are initialized

to 0 (undefined). They must be configured before the

block can be put into service.

6 Block dynamic parameters do not

update

6a Block actual mode is Out of Service 6a Change the block target mode to an operational

mode (see Appendix D, FOUNDATION fieldbus

Communication and host system documentation).

7 Transducer block Setpoint

(FINAL_VALUE [13]) is not being

automatically updated from the AO

block.

7a Transducer block mode in not Auto. 7a Change transducer block mode to Auto.

7b AO block is not active. 7b Change Outblock Selection to AO Control.

8 Transducer block setpoint

Setpoint(D) (SETPOINT_D [32]) is not

being automatically updated from the

DO block.

8a Transducer block mode is not Auto. 8a Change transducer block mode to Auto.

8b DO block is not active. 8.b Change Outblock Selection to DO Control.

9 Valve does not move when the set

point is changed

9a A function block actual mode is Out of Service or

Transducer Block Actual mode is Out of Service or

Manual.

9a1 Change the target mode to an operational mode

(see Appendix D, FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

and host system documentation).

9a2 Verify that the correct block (AO or DO) is

configured in Feature Select in the resource block. Only

the selected out block is able to set the transducer

setpoint and move the valve.

9b Pneumatic connections are incorrect or supply

pressure is incorrect

9b Check pneumatic connections and supply pressure.

Be sure supply pressure regulator is set correctly.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

222

Table 7‐2. Instrument Troubleshooting

Symptom Possible Cause Action

9 Valve does not move when the set

point is changed

9c Instrument is in fault state. 9c Set Clear FState to Clear (Refer to Fault State on

page 23 of the Detailed Setup / Blocks Section, or host

system documentation).

9d The valve has failed. 9d Apply a pneumatic pressure to the valve actuator

and check valve action.

9e The I/P converter or relay has failed. 9e Replace the I/P converter or relay (see Replacing the

I/P Converter on page 214).

10 Valve does not stroke from 0 to

100% with set point change

10a Insufficient supply pressure or leak in pneumatic

connections.

10a Check supply pressure and supply pressure

regulator setting. Check for leaks around pneumatic

connections.

10b Setpoint may be limited. 10b Check the AO Block values of SP_HI_LIMIT and

SP_LO_LIMIT (see page 98 or host system

documentation).

11 Deviation between set point and

actual valve position remains.

11a Digital valve controller output is in cutoff. 11a Check values for Travel Cutoff High and Travel

Cutoff Low (see page 43 or host system

documentation).

11b Digital valve controller is not calibrated correctly 11b Perform Auto or Manual Travel Calibration (Travel

Calibration on page 190.)

11c Incorrect turning. Tuning that is too conservative will

result in excess error.

11c Perform Stabilizing/Optimize Valve Response

procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize/optimize

valve response (see Stabilize/Optimize on page 40).

12 The valve cycles, does not stay on

set point.

12a Large amount of packing friction. 12a1 Perform Stabilizing/Optimize Valve Response

procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize/optimize

valve response (see Stabilize/Optimize on page 40).

12a2 Use a larger size actuator.

13 Valve responds too slowly. 13a Insufficient instrument gain. 13a Perform Stabilize/Optimize Valve Response

procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize valve

response (see Stabilize/Optimize on page 40).

13b I/P converter input filter clogged or air blockage in

I/P ass'y nozzle block.

13b1 Replace I/P converter filter (see Replacing the I/P

Filter on page 213).

13b2 Replace I/P converter (see Replacing the I/P

Converter on page 214).

13c O‐ring(s) between I/P converter missing or hard and

flattened losing seal.

13c Replace O‐ring(s) (refer to the I/P Converter section

on page 213).

13d I/P ass'y out of spec. 13d I/P ass'y nozzle may have been adjusted.

Verify drive signal (55% to 80%) (refer to Elect and

Config on page 45 or host system documentation).

Replace I/P ass'y if drive signal is continuously high or

low (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page 214).

13e Defective gasket. 13e Check gasket for closed holes, excessive

deformation due to overtightening or “oozing”. If

necessary, replace gasket (see the beginning of this

section).

13f Defective relay. 13f Remove relay, inspect for missing Belleville washer,

missing valve spring, missing valve plug. Inspect “lip”

under top O‐ring for breakage due to relay removal.

Inspect O‐rings and replace if hard or damaged.

Replace parts or relay if I/P ass'y good and air passages

not blocked (see Replacing the Pneumatic Relay on

page 216).

13g If responds slowly only upon air demand, there may

be a restriction in the air line, the supply run may be

excessively long, or the supply regulator may be

defective or capacity not large enough.

13g1 Check supply line to ensure it is not clogged or

damaged. Replace if necessary.

13g2 If supply run is excessively long, a volume tank

may need to be installed on the the supply side of the

pressure regulator

13g3 Replace supply regulator

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

223

Table 7‐2. Instrument Troubleshooting (Continued)

ActionPossible CauseSymptom

14 Instrument will not calibrate, has

sluggish performance or oscillates.

14a Travel sensor failed. 14a Replace the housing (key 1)

14b Travel feedback is out of accepted range 14b Check the mounting. Ensure the correcting

mounting kit has been selected and the magnetic array

is properly installed.

14c Cables not plugged into PWB correctly. 14c Inspect connections and correct.

14d Configuration errors. 14d Verify configuration. Use Device Setup on page 16.

14e Restricted pneumatic passages in I/P converter 14e Check screen in I/P converter supply port of the

module base. Replace if necessary. If passages in I/P

converter restricted, replace I/P converter (see

Replacing the I/P Converter on page 214).

14f O‐ring(s) between I/P converter ass'y missing or hard

and flattened losing seal.

14f Replace O‐ring(s) (refer to the I/P Converter section

on page 213).

14g I/P converter ass'y damaged/corroded/clogged. 14g Check for bent flapper, open coil (continuity),

contamination, staining, or dirty air supply. Coil

resistance should be between 1680 ‐ 1860 ohms.

Replace I/P ass'y if damaged, corroded, clogged, or

open coil (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page 214).

14h I/P converter ass'y out of spec. 14h I/P converter ass'y nozzle may have been adjusted.

Verify drive signal (55 to 80% for double‐acting; 60 to

85% for single‐acting) with the valve off the stops.

Replace I/P converter ass'y if drive signal is continuously

high or low (see Replacing the I/P Converter on page

214).

14i Defective module base seal. 14i Check module base seal for condition and position.

If necessary, replace seal. Refer to Module Base

Maintenance on page 210.

14j Defective relay. 14j Depress relay beam at adjustment location in

shroud, look for increase in output pressure. Remove

relay, inspect relay seal. Replace relay seal or relay if I/P

converter ass'y good and air passages not blocked

(refer to Replacing the Pneumatic Relay on page 216).

Check relay adjustment (refer to page 191).

14k Defective 67CFR regulator, supply pressure gauge

jumps around.

14k Replace 67CFR regulator.

15 Instrument will not calibrate. 15a Configuration errors. 15a Verify configuration.

15b Magnet assembly is not correctly installed. 15b Check the mounting. Ensure the correcting

mounting kit has been selected and the magnetic array

is properly installed.

15c Cables not plugged into PWB correctly. 15c Inspect connections and correct.

16 ValveLink diagnostic tests provide

erroneous results.

16a Defective pressure sensor(s). 16a Replace PWB (see Replacing the PWB Assembly on

page 215).

16b Pressure sensor O‐ring(s) missing. 16b Replace O‐ring(s).

17 Cannot perform advanced

diagnostics.

17a Instrument does not have proper tiering. 17a Upgrade tiering.

18 A PlantWeb alert is active, but not

reported (broadcast) automatically.

18a PlantWeb alerts in firmware 1.5 and higher are

mode‐based. Transducer block mode may be in MAN or

OOS.

18a Check transducer block mode. Change to AUTO if

appropriate.

19 Field Communicator does not turn

on.

19a Battery pack not charged. 19a Charge battery pack.

Note: Battery pack can be charged while attached to the

Field communicator or separately. The Field

Communicator is fully operable while the battery pack is

charging. Do not attempt to charge the battery pack in

a hazardous area.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Maintenance and Troubleshooting

January 2015

224

Technical Support Checklist

Have the following information available prior to contacting your Emerson Process Management sales office for

support.

Reference

1. Instrument serial number as read from nameplate _________________________________________

2. What is the firmware version of the DVC6200f? _________________

3. What is the hardware version of the DVC6200f? ________________

4. What is the Diagnostic Tier of the DVC6200f? FD___ AD___ PD___

5. What is the Control Tier of the DVC6200f? SC___ FL___ FC___

6. What is the address of the DVC6200f? ________________________

Mode and Status

7. What are the DVC6200f Block Modes?

Actual Modes: Resource Block _____ Transducer Block_____ Analog Output Block _____

Target Modes: Resource Block _____ Transducer Block_____ Analog Output Block _____

Permitted Modes: Resource Block _____ Transducer Block_____ Analog Output Block _____

8. What is the status of the individual function blocks?

Operational

9. Does the digital valve controller respond to the control signal? Yes _________ No _________

If No, describe

10. Is it on Travel or Pressure control?

11. What are the following parameter readings?

Setpoint _________ Drive Signal _________%

Supply Pressure _________ Pressure A _________ Pressure B _________

Travel Target _________% Travel _________% Pressure B _________

12. What is the safe position of the valve? Fail Closed ____ Fail Open ____

Interface and Diagnostic Tools

13. What interface and diagnostic tools are available?___________________________________

14. Provide any available supporting documentation, such as Status Monitor, Detailed Setup, any alert readings.

Mounting

Reference

1. Actuator application: sliding-stem? _________ Rotary? _________

2. Which digital valve controller do you have? DVC6200f _________ DVC6205f/DVC6215 _________

3. What Make, Brand, Style, Size, etc. actuator is the DVC6200f mounted on? _________________________

Operational

4. What is the full travel of the valve?__________________________________

5. What is the Mounting Kit part number? ______________________________

Other

6. If mounting kits are made by LBP/Customer, please provide pictures of installation.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

225

Section 8 Parts8-8-

Parts Ordering

Whenever corresponding with your Emerson Process Management sales office about this equipment, always mention

the controller serial number. When ordering replacement parts, refer to the 11‐character part number of each

required part as found in the following parts list. Part numbers are shown for kits and recommended spares only. For

part numbers not shown, contact your Emerson Process Management sales office.

WARNING

Use only genuine Fisher replacement parts. Components that are not supplied by Emerson Process Management should

not, under any circumstances, be used in any Fisher instrument. Use of components not supplied by Emerson Process

Management may void your warranty, might adversely affect the performance of the instrument, and could cause personal

injury and property damage.

Parts Kits

Kit Description Part Number

1* Elastomer Spare Parts Kit (kit contains parts to

service one digital valve controller)

Standard 19B5402X012

Extreme Temperature option

(fluorosilicone elastomers) 19B5402X022

2* Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit (kit contains parts

to service one digital valve controller) 19B5403X012

3* Seal Screen Kit

[kit contains 25 seal screens (key 231)

and 25 O‐rings (key 39)]

Standard and Extreme Temperature option 14B5072X182

(fluorosilicone elastomers)

4* Terminal Box Kit

Aluminum

Standard GE44077X012

Standard, Natural Gas approved GE44081X012

Extreme Temperature option

(fluorosilicone elastomers) GE44078X012

Extreme Temperature option

(fluorosilicone elastomers)

Natural Gas Approved GE44082X012

Stainless Steel, fluorosilicone elastomers GE44080X012

5* I/P Converter Kit

Standard 38B6041X152

For Extreme Temperature option

(fluorosilicone elastomers) 38B6041X132

Kit Description Part Number

6* Spare Module Base Assembly Kit

[kit contains module base (key 2); drive screws, qty. 2,

(key 11); shield/label (key 19); hex socket cap screw, qty. 3,

(key 38); self tapping screw, qty. 2 (key 49); pipe plug, qty. 3

(key 61); retaining ring, qty. 3 (key 154); screen (key 236);

and flame arrestors, qty. 3 (key 243)]

Aluminum GE18654X012

Stainless Steel GE18654X022

7* Spare Housing Assembly Kit,

[kit contains housing (key 1); vent assembly (key 52);

seal (only included in Housing A kits) (key 288);

seal (key 237); O‐ring (key 34); O‐ring (only used

with integrally mounted regulator) (key 5)]

Aluminum

Housing A (used for GX actuator)

Standard (nitrile elastomers) GE48798X032

Extreme Temperature option

(fluorosilicone elastomers) GE48798X042

Housing B (used for all actuators except GX)

Standard (nitrile elastomers) GE48798X072

Extreme Temperature option

(fluorosilicone elastomers) GE48798X082

Stainless Steel

Housing B (used for all actuators except GX)

Standard (nitrile elastomers) GE48798X092

Extreme Temperature option

(fluorosilicone elastomers) GE48798X102

*Recommended spare parts

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

226

Kit Description Part Number



8* Spare I/P Shroud Kit

[kit contains shroud (key 169) and

hex socket cap screw, qty. 4 (key 23)] GE29183X012

9 Remote Mount Feedback Unit Kit (see figure 8‐5)

[remote housing assembly (key25); hex socket set

screw (key 58); 1/2 NPT pipe plug (key 62); wire retainer, qty 2

(key 131); terminal cover (key 255); o-ring (key 256); gasket

(Housing A only, used for GX actuator) (key 287); seal

(Housing A only, used for GX actuator) (key 288)]

Housing A (used for GX actuator) GE46670X012

Housing B (used for all actuators except GX) GE40178X012

10 Feedback Array Kit

Sliding Stem (Linear)

[kit contains feedback array and hex socket cap screws, qty.2,

washer, plain, qty.2, external tooth lock washer, qty.2 (only with

aluminum feedback array kit) and alignment template.

210 mm (8-1/4 inch) kit contains feedback array and hex

socket cap screws, qty. 4,washer, plain, qty. 4, external tooth

lock washer, qty. 4 (only with aluminum feedback array kit),

alignment template and insert]. Stainless steel kits only for use

with stainless steel mounting kits.

7 mm (1/4-inch)

Aluminum GG20240X012

19 mm (3/4-inch)

Aluminum GG20240X022

Stainless steel GE65853X012

25 mm (1-inch)

Aluminum GG20240X032

Stainless steel GE65853X022

38 mm (1-1/2 inch)

Aluminum GG20240X042

Stainless steel GE65853X032

50 mm (2-inch)

Aluminum GG20240X052

Stainless steel GE65853X042

110 mm (4-1/8 inch)

Aluminum GG20240X082

Stainless steel GE65853X062

210 mm (8-1/4 inch)

Aluminum GG20243X012

Stainless steel GE65853X072

Rotary

[Kit contains feedback assembly, pointer assembly, travel

indicator scale and M3 machine pan head screws qty.2].

Stainless steel kits only for use with stainless steel mounting kits.

Aluminum GE71982X012

Stainles steel GE71982X022

11 Mounting Shield Kit

[kit contains shield, qty. 3 and machine

screws, qty. 6] GG05242X022

12* Gasket/Seal Kit, for use with GX actuator

[kit contains insulating gasket (key 287)

and seal (key 288)] GE45468X012

Parts List

Note

Part numbers are shown for recommended spares only. For part

numbers not shown, contact your Emerson Process Management sales

office.

Parts with footnote numbers are available in parts kits; see footnote

information at the bottom of the page.

Key Description Part Number

Housing (see figure 8‐2 and 8‐4)

DVC6200f and DVC6205f

1 Housing(7)

11 Drive Screw (2 req'd) (DVC6205f only)

20 Shield (DVC6205f only)

52 Vent, plastic(2)

74 Mounting Bracket (DVC6205f only)

248 Screw, hex head (4 req’d) (DVC6205f only)

249 Screw, hex head (4 req’d) (DVC6205f only)

250 Spacer (4 req’d) (DVC6205f only)

267 Standoff (2 req’d) (DVC6205f only)

271 Screen(7)

287 Gasket, Housing A only (used for GX actuator) (DVC6200f only)

288 Seal, Housing A only (used for GX actuator) (DVC6200f only)

Common Parts

(see figure 8‐2, 8‐3, and 8‐4)

DVC6200f and DVC6205f

16* O‐ring(1) (3 req'd)

29 Warning label, for use only with LCIE hazardous area

classifications

33 Mach Screw, pan hd, SST(2) (3 req'd)

38 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2)(6) (3 req'd)

43* Cover Assembly (includes cover screws)

Standard 38B9580X022

Extreme temperature option

 (fluorosilicone elastomers) 38B9580X032

48 Nameplate

49 Screw, self tapping (2 req'd)(6)

61 Pipe Plug, hex socket(6)

Housing A with relay C (2 req'd ) (used for GX actuator)

Housing A with relay B (1 req'd) (used for GX actuator)

Housing B with relay B and C (1 req'd)

(used for all actuators except GX)

Not required for relay A

63 Lithium grease (not furnished with the instrument)

64 Zinc based anti‐seize compound (not furnished with the

instrument)

65 Lubricant, silicone sealant (not furnished with the instrument)

154 Retaining Ring(2) (3 req'd)

236 Screen (required for relay B and C only)(7)

237 Module Base Seal(1)

*Recommended spare

1. Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit

2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit

6. Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit

7. Available in the Spare Housing Assembly Kit

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

227

Figure 8‐1. Terminal Box of Natural Gas Certified

FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller

GAS‐BLOCKING

PRESS‐FIT ADAPTOR

WIRING CONNECTOR

W9923‐1

Key Description

Module Base

(see figure 8‐2 and 8‐4)

DVC6200f and DVC6205f

2 Module Base(6)

11 Drive Screw(6) (2 req'd)

12 O‐ring(1)

19 Label, Shield Assembly(6)

61 Pipe Plug, hex socket(6) (3 req'd)

243 Slotted Pin (flame arrestor)(6) (3 req'd)

I/P Converter Assembly

(see figure 8‐2 and 8‐4)

DVC6200f and DVC6205f

23 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2)(8) (4 req'd)

39* O‐ring(1)(3)(5)

41 I/P Converter(5)

169 Shroud(5)(8) (not shown, see figure 7‐4)

210* Boot, nitrile(1)(5) (2 req'd) (see figure 7‐4)

231* Seal Screen(1)(3)(5)

Key Description Part Number

Relay (see figure 8‐2 and 8‐4)

DVC6200f and DVC6205f

24* Relay Assembly, (includes shroud, relay seal, mounting screws)

Standard (nitrile elastomers)

Standard Bleed

Housing A (used for GX actuator)

Single‐/acting direct (relay C) 38B5786X182

Single‐acting reverse (relay B) 38B5786X172

Housing B (used for all actuators except GX)

Single‐acting direct (relay C) 38B5786X132

Double‐acting (relay A) 38B5786X052

Single‐acting reverse (relay B) 38B5786X092

Low Bleed

Housing A (used for GX actuator)

Single‐acting direct (relay C) 38B5786X202

Single‐acting reverse (relay B) 38B5786X192

Housing B (used for all actuators except G)

Single‐acting direct (relay C) 38B5786X152

Double‐acting (relay A) 38B5786X072

Single‐acting reverse (relay B) 38B5786X112

Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)

Standard Bleed

Single‐acting direct (relay C) 38B5786X142

Double‐acting (relay A) 38B5786X032

Single‐acting reverse (relay B) 38B5786X102

Low Bleed

Single‐acting direct (relay C) 38B5786X162

Double‐acting (relay A) 38B5786X082

Single‐acting reverse (relay B) 38B5786X122

Loop Connections Terminal Box

(see figure 8‐2 and 8‐4)

DVC6200f and DVC6205f

4 Terminal Box Cap

34* O‐ring(1)(4)

36* O‐ring(1)(4)

58 Set Screw, hex socket, SST(2)

72 Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2)

164 Terminal Box Assembly

*Recommended spare

1. Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit

2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit

3. Available in the Seal Screen Kit

4. Available in the Terminal Box Kit

5. Available in the I/P Converter Kit

6. Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit

8. Available in the Spare Shroud Kit

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

228

Key Description Part Number

Feedback Connections Terminal

Box (see figure 8‐4)

DVC6205f

4 Terminal Box Cap

34* O‐ring(1)(4)

36* O‐ring(1)(4)

58 Set Screw, hex socket, SST(2)

62 Pipe Plug, hex hd, SST

64 Anti‐seize compound (not furnished with the instrument)

262 Adapter

263* O-ring

Standard 1F463606992

Extreme temperature option, (fluorosilicone) 1F4636X0092

264 Terminal Box Assembly, remote

PWB Assembly

(see figure 8‐2 and 8‐4)

DVC6200f and DVC6205f

Note

Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office if a replacement

PWB is needed.

50* PWB Assembly

Standard Control

Fieldbus Diagnostics

Advanced Diagnostics

Performance DIagnostic

Fieldbus Control

Fieldbus Diagnostics

Advanced Diagnostics

Performance Diagnostics

Fieldbus Logic

Fieldbus Diagnostics

Advanced Diagnostics

Performance Diagnostics

Key Description Part Number

Pressure Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or

Tire Valve Assemblies

(see figure 8‐3)

DVC6200f and DVC6205f

47* Pressure Gauge, nickel‐plated brass case, brass connection

Double‐acting (3 req'd); Single‐acting (2 req'd)

PSI/MPA Gauge Scale

To 60 PSI, 0.4 MPa 18B7713X042

To 160 PSI, 1.1 MPa 18B7713X022

PSI/bar Gauge Scale

To 60 PSI, 4 bar 18B7713X032

To 160 PSI, 11 bar 18B7713X012

PSI/KG/CM2 Gauge Scale

To 60 PSI, 4 KG/CM218B7713X072

To 160 PSI, 11 KG/CM218B7713X082

66 Pipe Plug, hex hd

For double‐acting and single‐acting direct w/gauges

(none req'd)

For single‐acting reverse w/gauges (1 req'd)

For all units w/o gauges (3 req'd)

67 Tire Valve, used with Tire Valve Option only

Double‐acting (3 req'd); Single‐acting (2 req'd)

DVC6215 Feedback Unit

(see figure 8‐5)

65 Lubricant, silicone sealant (not furnished

with the instrument)

256* O-Ring, fluorosilicone 1K1810X0122

*Recommended spare parts

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

229

Figure 8‐2. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller

Housing Assembly

DOUBLE‐ACTING DIRECT‐ACTING REVERSE‐ACTING

HOUSING A—BACK VIEW

(USED FOR GX ACTUATOR)

HOUSING B—BACK VIEW

(USED FOR ALL

ACTUATORS EXCEPT GX)

GE40185 sheet 1 of 3

APPLY LUBRICANT, SEALANT, OR THREAD LOCK

APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

230

APPLY LUBRICANT, SEALANT, OR THREAD LOCK

APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

Figure 8‐2. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Housing Assembly (continued)

SECTION A-A

SECTION C-C

SCALE 2 : 1

SECTION E-E

SCALE 2 : 1

SECTION F-F

SCALE 2 : 1

GE40185 sheet 2 of 3

Figure 8‐3. Gauge Configuration

DOUBLE‐ACTING DIRECT‐ACTING REVERSE‐ACTING

GE40185 sheet 3 of 3

FOR PIPE PLUG OPTION REPLACE 47 WITH 66

FOR TIRE VALVE OPTION REPLACE 47 WITH 67

APPLY LUBRICANT, SEALANT, OR THREAD LOCK

APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

231

Figure 8‐4. FIELDVUE DVC6205f Base Unit Housing Assembly

SECTION B-B

SECTION H-H

SECTION A-A

GE40181

APPLY LUBRICANT, SEALANT, OR THREAD LOCK

APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

232

Figure 8‐4. FIELDVUE DVC6205f Base Unit Housing Assembly (continued)

SECTION C-C

SCALE 2 : 1

SECTION E-E

SCALE 2 : 1

DOUBLE‐ACTING DIRECT‐ACTING REVERSE‐ACTING

DOUBLE‐ACTING SHOWN

GE40181

APPLY LUBRICANT, SEALANT, OR THREAD LOCK

APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

233

Figure 8‐4. FIELDVUE DVC6205f Base Unit Housing Assembly (continued)

WALL MOUNTING PIPE MOUNTING

GE40181

APPLY LUBRICANT, SEALANT, OR THREAD LOCK

APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Parts

January 2015

234

Figure 8‐5. FIELDVUE DVC6215 Remote Feedback Assembly

SECTION A-A

HOUSING A

(USED FOR GX ACTUATOR)

HOUSING B

(USED FOR ALL ACTUATORS EXCEPT GX)

SECTION A-A

PARTS NOT SHOWN: 158

GE46670-B

GE40178-B

APPLY LUBRICANT/SEALANT

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Principle of Operation

January 2015

235

Appendix A Principle of OperationA‐A‐

Digital Valve Controller Operation

The DVC6200f digital valve controller has a single module base that may be easily replaced in the field without

disconnecting field wiring or tubing. The master module contains the following submodules: current‐to‐pneumatic

(I/P) converter, printed wiring board assembly, and pneumatic relay. The relay position is detected by sensing the

magnet on the relay beam via a detector on the printed wiring board. This sensor is used for the minor loop feedback

(MLFB) reading. The master module can be rebuilt by replacing the submodules. See figures A‐1 and A‐2.

Figure A‐1. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Block Diagram

E1376

DIGITAL

SETPOINT

9–32 VOLT

FIELDBUS

SUPPLY

PRESSURE

PRINTED

WIRING BOARD

PNEUMATIC

RELAY

I/P

CONVERTER

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT B

VALVE TRAVEL FEEDBACK

AUXILIARY

TERMINALS

TERMINAL BOX

DRIVE

SIGNAL

VALVE AND

ACTUATOR

VENT

The DVC6200f digital valve controller is a bus‐powered instrument that provides a control valve position in response

to a digital setpoint from the control room. The following describes a direct acting DVC6200f digital valve controller

mounted on a sliding-stem piston actuator, where the valve is closed with zero power to the instrument.

The setpoint is routed into the terminal box through a single pair of wires and then to the printed wiring board

assembly submodule where it is read by the microprocessor, processed by a digital algorithm, and converted into an

analog I/P drive signal.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Principle of Operation

January 2015

236

As the setpoint increases, the drive signal to the I/P converter increases, increasing the I/P output pressure. The I/P

output pressure is routed to the pneumatic relay submodule. The relay is also connected to supply pressure and

amplifies the small pneumatic signal from the I/P converter. The relay accepts the amplified pneumatic signal and

provides two output pressures. With relay A, an increasing setpoint will produce increasing pressure at output A and

decreasing pressure at output B. With relay B an increasing setpoint will produce decreasing pressure at output B

(output A is not available). With relay C an increasing setpoint will produce an increasing pressure on output A (output

B is not available). The output A pressure is used for double‐acting and single‐acting direct applications. The output B

pressure is used for double‐acting and single‐acting reverse applications.

TERMINAL BOX

WITH COVER

MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY

PRINTED WIRING

BOARD ASSEMBLY

I/P CONVERTER

PNEUMATIC

RELAY

HOUSING

GAUGES

COVER

W9925‐1

Figure A‐2. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Assembly

As shown in figure A‐1, the increased output A pressure causes the actuator stem to move upward. The stem position

is sensed by the travel sensor. The stem continues to move upward until the correct stem position is attained. At this

point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the I/P drive signal. This prevents any further increase in the

pneumatic signal from the I/P converter.

As the digital setpoint decreases, the drive signal to the I/P converter submodule decreases, decreasing the I/P output

pressure. The pneumatic relay decreases the output A pressure and increases the output B pressure. The stem moves

downward until the correct position is attained. At this point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the I/P drive

signal. This prevents any decrease in the pneumatic signal from the I/P converter.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

237

Appendix B Field Communicator Menu StructureB‐B‐

This section contains the Field Communicator menu trees for the transducer block and the resource block. It also

contains Fast Key Sequence tables with coordinates to help locate the function/variable on the appropriate menu tree.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

238

Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure

Parameter Label Menu Structure

A Minus B TB > Device Variables > Pressures > A Minus B

Actual Travel TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Actual Travel

Actuator Fail Action TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Fail Action

Actuator Manufacturer TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Manufacturer

Actuator Model Number TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Model Number

Actuator Serial Number TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Serial Number

Actuator Size TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Size

Actuator Style TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Style

Advise Active TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > Simulate Active Alerts > Advise Active

Advise Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Enable > Advise Enable

Advise Suppress TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Reporting > Advise Suppress

Air TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Air

Alert Conditions TB > Device Diagnostics > Alert Conditions

Alert Key TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Alert Key

Area Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Area Units

Block Configuration Error TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Block Configuration Error

Blocks Set to Defaults Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Blocks Set to Defaults > Block Set to Defaults Alert

Blocks Set to Defaults Alert

Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Blocks Set to Defaults > Block Set to Defaults Alert Enable

Calibration Date TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration Date

Calibration Location TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration Location

Calibration Person TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration Person

Custom Characterization Table TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Custom Characterization Table

Cycle Counter TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter

TB > Device Variables > Cycle Counter

Cycle Counter Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter Alert

Cycle Counter Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter Alert Enable

Cycle Counter Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter Alert Point

Cycle Counter Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Cycle Counter > Cycle Counter Deadband

Device Needs Maintenance Now TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Device Needs Maintenance Now

Drive Current TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current

Drive Current Alert TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Drive Current Alert

TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Alert

Drive Current Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Alert Enable

Drive Current Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Alert Point

Drive Current Alert Time TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Alert Time

Drive Current Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Manual Recovery

Drive Current Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Current > Drive Current Shutdown

Drive Signal TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Signal > Drive Signal

TB > Device Variables > Drive Signal

Drive Signal Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Signal > Drive Signal Alert

Drive Signal Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Drive Signal > Drive Signal Alert Enable

Effective Area TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Effective Area

Failed Active TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > Simulate Active Alerts > Failed Active

Failed Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Enable > Failed Enable

Failed Suppress TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Reporting > Failed Suppress

Feedback Connection TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Feedback Connection

Flow Direction TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Flow Direction

Flow Tends To TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Flow Tends To

I/O Processor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > I/O Processor Alert

I/O Processor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > I/O Processor Alert Enable

I/O Processor Man Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > I/O Processor Man Recovery

I/O Processor Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > I/O Processor Shutdown

Inlet Pressure TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Inlet Pressure

−Continued−

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

239

Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure (Continued)

Menu StructureParameter Label

Input Characterization TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Input Characterization

TB > Device Variables > Input Characterization

Integrator Limited Hi TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Integrator Limited Hi

Integrator Limited Lo TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Integrator Limited Lo

Integrator Suspended TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Integrator Suspended

IOP Failure TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > IOP Failure

Last Calibration Type TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Last Calibration Type

Leak Class TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Leak Class

Length Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Length Units

Lever Arm Length TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lever Arm Length

Lever Style TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lever Style

Lost Static Data TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Lost Static Data

Lower Bench Set TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lower Bench Set

MAI Channel 1 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 1

MAI Channel 2 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 2

MAI Channel 3 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 3

MAI Channel 4 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 4

MAI Channel 5 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 5

MAI Channel 6 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 6

MAI Channel 7 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 7

MAI Channel 8 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > MAI Channel Map > MAI Channel 8

Maint Active TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > Simulate Active Alerts > Maint Active

Maintenance Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Enable > Maintenance Enable

Maintenance Suppress TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > PlantWeb Alert Reporting > Maintenance Suppress

Maximum Recorded Supply

Pressure TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure

Maximum Recorded Supply

Pressure Time TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time

Maximum Recorded

Temperature TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Maximum Recorded Temperature

Maximum Recorded

Temperature Time TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Maximum Recorded Temperature Time

Maximum Supply Pressure TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Maximum Supply Pressure

Minimum Recorded Supply

Pressure TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure

Minimum Recorded Supply

Pressure Time TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time

Minimum Recorded

Temperature TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Minimum Recorded Temperature

Minimum Recorded

Temperature Time TB > Device Diagnostics > Device Record > Minimum Recorded Temperature Time

MLFB Error TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > MLFB Error

Nominal Supply Pressure TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Nominal Supply Pressure

Out of Service TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Out of Service

Outlet Pressure TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Outlet Pressure

Outblock Selection TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Outblock Selection

Output Block Timeout TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout

Output Block Timeout Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout > Output Block Timeout Alert

Output Block Timeout Alert

Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout > Output Block Timeout Alert Enable

Output Block Timeout Manual

Recovery

TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout > Output Block Timeout Manual

Recovery

Output Block Timeout Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration Alerts > Output Block Timeout > Output Block Timeout Shutdown

Packing Type TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Packing Type

PD Inside Status TB > Configure/Setup > Device Variables > PD Inside Status

PD Run TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > PD Run

−Continued−

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

240

Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure (Continued)

Menu StructureParameter Label

Performance Critical Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Performance Critical Alert

Performance Critical Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Performance Critical Alert Enable

Performance Information Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Peformance Information Alert

Performance Information Alert

Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Peformance Information Alert Enable

Performance Reduced Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Peformance Reduced Alert

Performance Reduced Alert

Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Performance Alerts > Peformance Reduced Alert Enable

Performance Tuner TB > Configure/Setup > Basic Setup > Performance Tuner

TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Performance Tuner

PlantWeb Alert Simulate TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alert Handling > PlantWeb Alert Simulate

Port Diameter TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Port Diameter

Port Type TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Port Type

Pressure A TB > Device Variables > Pressures > Pressure A

Pressure A Sensor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure A Sensor Alert

Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable

Pressure A Sensor Failure TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Pressure A Sensor Error

Pressure A Sensor Manual

Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery

Pressure A Sensor Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure A Sensor Shutdown

Pressure B TB > Device Variables > Pressures > Pressure B

Pressure B Sensor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure B Sensor Alert

Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable

Pressure B Sensor Failure TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Pressure B Sensor Error

Pressure Cutoff Closed TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Pressure Cutoff Closed

Pressure Cutoff Open TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Pressure Cutoff Open

Pressure Fallback Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Fallback > Pressure Fallback Alert

Pressure Fallback Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Fallback > Pressure Fallback Alert Enable

Pressure Integral Dead Zone TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Integral Dead Zone

Pressure Integral Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Integral Gain

Pressure Integral Limit Hi TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Integral Limit Hi

Pressure Integral Limit Lo TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Integral Limit Lo

Pressure MLFB Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure MLFB Gain

Pressure Proportional Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Proportional Gain

Pressure Range Hi TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Pressure Range Hi

Pressure Range Lo TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Pressure Range Lo

Pressure Tuning Set TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Pressure Tuning > Pressure Tuning Set

Pressure Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Pressure Units

Processor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Processor Alert

Processor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Processor Alert Enable

Program Memory Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Program Memory Alert

Program Memory Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Program Memory Alert Enable

Program Memory Manual

Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Program Memory Manual Recovery

Program Memory Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Program Memory Shutdown

Protection TB > Device Variables > Protection

Proximity Hi Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Hi Alert

Proximity Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Hi Alert Enable

Proximity Hi Hi Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Hi Hi Alert

Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable

Proximity Lo Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Lo Alert

Proximity Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Lo Alert Enable

Proximity Lo Lo Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Lo Lo Alert

Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Proximity > Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable

Push Down To TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Push Down To

−Continued−

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

241

Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure (Continued)

Menu StructureParameter Label

Rated Travel TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Rated Travel

Relay Type TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Relay Type

Seat Type TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Seat Type

Setpoint TB > Device Variables > AO Control‐Pre‐Char > Setpoint

Setpoint Status TB > Device Variables > AO Control‐Pre‐Char > Setpoint Status

Setpoint(D) TB > Device Variables > DO Control > Setpoint(D)

Shaft Stem Diameter TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Shaft Stem Diameter

Simulate Active TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Block Error > Simulate Active

Simulate Jumper ON TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Simulate Jumper ON

Spring Rate TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Spring Rate

Spring Rate Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Spring Rate Units

Static Memory Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Static Memory Alert

Static Memory Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Static Memory Alert Enable

Static Memory Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Static Memory Manual Recovery

Static Memory Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Elect Alerts > Processor Impaired > Static Memory Shutdown

Stroke Time Close TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Stroke Time Close

Stroke Time Open TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Stroke Time Open

Supply TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply

TB > Device Variables > Pressures > Supply

Supply Pressure Hi Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Hi Alert

Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable

Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point

Supply Pressure Lo Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Lo Alert

Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable

Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Supply Pressure > Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point

Supply Pressure Sensor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Supply Pressure Sensor Alert

Supply Pressure Sensor Alert

Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Pressure Sensors > Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable

Supply Sensor Failure TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Supply Sensor Failure

Tag Description TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Tag Description

Temperature TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature

Temperature Hi Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Hi Alert

Temperature Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Hi Alert Enable

Temperature Hi Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Hi Alert Point

Temperature Lo Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Lo Alert

Temperature Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Lo Alert Enable

Temperature Lo Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Environment Alerts > Temperature Limit > Temperature Lo Alert Point

Temperature Sensor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Temperature Sensor > Temperature Sensor Alert

Temperature Sensor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Temperature Sensors > Temperature Sensor Alert Enable

Temperature Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Temperature Units

Travel TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel

Travel (DeChar) TB > Device Variables > AO Control‐Pre‐Char > Travel(DeChar)

Travel Accumulator TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator

TB > Device Variables > Travel Accumulator

Travel Accumulator Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator Alert

Travel Accumulator Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator Alert Enable

Travel Accumulator Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator Alert Point

Travel Accumulator Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History Alerts > Travel Accumulator > Travel Accumulator Deadband

Travel Closed Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Closed > Travel Closed Alert

Travel Closed Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Closed > Travel Closed Alert Enable

Travel Closed Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Closed > Travel Closed Alert Point

Travel Closed Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Closed > Travel Closed Deadband

Travel Count TB > Device Variables > Travel Count

Travel Cutoff Hi TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel Cutoff Hi

−Continued−

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

242

Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure (Continued)

Menu StructureParameter Label

Travel Cutoff Lo TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel Cutoff Lo

Travel Deviation TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation

Travel Deviation Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Alert

Travel Deviation Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Alert Enable

Travel Deviation Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Alert Point

Travel Deviation Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Deadband

Travel Deviation Pressure

Fallback TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback

Travel Deviation Time TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Deviation > Travel Deviation Time

Travel Hi Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Hi Alert

Travel Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Hi Alert Enable

Travel Hi Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Hi Alert Point

Travel Hi Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Hi Deadband

Travel Hi Hi Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Hi Hi Alert

Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable

Travel Hi Hi Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Hi Hi Alert Point

Travel Hi Hi Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Hi Hi Deadband

Travel Integral Dead Zone TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Dead Zone

Travel Integral Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Enable

Travel Integral Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Gain

Travel Integral Limit Hi TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Limit Hi

Travel Integral Limit Lo TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Integral Limit Lo

Travel Lo Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Lo Alert

Travel Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Lo Alert Enable

Travel Lo Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Lo Alert Point

Travel Lo Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Hi/Lo > Travel Lo Deadband

Travel Lo Lo Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Lo Lo Alert

Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable

Travel Lo Lo Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Lo Lo Alert Point

Travel Lo Lo Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel Alerts > Travel Limit > Travel Lo Lo Deadband

Travel MLFB Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel MLFB Gain

Travel Open Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Open > Travel Open Alert

Travel Open Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Open > Travel Open Alert Enable

Travel Open Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Open > Travel Open Alert Point

Travel Open Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Prox Alerts > Travel Open > Travel Open Deadband

Travel Proportional Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Proportional Gain

Travel Sensor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Travel Sensor > Travel Sensor Alert

Travel Sensor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Travel Sensor > Travel Sensor Alert Enable

Travel Sensor Hi Error TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Travel Sensor Hi Error

Travel Sensor Lo Error TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Travel Sensor Lo Error

Travel Sensor Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Travel Sensor > Travel Sensor Manual Recovery

Travel Sensor Motion TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Travel Sensor Motion

Travel Sensor Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Sensor Alerts > Travel Sensor > Travel Sensor Shutdown

Travel Sensor Span Error TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status > Travel Sensor Span Error

Travel Status TB > Device Variables > AO Control‐Post‐Char > Travel Status

Travel Tuning Set TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Tuning Set

Travel Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Travel Units

Travel Velocity Gain TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Tuning > Travel Velocity Gain

Travel(D) TB > Device Variables > DO Control > Travel(D)

Travel/Pressure Select TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel/Pressure Select

Travel/Pressure State TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Travel Pressure Control > Travel/Pressure State

TB > Device Variables > Travel/Pressure State

Trend TB > Device Diagnostics > Trend

Trim Style 1 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Trim Style 1

−Continued−

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

243

Transducer Block (TB) Menu Structure (Continued)

Menu StructureParameter Label

Trim Style 2 TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Reference > Trim Style 2

Unbalanced Area TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Unbalanced Area

Upper Bench Set TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Upper Bench Set

Valve Class TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Class

Valve Manufacturer TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Manufacturer

Valve Model Number TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Model Number

Valve Serial Number TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Serial Number

Valve Size TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Size

Valve Style TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Valve Style

Zero Power Condition TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Zero Power Condition

Basic Setup

Device Setup

Performance Tuner

Configure/Setup

Basic Setup

Detailed Setup

Calibration

TRANSDUCER BLOCK

BASIC SETUP

Top Level

Configure/Setup

Device Diagnostics

Device Variables

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

244

TRANSDUCER BLOCK

DETAILED SETUP

Top Level

Configure/Setup

Device Diagnostics

Device Variables

Detailed Setup

Transducer Block Mode

Protection

Response Control

Alerts

Instrument

Valve and Actuator

MAI Channel Map

Alert Handling

Response Control

Travel Tuning

Pressure Tuning

Travel Press Control

Input Characterization

Custom Characterization Table

Outblock Selection

Instrument

Tag Description

Pressure Units

Temperature Units

Travel Units

Length Units

Area Units

Spring Rate Units

:Relay Type

:Zero Power Condition

:Maximum Supply Pressure

Calibration Person

Calibration Location

Calibration Date

:Last Calibration Type

Travel Tuning

:Travel Tuning Set

Travel Proportional Gain

Travel Velocity Gain

:Travel MLFB Gain

:Travel Integral Enable

:Travel Integral Gain

:Travel Integral Dead Zone

:Travel Integral Limit Hi

:Travel Integral Limit Lo

Performance Tuner

Stabilize / Optimize

Pressure Tuning

:Pressure Tuning Set

:Pressure Proportional Gain

:Pressure MLFB Gain

:Pressure Integral Gain

:Pressure Integral Dead Zone

:Pressure Integral Limit Hi

:Pressure Integral Limit Lo

Travel Press Control

:Travel/Pressure State

:Travel/Pressure Select

Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback

Travel Cutoff Hi

Travel Cutoff Lo

:Pressure Cutoff Open

:Pressure Cutoff Closed

:Pressure Range Hi

:Pressure Range Lo

Alert Handling

PlantWeb Alert Simulate

Simulate Active Alerts

PlantWeb Alert Handling

Simulate Active Alarms

Failed Active

Maint Active

Advise Active

MAI Channel Map

:MAI Channel 1

:MAI Channel 2

:MAI Channel 3

:MAI Channel 4

:MAI Channel 5

:MAI Channel 6

:MAI Channel 7

:MAI Channel 8

PlantWeb Alert Handling

PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status

Block Error Reporting

Configure/Setup

Basic Setup

Detailed Setup

Calibration

Alerts (See facing page)

Elect Alerts

Configuration Alerts

Sensor Alerts

Environment Alerts

Travel Alerts

Prox Alerts

Travel History Alerts

Performance Alerts

PlantWeb Alert Enable

PlantWeb Alert Reporting

Valve and Actuator

Valve

Trim

Actuator

Reference

Valve

Valve Manufacturer

Valve Model Number

Valve Serial Number

Valve Style

:Valve Size

:Valve Class

:Rated Travel

:Actual Travel

:Shaft Stem Diameter

:Packing Type

:Inlet Pressure

:Outlet Pressure

Trim

:Seat Type

:Leak Class

:Port Diameter

:Port Type

:Flow Direction

:Push Down To

:Flow Tends To

:Unbalanced Area

Actuator

Actuator Manufacturer

Actuator Model Number

:Actuator Style

Actuator Serial Number

:Actuator Size

Actuator Fail Action

:Feedback Connection

:Travel Sensor Motion

:Lever Style

:Lever Arm Length

:Effective Area

:Air

:Upper Bench Set

:Lower Bench Set

:Nominal Supply Pressure

:Spring Rate

Reference

:Trim Style 1

:Trim Style 2

:Stroke Time Open

:Stroke Time Close

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

245

TRANSDUCER BLOCK

DETAILED SETUP > ALERTS

(continued on next page)

Alerts

Elect Alerts

Configuration Alerts

Sensor Alerts

Environment Alerts

Travel Alerts

Prox Alerts

Travel History Alerts

Performance Alerts

PlantWeb Alert Enable

PlantWeb Alert Reporting

Drive Current

:Drive Current Alert

:Drive Current Alert Enable

:Drive Current Shutdown

:Drive Current Manual Recovery

:Drive Current Alert Point

:Drive Current Alert Time

Processor Impaired

:Program Memory Alert

:Program Memory Alert Enable

:Program Memory Shutdown

:Program Memory Manual Recovery

:Static Memory Alert

:Static Memory Alert Enable

:Static Memory Shutdown

:Static Memory Manual Recovery

:Processor Alert

:Processor Alert Enable

:I/O Processor Alert

:I/O Processor Alert Enable

:I/O Processor Shutdown

:I/O Processor Man Recovery

Elect Alerts

Drive Current

Drive Signal

Processor Impaired

Drive Signal

:Drive Signal Alert

:Drive Signal Alert Enable

Output Block Timeout

:Output Block Timeout Alert

:Output Block Timeout Alert Enable

:Output Block Timeout Shutdown

:Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery

:Output Block Timeout

Configuration Alerts

Output Block Timeout

Blocks Set to Default

Alert Key

Blocks Set to Default

:Blocks Set to Defaults Alert

:Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable

Sensor Alerts

Travel Sensor

Pressure Sensors

Pressure Fallback

Temperature Sensor

Travel Sensor

:Travel Sensor Alert

:Travel Sensor Alert Enable

:Travel Sensor Shutdown

:Travel Sensor Manual Recovery

Pressure Sensors

:Pressure A Sensor Alert

:Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable

:Pressure A Sensor Shutdown

:Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery

:Pressure B Sensor Alert

:Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable

:Supply Pressure Sensor Alert

:Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable

Pressure Fallback

:Pressure Fallback Alert

:Pressure Fallback Alert Enable

Temperature Sensor

:Temperature Sensor Alert

:Temperature Sensor Alert Enable

Supply Pressure

:Supply

:Supply Pressure Hi Alert

:Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable

Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point

:Supply Pressure Lo Alert

:Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable

:Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point

Environment Alerts

Supply Pressure

Temperature Limit

Temperature

:Temperature Hi Alert

:Temperature Hi Alert Enable

Temperature Hi Alert Point

:Temperature Lo Alert

:Temperature Lo Alert Enable

:Temperature Lo Alert Point

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

246

TRANSDUCER BLOCK

DETAILED SETUP > ALERTS

Prox Alerts

:Travel

Travel Open

Travel Closed

Proximity

Travel Open

Travel Open Alert

Travel Open Alert Enable

:Travel Open Alert Point

:Travel Open Deadband

Travel Closed

:Travel Closed Alert

:Travel Closed Alert Enable

:Travel Closed Alert Point

:Travel Closed Deadband

Proximity

:Proximity Hi Hi Alert

:Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable

:Proximity Hi Alert

:Proximity Hi Alert Enable

:Proximity Lo Alert

:Proximity Lo Alert Enable

:Proximity Lo Lo Alert

:Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable

Travel Alerts

:Travel Target

:Travel

Travel Deviation

Travel Limit

Travel Hi/Lo

Travel Deviation

:Travel Deviation Alert

:Travel Deviation Alert Enable

:Travel Deviation Alert Point

:Travel Deviation Time

:Travel Deviation Deadband

Travel Limit

:Travel Hi Hi Alert

:Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable

:Travel Hi Hi Alert Point

:Travel Hi Hi Deadband

:Travel Lo Lo Alert

:Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable

:Travel Lo Lo Alert Point

:Travel Lo Lo Deadband

Travel Hi/Lo

:Travel Hi Alert

:Travel Hi Alert Enable

:Travel Hi Alert Point

:Travel Hi Deadband

:Travel Lo Alert

:Travel Lo Alert Enable

:Travel Lo Alert Point

:Travel Lo Deadband

PlantWeb Alert Enable

Failed Enable

Maintenance Enable

Advise Enable

PlantWeb Alert Reporting

Failed Suppress

Maintenance Suppress

Advise Suppress

Performance Alerts

:PD Inside Status

:PD Run

Performance Critical

Performance Reduced

Performance Information

Performance Critical

Performance Critical Alert

Performance Critical Alert Enable

Performance Reduced

Performance Reduced Alert

Performance Reduced Alert Enable

Performance Information

Performance Information Alert

Performance Information Alert Enable

Travel History Alerts

Cycle Counter

Travel Accumulator

Cycle Counter

:Cycle Counter Alert

:Cycle Counter Alert Enable

:Cycle Counter Alert Point

:Cycle Counter Deadband

Travel Accumulator

:Travel Accumulator Alert

:Travel Accumulator Alert Enable

:Travel Accumulator Alert Point

:Travel Accumulator Deadband

Alerts

Elect Alerts

Configuration Alerts

Sensor Alerts

Environment Alerts

Travel Alerts

Prox Alerts

Travel History Alerts

Performance Alerts

PlantWeb Alert Enable

PlantWeb Alert Reporting

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

247

TRANSDUCER BLOCK

CALIBRATION

Top Level

Configure/Setup

Device Diagnostics

Device Variables

Configure/Setup

Basic Setup

Detailed Setup

Calibration Calibration

Auto Calibration

Manual Calibration

Relay

Supply Pressure

Pressure A

Pressure B

Device Record

:Maximum Recorded Temperature

:Maximum Recorded Temperature Time

:Minimum Recorded Temperature

:Minimum Recorded Temperature Time

:Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure

:Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time

:Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure

:Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time

Device Diagnostics

Active PlantWeb Alerts

Alert Conditions

Status

Device Record

Stroke Valve

Trend

Status

Self Test Status

Block Error Self Test Status

Integrator Suspended

Integrator Limited Lo

Integrator Limited Hi

Travel Sensor Span Error

MLFB Error

Travel Sensor Hi Error

Travel Sensor Lo Error

Pressure B Sensor Failure

Pressure A Sensor Failure

Supply Sensor Failure

IOP Failure

Drive Current Alert

Simulate Jumper ON

Block Error

Block Configuration Error

Simulate Active

Lost Static Data

Device Needs Maintenance Now

Out of Service

TRANSDUCER BLOCK

DEVICE DIAGNOSTICS

Top Level

Configure/Setup

Device Diagnostics

Device Variables

TRANSDUCER BLOCK

DEVICE VARIABLES

Device Variables

All Block Modes

AO Control - Pre‐Char

AO Control - Post‐Char

DO Control

Input Characterization

:Travel/Pressure State

:PD Inside Status

Protection

Drive Signal

Temperature

Cycle Counter

Travel Accumulator

:Travel Count

Pressures

AO Control - Pre‐Char

:Setpoint

:Setpoint Status

:Travel (DeChar)

Pressures

:Supply

:Pressure A

:Pressure B

:A Minus B

AO Control - Post‐Char

:Travel Target

:Travel

:Travel Status

DO Control

:Setpoint(D)

:Travel(D)

Top Level

Configure/Setup

Device Diagnostics

Device Variables

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

248

Resource Block (RB) Menu Structure

Parameter Label Menu Structure

Alert Key RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Alert Key

Block Alarm: Alarm State RB > Device Diagnostics > Block Alarm > Alarm State

Block Alarm: Unacknowledged RB > Device Diagnostics > Block Alarm > Unacknowledge

Block Alarm Disabled RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Block Alarm Disabled

Block Alarm Automatically

Acknowledge RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Block Alarm Automatically Acknowledge

Confirm Time RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Confirm Time

DD Information RB > Device Variables > DD information

Device ID RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Device ID or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Device ID

Device Revision RB > Configure/Setup > Version > Device Revision or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > Device Revision

Device State RB > Display > Resource Status > Device State

RB > Device Diagnostics > Device State

Device Type RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Device Type or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Device Type

Diagnostics Options RB > Configure/Setup > Options > Diagnostics Options

Discrete Alarm Disabled RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Discrete Alarm Disabled

Discrete Alarm Automatically

Acknowledge RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Discrete Alarm Automatically Acknowledge

Electronics Serial Number RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Elect S/N or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Electronics Serial Number

Factory Serial Number RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Factory S/N or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Factory Serial Number

Fault State RB > Device Diagnostics > Maintenance > Fault State

Features Available RB > Configure/Setup > Options > Features Available or RB > Device Variables > Options > Features Available

Features Selected RB > Configure/Setup >Options > Features Selected

Field Serial Number RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Field S/N or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Field Serial Number

Firmware Revision RB > Configure/Setup > Version > Firmware Revision or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > Firmware Revision

Function Block Options RB > Configure/Setup > Options > Function Block Options or RB > Device Variables > Options > Function Block Options

Hardware Revision RB > Configure/Setup > Version > Hardware Revision or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > Hardware Revision

ITK Version RB > Configure/Setup > Version > ITK Version or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > ITK Version

Limit Notify RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Limit Notify

Manufacturer RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Manufacturer or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Manufacturer

Maximum Notify RB > Configure/Setup > Alarm Handling > Maximum Notify

Miscellaneous Options RB > Configure/Setup > Options >Miscellaneous Options or RB > Device Variables > Options >Miscellaneous Options

Resource Block Error RB > Device Diagnostics > Resource Block Error

Shed Remote Cascade RB > Configure/Setup > Communication Time Out > Shed Remote Cascade

Shed Remote Out RB > Configure/Setup > Communication Time Out > Shed Remote Out

Standby Firmware Revision RB > Configure/Setup > Version > Standby Software Revision or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Version > Standby Software

Revision

Strategy RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Strategy or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Strategy

Tag Description RB > Configure/Setup > Identification > Tag Description or RB > Device Variables > Instrument > Identification > Tag Description

Write Alarm: Alarm State RB > Device Diagnostics > Write Lock > Write Alarm: Alarm State

Write Lock RB > Configure/Setup > Write Lock > Write Lock or RB > Device Diagnostics > Write Lock > Write Lock

Write Priority RB > Configure/Setup > Write Lock > Write Priority

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

249

RESOURCE BLOCK

CONFIGURE/SETUP

Alarm Handling

Alert Key

Confirm Time

Limit Notify

Maximum Notify

Block Alm Disabled

Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge

Disc Alm Disabled

Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge

Write Lock

Write Priority

Comm Timeout

Shed Remote Cascade

Shed Remote Out

Options

Diagnostics Options

Function Block Options

Miscellaneous Options

Features Available

Features Selected

Function

Block Options

PID

MAI

Miscellaneous Options

Firmware Download

Travel Control Capable

Pressure Control Capable

Pressure Fallback Capable

Features Available

Reports

Fault State

Soft W Lock

Multi‐bit Alarm (Bit‐Alarm) Support

Features Selected

Reports

Fault State

Soft W Lock

Multi‐bit Alarm (Bit‐Alarm) Support

Identification

Device ID

Electronics Serial Number

Factory Serial Number

Field Serial Number

Tag Description

Strategy

Manufacturer

Device Type

Diagnostics Options

Version

Device Revision

Firmware Revision

Standby Firmware Revision

Hardware Rev

ITK Version

Configure/Setup

Resource Block Mode

Write Lock

Comm Timeout

Options

Alarm Handling

Identification

Version

Top Level

Configure/Setup

Device Diagnostics

Device Variables

Device Diagnostics

Resource Block Error

Device State

Write Lock

Block Alarm

Maintenance

Resource Block Error

Other

Block Configuration Error

Simulate Active

Device Needs Maintenance Soon

Memory Failure

Lost Static Data

Lost NV Data

Device Needs Maintenance Now

Power Up

Out of Service

Block Alarm

Block Alarm Alarm State

Block Alarm Unacknowledged

Maintenance

Restart Actions

Fault State

Set Fault State

Clear Fault State

Write Lock

Write Alarm Alarm State

Write Lock

Top Level

Configure/Setup

Device Diagnostics

Device Variables

RESOURCE BLOCK

DEVICE DIAGNOSTICS

Top Level

Configure/Setup

Device Diagnostics

Device Variables

Function

Block Options

PID

MAI

Instrument

Identification

Version

Device Revision

Firmware Revision

Standby Firmware Revision

Hardware Rev

ITK Version

Options

Diagnostics Options

Function Block Options

Miscellaneous Options

Features Available

Reports

Fault State

Soft W Lock

Multi‐bit Alarm (Bit‐Alarm) Support

Device Variables

Instrument

Options

DD Information

Miscellaneous Options

Firmware Download

Travel Control Capable

Pressure Control Capable

Pressure Fallback Capable

Identification

Device ID

Electronics Serial Number

Factory Serial Number

Field Serial Number

Tag Description

Strategy

Manufacturer

Device Type

RESOURCE BLOCK

DEVICE VARIABLES

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Field Communicator Menu Structure

January 2015

250

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

251

Appendix C PlantWeb AlertsC‐C‐

Instrument Alert Conditions

Instrument Alert Conditions, when enabled, detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest.

To view these alerts, the user must open the appropriate status screen on a host such as a DeltaV system, ValveLink

software or a Field Communicator.

PlantWeb Alerts

Some instrument alert conditions can also be used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be reported in Failed,

Maintenance or Advisory categories, as configured by the user. PlantWeb alerts, when enabled, can participate in the

DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner, alarm list and alarm summary. For specific information on

setting up PlantWeb Alerts in a DeltaV system, refer to the PlantWeb Alerts section in Appendix F.

When a PlantWeb alert occurs, the DVC6200f sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an

acknowledgment to be received. This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists. If the

acknowledgment is not received within the pre‐specified time‐out period, the event notification is retransmitted. This

reduces the possibility of alert messages getting lost.

Mode‐Based PlantWeb Alerts

Some PlantWeb alerts are not active unless the transducer block (actual) mode is Auto.

1. Alerts which can be triggered by the activities of the service technician are reported only when the transducer block

mode is AUTO.

2. Alerts which are unrelated to service technician activities are reported in all transducer block modes.

Exceptions are as follows:

 Alerts can be simulated regardless of transducer block mode but must be enabled to be reported.

 When a shutdown condition exists (either currently active or latched on through the shutdown recovery parameter)

in the transducer block, alerts are reported even though the mode of the transducer block is OOS.

Refer to table C‐1 for reporting of PlantWeb Alerts.

Alert Handling

Alert handling is diagrammed in figure C‐1. There are two ways of seeing PlantWeb alerts. One way is to see if the

instrument alert condition causing a PlantWeb alert is detected. The second is to view alerts reported to the system

operator console. For a PlantWeb alert to be active, it has to pass four tests. The first is to check if the Instrument alert

condition is enabled. If a condition is not enabled, the instrument does not check for the alert condition.

Second, the condition that will cause an alert must exist. For example, the current travel is above the Travel Limit Hi

Alert Point.

Third, the corresponding PlantWeb alert must be enabled in one or more of the three categories: Failed, Maintenance

or Advise.

Fourth, the transducer block mode must be correct. See table C‐1.

Note

Additional details on setting up and using Instrument Alerts can be found on page 45 of this manual.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

252

Figure C‐1. Alert Handling

START

ALERT

CONDITION

ENABLED?

Enable Instrument

Alert Condition in

the Transducer

Block

LIMITS EXCEEDED TO

CAUSE ALERT?

Set Alert Points

and Deadband in

the Transducer

Block

PLANTWEB

ALERT ACTIVE

PRIORITY

>1?

Set Priority with

PlantWeb Alarm

Priority parameters in

Transducer Block using

DeltaV

REPORT

ALERTS?

Select “Reports

Supported” from

FEATURE_SEL in the

Resource Block

Yes Yes

NO ACTIVE INSTRUMENT

ALERT CONDITION

No No

SUPPRESS

REPORTINGAL

ERT

CONDITION?

PLANTWEB

ALERTS

REPORTED

Suppress Alert

Condition Reporting

with Alarm Suppress

Parameters in

Transducer Block

Instrument Alert

Conditions active,

but not reported

Yes

Use Resource and Transducer

Block Parameters to Configure

Enable PlantWeb

Alert in the

Transducer Block

PLANTWEB

ALERT

ENABLED?

Yes

NO ACTIVE

PLANTWEB ALERT

INSTRUMENT

ALERT

CONDITION

ACTIVE

TRANSDUCER

BLOCK MODE

AUTO

Yes

"""""

NOTE:

 CERTAIN PLANTWEB ALERTS ARE MODE‐BASED.

SEE TABLE C‐1 FOR DETAILS.

Yes

Table C‐1. PlantWeb Alerts Reporting Requirements

PlantWeb Alert Transducer Block Mode (Actual)

Drive Current AUTO

Drive Signal AUTO

Processor Impaired Any Mode

Output Block Timeout Any Mode

Block Set to Defaults Any Mode

Travel Sensor AUTO

Output Pressure Sensor Any Mode

Supply Pressure Sensor Any Mode

Temperature Sensor Any Mode

Supply Pressure AUTO

Temperature Limit AUTO

Travel Deviation AUTO

Travel Limit AUTO

Cycle Counter AUTO

Travel Accumulator AUTO

Performance Critical AUTO

Performance Reduced AUTO

Performance Information AUTO

Pressure Fallback AUTO

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

253

Alert Reporting

For PlantWeb alerts to be reported to the operator console, they must pass four tests:

 Alerts must be active

 Reports must be selected in Feature Select

 Alert priority must be greater than 1

 Reporting must not be suppressed for those conditions that caused active alerts.

Features Selected in the Resource block determines if reporting by the instrument is supported. Refer to page 23 for

additional information on Features Selected.

Failed Priority (FAILED_PRI [68]), Maintenance Priority (MAINT_PRI [69]), and Advise Priority (ADVISE_PRI [70])

determine the PlantWeb alert priorities. Although 16 priorities are available only three are actually meaningful for

PlantWeb alerts. If the priority is 0, no reporting occurs. If the priority is 1, reporting is simulated within the

instrument, but the alert is not actually reported over the bus. The alert condition is reported for priorities 2 through

15, with the higher priorities taking precedence over the lower priorities.

Failed Suppress (FAILED_MASK [65]), Maintenance Suppress (MAINT_MASK [66]), and Advise Suppress (ADVISE_MASK

[67]) determine which of the alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported.

PlantWeb Alerts Set Block Status

If a PlantWeb Alert is active, the AO or DO Block Readback parameter status may change. This behavior is controlled

with the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status (PWA_SET_STATUS [97]) parameter in the transducer block

Setting PlantWeb Alerts

Refer to table C‐2 for information on setting PlantWeb alerts. When selected, PlantWeb alarms will set the PV status

according to table C‐4.

Using PlantWeb Alerts

Refer to table C‐3 for information on using PlantWeb alerts.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

254

Table C‐2. Setting PlantWeb Alerts

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category)

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Related Parameters

(Default) Guidelines for Setting

Drive Current

(Electronics)

(Failed)

Drive Current

(Enabled)

The difference between the

expected Drive Current and the

actual Drive Current has

exceeded the Drive Current

Alert Time.

Self Test Shutdown (No)

Shutdown Recovery (Auto)

Alert Point (50%)

Alert Time (5 sec)

Use default settings

Drive Signal

(Electronics)

(Maintenance)

Drive Signal

(Enabled)

If one of the following

conditions exist:

Where Zero Power Condition is

defined as closed:

Drive Signal < 10% and

Calibrated Travel > 3%

Drive Signal > 90% and

Calibrated Travel < 97%

Where Zero Power Condition is

defined as open:

Drive Signal < 10% and

Calibrated Travel < 97%

Drive Signal > 90% and

Calibrated Travel > 3%

Use default setting

Processor Impaired

(Electronics)

(Maintenance)

Program Memory

(Enabled)

A pending Flash or NVM failure

is present.

Self Test Shutdown (No)

Shutdown Recovery (Auto) Use default settings

Static Memory

(Enabled)

A failure of the FRAM memory

where static parameters are

stored.

Self Test Shutdown (No)

Shutdown Recovery (Auto) Use default settings

Processor

(Enabled) A failure of the main Processor. Self Test Shutdown (No)

Shutdown Recovery (Auto) Use default settings

I/O Processor

(Enabled) A failure of the I/O Processor. Self Test Shutdown (No)

Shutdown Recovery (Auto) Use default settings

Output Block Timeout

(Configuration)

(Maintenance)

Output Block

Timeout

(Disabled)

If the analog or discrete output

block has not executed for

longer than the configured

timeout.

Timeout Alert Point (600 s)

Self Test Shutdown (No)

Shutdown Recovery (Auto)

Enable this alert for loops where the

execution is critical. If the AO or DO block

is not scheduled, or scheduled incorrectly,

it will trigger an alert after the Timeout

Alert Point has been exceeded. Set the

Timeout Alert Point to a value between

a. 30 seconds and

b. the maximum time before a user

should be notified. The minimum number

depends on the time it takes for a host to

download a configuration to the device.

Shutdown can be enabled if it is desired to

move the valve to the Zero Power

Condition at the same time that the alert

is generated.

Blocks Set to Default

(Configuration)

(Maintenance)

Blocks Set to Default

(Enabled)

If the resource block has

undergone Restart with

Defaults

None Use default settings

Shutdown Alert

(Configuration)

(Maintenance)

N/A

A user configured Self Test

Shutdown condition has taken

the instrument to OOS.

None Use default settings

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

255

Table C‐2. Setting PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category)

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Related Parameters

(Default) Guidelines for Setting

Travel Sensor

(Sensors)

(Failed)

Travel Sensor

(Enabled)

The travel feedback is within

acceptable limits.

Self Test Shutdown (No)

Shutdown Recovery (Auto)

Double Acting Actuators— Enable the

alert and configure it to report in the

Failed Alert Category. Self Test Shutdown

is generally not enabled.

Single Acting Actuators—

If Travel / Pressure Control is configured

as Travel with Pressure Fallback: enable

the alert and configure it to report in the

Maintenance Alert Category. Do not

enable Self Test Shutdown.

IIf Travel / Pressure Control is configured

as Travel: Enable the alert and configure it

to report in the Failed Alert Category. Self

Test Shutdown is generally not enabled.

Output Press Sensor

(Sensors)

(Maintenance)

Port A Pressure

Sensor (Enabled) The pressure sensor reading is

outside the functional range of

the sensor.

Self Test Shutdown (No)

Shutdown Recovery (Auto)

If Travel / Pressure Control is configured

as Pressure: enable the alert and

configure it to report in the Failed Alert

Category. Enable the Self Test Shutdown.

For all other Travel / Pressure Control

selections, enable the alert to report in

the Maintenance Alert Category and do

not enable the Self Test Shutdown.

Port B Pressure

Sensor (Enabled) None Use default settings

Supply Press Sensor

(Sensors)

(Advisory)

Supply Press Sensor

(Enabled)

The pressure sensor reading is

outside the functional range of

the sensor.

None Use default settings

Temperature Sensor

(Sensors)

(Advisory)

Temperature Sensor

(Enabled)

The temperature sensor

reading is outside the

functional range of the sensor.

None Use default settings

Pressure Fallback (Sensors)

(Maintenance)

Pressure Fallback

(Enabled)

A travel sensor failure or large

travel deviation has resulted in

fallback to pressure control.

None Use default settings

Supply Pressure

(Environment)

(Maintenance)

Supply Press High

(Enabled)

The supply pressure has

exceeded the Supply Pressure

Hi Alert Point.

Alert Point (145 psig)

Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert

Category. Set the Alert Point to which

ever is lower of

a. the maximum instrument pressure of

145 psig or

b. the maximum actuator casing

pressure.

Supply Press Low

(Enabled)

The supply pressure is lower

than the Supply Pressure Lo

Alert Point.

Alert Point (19 psig)

Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert

Category.

Double Acting Actuators— Set the Alert

Point above the minimum required for

valve shutoff and no greater than

1 psig below the supply regulator setting

Single Acting Actuators— Set the Alert

Point above the minimum required for

valve shutoff and no greater than

1 psig below the supply regulator setting.

This is generally about 3 psig above the

actuator upper bench set (stroking)

pressure.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

256

Table C‐2. Setting PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category)

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Related Parameters

(Default) Guidelines for Setting

Temperature Limit

(Environment)

(Advisory)

Temperature High

(Enabled)

The temperature is greater

than the Temperature Hi Alert

Point.

Alert Point ( 186F)

Use default settings

Other alert points may be chosen to

indicate changes in the instrument

environment.

Temperature Low

(Enabled)

The temperature is lower than

the Temperature Lo Alert

Point.

Alert Point ( -63F)

Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert

Category. Set the Alert Point at -40F if

the instrument uses Nitrile elastomers

and -63F if it uses Fluorosilicone

elastomers.

Other alert points may be chosen to

indicate changes in the instrument

environment.

Travel Deviation

(Travel)

(Maintenance)

Travel Deviation

(Enabled)

The Travel Deviation has

exceeded the Travel Deviation

Alert Point by more than the

Travel Deviation Time.

Alert Point (5%)

Alert Time (10 sec)

Deadband (2%)

Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert

Category. Use the default settings with

valves that are 4 inch and smaller with

PTFE packing systems.

With other valves, the user can refine the

settings with ValveLink software Dynamic

Error Band and Step Response Tests. Set

the related parameters as follows:

Tvl Dev Alert Point—set equal times 2 the

Maximum Dynamic Error, minimum 3%

Tvl Dev DB—set equal to the Dynamic

Error Band, minimum 2%

Tvl Dev Time—set equal to the T98 time

for a Step Test from 0 to 100% Travel,

minimum 10 seconds.

Travel Limit

(Travel)

(Advisory)

Travel Limit Hi Hi

(Disabled)

The Travel has exceeded the

Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point

Alert Point (125%)

Deadband (5%)

Enable this alert for critical loops, where it

is important to alert an operator if the

valve is approaching the wide open

position. A typical setting might be 95%.

Travel Limit Lo Lo

(Disabled)

The Travel is lower than the

Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point.

Alert Point (-25%)

Deadband (5%)

Enable this alert for critical loops, where it

is important to alert an operator if the

valve is approaching the closed position.

A typical setting might be 5%.

N/A

(Travel)

(N/A)

Travel Limit Hi

(Disabled)

The Travel has exceeded the

Travel Limit Hi Alert Point.

Alert Point (125%)

Deadband (5%)

Use the Alert Points and Deadband to

configure the Proximity Alerts below.

Travel Limit Lo

(Disabled)

The Travel is lower than the

Travel Limit Lo Alert Point.

Alert Point (-25%)

Deadband (5%)

Use the Alert Points and Deadband to

configure the Proximity Alerts below.

N/A

(Proximity)

(N/A)

Travel Open

(Disabled)

The Travel is greater than the

Open Alert Point

Alert Point (99.5%)

Deadband (5%)

Enable and set to report Travel with DI

Block

Travel Closed

(Disabled)

The Travel is greater than the

Closed Alert Point

Alert Point (0.5%)

Deadband (5%)

Enable and set to report Travel with DI

Block

Proximity Hi Hi

(Disabled)

The Travel is within the

configured band of the

configured center point.

Alert Point (125%)

Deadband (5%)

Enable and set to report Travel with DI

Block

Proximity Hi

(Disabled)

Alert Point (125%)

Deadband (5%)

Enable and set to report Travel with DI

Block

Proximity Lo

(Disabled)

Alert Point (-25%)

Deadband (5%)

Enable and set to report Travel with DI

Block

Proximity Lo Lo

(Disabled)

Alert Point (-25%)

Deadband (5%)

Enable and set to report Travel with DI

Block

Cycle Counter

(Travel History)

(Maintenance)

Cycle Counter

(Disabled)

The number of travel reversals

has exceeded the configured

limit.

Alert Point (1,000,000)

Deadband (1%)

Bellows Seal Bonnets— enable the alert in

the Maintenance Alert Category. Use the

bellows manufacturer's cycle life data to

set cycle limits.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

257

Table C‐2. Setting PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category)

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Related Parameters

(Default) Guidelines for Setting

Travel Accumulator

(Travel History)

(Maintenance)

Travel Accumulator

(Disabled)

The accumulated travel has

exceeded the configured limit.

Alert Point (1,000,000)

Deadband (1%)

Packing Bonnets— enable the alert in the

Maintenance Alert Category. When

packing leaks are discovered, set the

Travel Accumulator alert to 90% of the

current Travel Accumulator Value,

triggering an alert prior to anticipated

leak.

Performance Critical

(Performance)

(Failed)

Performance Critical

(Enabled)

Critical performance issues

based on continuous PD tests

internal to the instrument.

None Use default setting

Performance Reduced

(Performance)

(Maintenance)

Performance

Reduced

(Enabled)

Reduced performance issues

based on continuous PD tests

internal to the instrument.

None Use default setting

Performance Information

(Performance)

(Advisory)

Performance

Information

(Enabled)

Performance Information

based on continuous PD tests

internal to the instrument.

None Use default setting

Table C‐3. Using PlantWeb Alerts

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve/Instrument Recommended

Action Help

Drive Current

(Electronics)

(Failed)

Drive Current

(Enabled)

The difference between the

expected Drive Current and the

actual Drive Current has

exceeded the Drive Current

Alert Time.

If configured for Self Test

Shutdown, then the transducer

Actual mode is placed Out of

Service until the problem is

fixed. Out of Service results in

the instrument output

pressure(s) and actuator

position being at the Zero

Power Condition.

Check I/P module The instrument has

detected that the

difference between the

expected Drive Current

and the actual Drive

Current is greater than

the configured limit

1) Replace the I/P

module

2) Calibrate the device.

If the problem persists,

replace the printed

wiring board (PWB)

assembly.

Drive Signal

(Electronics)

(Maintenance)

Drive Signal

(Enabled)

If one of the following

conditions exist:

Where Zero Power Condition is

defined as closed:

Drive Signal < 10% and

Calibrated Travel > 3%

Drive Signal > 90% and

Calibrated Travel < 97%

Where Zero Power Condition is

defined as open:

Drive Signal < 10% and

Calibrated Travel < 97%

Drive Signal > 90% and

Calibrated Travel > 3%

None - Indicates reduced

performance.

Check instrument

pneumatics

The instrument I/P

drive signal necessary

to generate the

pressure output from

the instrument is not

within the expected

range. Potential causes

include I/P filter

plugged, instrument

pneumatic relay failure,

low supply pressure, air

leaks, or valve sticking.

Test the control valve

assembly for proper

operation. ValveLink

diagnostics can be used

for this purpose.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

258

Table C‐3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve/Instrument Recommended

Action Help

Processor Impaired

(Electronics)

(Maintenance)

Program Memory

(Enabled)

A pending Flash or NVM failure

is present.

If configured for Self Test

Shutdown, then the transducer

Actual mode is placed Out of

Service until the problem is

fixed. Out of Service results in

the instrument output

pressure(s) and actuator

position being at the Zero

Power Condition.

Replace PWB

assembly

An error has been

detected in the printed

wiring board (PWB)

assembly. Replace the

PWB assembly.

Static Memory

(Enabled)

A failure of the FRAM memory

where static parameters are

stored.

Processor

(Enabled)

A failure of the main Processor.

I/O Processor

(Enabled)

A failure of the I/O Processor.

Output Block Timeout

(Configuration)

(Maintenance

Output Block

Timeout

(Disabled)

If the AO or DO block has not

executed for longer than the

configured timeout, this alert is

detected.

If configured for Self Test

Shutdown, then the transducer

Actual mode is placed Out of

Service until the problem is

fixed. Out of Service results in

the instrument output

pressure(s) and actuator

position being at the Zero

Power Condition.

Check Output

Block

The function block

providing the setpoint

for the valve position

(AO or DO function

block) has not executed

within the user

configured time limit. If

configured for Self Test

Shutdown, the

transducer Actual

mode is set to Out of

Service.

1) Download the

control schedule from

the host configuration

device.

2) Make sure the Time

Out Alert Point is

greater than the block

execution schedule.

This alert should only

be utilized in very

critical loops where

execution time is

critical.

Blocks Set to Default

(Configuration)

(Failed)

Blocks Set to

Default

(Enabled)

If the resource block has

undergone Restart with

Defaults.

The transducer “Actual” mode

is placed Out of Service when

the defaults are applied. Out of

service results in the actuator

being at the Zero Power

Condition.

Download device

configuration

When restoring power

to the device, the

configuration

parameters could not

be recalled from

non‐volatile memory.

When the instrument

detects this condition,

the transducer Actual

mode is set to Out of

Service.

To correct this

situation, download the

configuration to the

device and set the

Target Mode of the

Resource block.

Shutdown Alert

(Configuration)

(Failed)

N/A A user configured Self Test

Shutdown condition has taken

the instrument to OOS.

None - Indicates why the

instrument remains OOS.

Same as the

configured Self

Test Shutdown.

The instrument Actual

mode remains OOS due

to a configured Self

Test Shutdown, where

Manual Recovery was

specified, even though

the condition may have

cleared. Check

Recommended Action

for the indicated

condition.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

259

Table C‐3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve/Instrument Recommended

Action Help

Travel Sensor

(Sensors)

(Failed)

Travel Sensor

(Enabled)

The travel feedback is within

acceptable limits.

If configured for Self Test

Shutdown, then the transducer

“Actual” mode is placed Out of

Service until the problem is

fixed. Out of service results in

the actuator being at the Zero

Power Condition.

Check mounting

and linkage

Travel feedback value is

outside expected

limits. If this problem

occurs during

instrument set‐up, the

most likely cause is

faulty mounting or

improper adjustment

of the travel sensor. If

this problem occurs

during normal

operation, the most

likely cause is a failure

of the travel sensor.

To correct,

1) Insure proper

mounting and linkage

adjustment.

2) Inspect and test

travel sensor

3) Toggle the

transducer target

mode.

If the problem persists,

replace the printed

wiring board (PWB)

assembly.

Output Press Sensor

(Sensors)

(Maintenance)

Port A Pressure

Sensor (Enabled)

The pressure sensor reading is

outside the functional range of

the sensor.

If configured for Self Test

Shutdown, then the transducer

“Actual” mode is placed Out of

Service until the problem is

fixed. Out of service results in

the actuator being at the “No

Power” condition.

Confirm proper

air supply

The pressure sensor

on‐board the device

has failed. This may be

due to excessive supply

pressure or

contaminated air.

If it is verified that the

air supply is ok, replace

the printed wiring

board (PWB) assembly.

Port B Pressure

Sensor (Enabled)

None - Indicates a possible

hardware problem that would

degrade diagnostic capability.

Supply Press Sensor

(Sensors)

(Advisory)

Supply Press

Sensor (Enabled)

The pressure sensor reading is

outside the functional range of

the sensor.

None - Indicates a possible

hardware problem that would

degrade diagnostic capability.

Confirm proper

air supply

The pressure sensor

on‐board the device

has failed. This may be

due to excessive supply

pressure or

contaminated air.

If it is verified that the

air supply is ok, replace

the printed wiring

board (PWB) assembly.

Temperature Sensor

(Sensors)

(Advisory)

Temperature

Sensor (Enabled)

The temperature sensor

reading is outside the

functional range of the sensor.

None - Indicates a possible

hardware problem that would

degrade instrument calibration

and diagnostic capability.

Replace PWB

assembly.

The temperature

sensor on‐board the

device has failed or the

unit has been exposed

to an temperature

extreme beyond the

recommended limits.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

260

Table C‐3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve/Instrument Recommended

Action Help

Pressure Fallback

(Sensors)

(Maintenance)

Pressure Fallback

(Enabled)

A travel sensor failure or large

travel deviation has resulted in

fallback to pressure control.

None - Indicates a reduced

performance condition.

Check instrument

feedback linkage

and travel sensor.

The instrument has

detected that the travel

sensor is outside its

normal range of

operation or that a

gross deviation exists

between set point and

actual travel. It has

switched to Pressure

Control and is no

longer using the travel

sensor to position the

valve.

Supply Pressure

(Environment)

(Maintenance)

Supply Press High

(Enabled)

The supply pressure has

exceeded the Supply Pressure

Hi Alert Point.

None - Indicates a condition

that could cause damage to

the instrument or actuator.

Confirm proper

air supply.

The Supply Pressure

sensor on‐board has

detected an abnormally

high supply pressure.

Verify the proper

supply pressure and

that the alert is

properly set.

Supply Press Low

(Enabled)

The supply pressure is lower

than the Supply Pressure Lo

Alert Point.

None - Indicates a condition

that could reduce performance

or prevent the valve from

shutting tightly.

The Supply Pressure

sensor on‐board has

detected an abnormally

low supply pressure.

Verify the proper

supply pressure and

that the alert is

properly set.

Temperature Limit

(Environment)

(Advisory)

Temperature High

(Enabled)

The temperature is greater

than the Temperature Hi Alert

Point.

None - Indicates a condition

that could shorten service life

or lead to reduced

performance.

Check instrument

environment.

The instrument

temperature has

exceeded the user

configured high

temperature limit.

Operation of the

instrument above the

rated temperature may

degrade instrument

components. This may

affect instrument

performance and/or

reduce the life of the

instrument.

Temperature Low

(Enabled)

The temperature is lower than

the Temperature Lo Alert

Point.

The instrument

temperature has

dropped below the user

configured low

temperature limit.

Operation of the

instrument below the

rated temperature may

degrade instrument

components. This may

affect instrument

performance and/or

reduce the life of the

instrument.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

261

Table C‐3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve/Instrument Recommended

Action Help

Travel Deviation

(Travel)

(Maintenance)

Travel Deviation

(Enabled)

The Travel Deviation has

exceeded the Travel Deviation

Alert Point by more than the

Travel Deviation Time.

None - Indicates a reduced

performance condition.

Check valve

friction, supply

air, instrument

tuning

The valve travel is not

following setpoint.

Check operation of the

valve and instrument.

Possible items include;

sticking valve, low

supply pressure,

broken feedback

linkage, instrument

pneumatic

components, actuator,

instrument tubing,

poor instrument

tuning, etc.

Test the control valve

assembly for proper

operation. ValveLink

software diagnostics

can be used for this

purpose.

Travel Limit

(Travel)

(Advisory)

Travel Limit Hi Hi

(Disabled)

The Travel has exceeded the

Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point.

None Check process

loop

The actual valve

position has exceeded

the configurable travel

limit (in %).

Travel Limit Lo Lo

(Disabled)

The Travel is lower than the

Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point.

None Check process

loop

N/A

(Travel)

(N/A)

Travel Limit Hi

(Disabled)

The Travel has exceeded the

Travel Limit Hi Alert Point.

None Check process

loop

The actual valve

position has exceeded

the configurable travel

limit (in %).

Travel Limit Lo

(Disabled)

The Travel is lower than the

Travel Limit Lo Alert Point.

None Check process

loop

The actual valve

position has exceeded

the configurable travel

limit (in %).

N/A

(Proximity)

(N/A)

Travel Open

(Disabled)

The Travel is greater than the

Open Alert Point

None Check process

loop

The actual valve

position is near the full

open position.

Travel Closed

(Disabled)

The Travel is greater than the

Closed Alert Point

None Check process

loop

The actual valve

position is near the full

closed position.

Proximity Hi Hi

(Disabled)

The Travel is within the

configured band of the

configured center point.

None Check process

loop

The actual valve

position is near the

configured center

point.

Proximity Hi

(Disabled)

None

Proximity Lo

(Disabled)

None

Proximity Lo Lo

(Disabled)

None

Cycle Counter

(Travel History)

(Maintenance)

Cycle Counter

(Disabled)

The number of travel reversals

has exceeded the configured

limit.

None Perform periodic

maintenance

The cycle count limit

has been exceeded.

Perform periodic

maintenance. Check

packing, linkages,

diaphragms, seals, etc.

Travel Accumulator

(Travel History)

(Maintenance)

Travel

Accumulator

(Disabled)

The accumulated travel has

exceeded the configured limit.

None Perform periodic

maintenance

The travel accumulator

limit has been

exceeded. Perform

periodic maintenance.

Check packing,

linkages, diaphragms,

seals, etc.

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

PlantWeb Alerts

January 2015

262

Table C‐3. Using PlantWeb Alerts (Continued)

PlantWeb Alert

(Group)

(Default Alert Category

Alert Condition

(Default) What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve/Instrument Recommended

Action Help

Performance Critical

(Performance)

(Failed)

Performance

Critical

(Enabled)

Critical performance issues

based on continuous PD tests

internal to the instrument.

None - Indicates control has

been lost or severely reduced.

Check I/P, Relay,

Valve, Actuator

or Ext. Tubing as

indicated.

On‐board diagnostics

have detected a critical

performance issue that

may result in loss of

control or severe

reduction in control

performance. Check or

replace the component

indicated in the

possible cause detail.

Performance Reduced

(Performance)

(Maintenance

Performance

Reduced (Enabled)

Reduced performance issues

based on continuous PD tests

internal to the instrument.

None - Indicates reduced

performance.

Check I/P, Relay,

Valve, Actuator

or Ext. Tubing as

indicated.

On‐board diagnostics

have detected a

performance issue that

has reduced control

performance. Check or

replace the component

indicated in the

possible cause detail.

Performance Information

(Performance)

(Advisory)

Performance

Information

(Enabled)

Performance Information

based on continuous PD tests

internal to the instrument.

None - Indicates information

that may pertain to control

performance.

No action

required.

On‐board diagnostics

have detected an

abnormal performance

condition. No

immediate action

required.

Table C‐4. Output Block PV Status

FEATURE_SEL

PW Alarms Set PV Status

Transducer Mode,

Actual

Active PlantWeb

Alarms

AO / DO

PV Status

AO / DO PV

Substatus AO/DO PV Limit Substatus(1)

Enabled

OOS X Bad Device Failure Constant

Man X Bad Non‐specific Constant

Auto Fail Uncertain Subnormal See table C‐5

Auto Maint, no Fail Uncertain Non‐specific See table C‐5

Auto Advisory, no Fail, no Maint Good Advisory See table C‐5

Auto None Good Non‐Specific See table C‐5

Not Enabled

OOS X Bad Device Failure Constant

Man X Bad Non‐Specific Constant

Auto Fail Good Non‐Specific See table C‐5

Auto Maint, no Fail Good Non‐Specific See table C‐5

Auto Advisory, no Fail, no Maint Good Non‐Specific See table C‐5

Auto None Good Non‐Specific See table C‐5

NOTES:

X = No Effect

1. PV limit substatus reflects only READBACK limit substatus. SP limit substatus reflects only out block rate limits.

Table C‐5. Limit Sub Status

Out Block Transducer Mode In Cutoff Region Rate Limited Limit Sub‐Status

AO, DO OOS X X Constant

AO, DO MAN X X Constant

AO AUTO High X High Limited

AO AUTO Low X Low Limited

AO AUTO X High High Limited

AO AUTO X Low Low Limited

AO AUTO None None Not Limited

DO AUTO X High High Limited

DO AUTO X Low Low Limited

DO AUTO X None Not Limited

NOTE: X = No Effect

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

263

Appendix D FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication9‐D‐D‐

DVC6200f digital valve controllers use the FOUNDATION fieldbus to communicate with other fieldbus instruments and

the control system. Fieldbus is an all digital, serial, two‐way communication system which interconnects “field”

equipment such as transmitters, digital valve controllers, and process controllers. Fieldbus is a local‐area network

(LAN) for instruments used in both process and manufacturing automation with built‐in capability to distribute the

control application across the network.

Function Block Overview

A fieldbus system is a distributed system composed of field devices and control and monitoring equipment integrated

into the physical environment of a plant or factory. Fieldbus devices work together to provide I/O and control for

automated processes and operations. The Fieldbus Foundation provides a framework for describing these systems as a

collection of physical devices interconnected by a fieldbus network. One of the ways that the physical devices are used

is to perform their portion of the total system operation by implementing one or more function blocks.

Function Blocks

Function blocks within the fieldbus device perform the various functions required for process control. Because each

system is different, the mix and configuration of functions are different. Therefore, the Fieldbus Foundation has

designed a range of function blocks, each addressing a different need: Analog Input Block (AI), Multiple Analog Input

(MAI), Discrete Input Block (DI), Manual Loader Block (ML), Bias/Gain Station Block (BG), Control Selector Block (CS), P,

PD Controller Block (PD), PID, PI, I Controller Block (PID), Ratio Station Block (RA), Analog Output Block (AO) and

Discrete Output Block (DO).

Function blocks perform process control functions, such as analog input (AI) and analog output (AO) functions as well

as proportional‐integral‐derivative (PID) functions. The standard function blocks provide a common structure for

defining function block inputs, outputs, control parameters, events, alarms, and modes, and combining them into a

process that can be implemented within a single device or over the fieldbus network. This simplifies the identification

of characteristics that are common to function blocks.

The Fieldbus Foundation has established the function blocks by defining a set of parameters used in all function blocks

called universal parameters. The Fieldbus Foundation has also defined a standard set of function block classes, such as

input, output, control, and calculation blocks. Each of these classes have a set of parameters established for it.

Additionally, they have published definitions for transducer blocks commonly used with standard function blocks.

Examples include temperature, pressure, level, and flow transducer blocks.

Fieldbus Foundation specifications and definitions allow vendors to add their own, extended parameters, as well as

their own algorithms. This approach permits extending function block definitions as new requirements are discovered

and as technology advances.

Each block has a tag name. Service personnel need only know the tag name of the block to access or change the

appropriate block parameters.

Input events may affect the operation of the algorithm. An execution control function regulates the receipt of input

events and the generation of output events during execution of the algorithm. Upon completion of the algorithm, the

data internal to the block is saved for use in the next execution, and the output data is snapped, releasing it for use by

other function blocks.

Once the inputs are snapped, the algorithm operates on them, generating outputs as it progresses. Algorithm

executions are controlled through the setting of internal parameters. Internal parameters do not appear as normal

input and output parameters. However, they may be accessed and modified remotely, as specified by the function

block.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

264

Figure D‐1 illustrates the internal structure of a function block. When execution begins, input parameter values from

other blocks are snapped‐in by the block. The input snap process ensures that these values do not change during the

block execution. New values received for these parameters do not affect the snapped values and will not be used by

the function block during the current execution.

Function blocks are also capable of performing short‐term data collection and storage for reviewing their behavior.

Instrument‐Specific Blocks

In addition to function blocks, fieldbus devices contain two other block types to support the function blocks. These are

the resource block and the transducer block. The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics

associated with a device. Transducer blocks couple the function blocks to local input/output functions.

Figure D‐1. Function Block Internal Structure

Input

Events

Output

Events

Processing

Algorithm

Output

Snap

Input

Snap

Input Parameter

Linkages

status status

Execution Control

Output

Parameter

Linkages

B2711

Resource Blocks

The resource block contains hardware specific characteristics associated with the device; it has no input or output

parameters. The algorithm within a resource block monitors and controls the general operation of the physical device

hardware. The execution of this algorithm is dependent on the characteristics of the physical device, as defined by the

manufacturer. As a result of this activity, the algorithm may cause the generation of events. There is only one resource

block defined for a device. For example, placing the resource block in Out of Service mode stops all function block

execution, by setting their modes to Out of Service as well. The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out

of Service, but the function block target modes will not change. Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode

does not affect the mode of the transducer block.

Transducer Blocks

Transducer blocks connect function blocks to local input/output functions. They read sensor hardware and write to

effector (actuator) hardware. This permits the transducer block to execute as frequently as necessary to obtain good

data from sensors and ensure proper writes to the actuator without burdening the function blocks that use the data.

The transducer block also isolates the function block from the specific characteristics of the physical I/O.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

265

Block Modes

All blocks have modes. The mode determines the source of the set point, the destination of the output, how the block

executes, and the relationship between setpoint and output. The block mode is determined by the Block Mode

parameter. It is a structured parameter composed of the attributes actual, target, permitted, and normal. The

following defines each of the attributes.

 Target mode—The Target mode is the mode requested by the user or host system. Only one mode is allowed to be

set and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter.

 Actual mode—This is the current mode of the block. The actual mode may differ from the target mode due to

operating conditions of the block.

 Permitted mode—The permitted mode defines the modes allowed for the block. This is set by the user or host

system but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular block. Any

change request to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attribute to ensure the

requested mode is permitted.

When setting the Permitted mode, there is no check against any of the other attributes (Normal or Target modes).

Therefore, the normal or target mode attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the permitted

attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set. This will have no effect on the instrument until the

user attempts to modify the Target or Normal mode. At this time these attributes are tested against the Permitted

modes, thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted.

 Normal mode—The normal mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions. The

normal mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode (see permitted mode). The

user or host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and, based on the results, determine if the

block is operating normally.

Table D‐1 lists the modes supported by each block contained in the digital valve controller.

Table D‐1. DVC6200f Block Modes

Block Supported Mode Values

Resource Auto and OOS

Transducer Auto, Manual, and OOS

AO RCas, Cas, Auto, Man, LO(1), IMan(1), and OOS

PID ROut, RCas, Cas, Auto, Man, LO(1), IMan(1), and OOS

ISEL Auto, Man and OOS

OS IMan(1), Auto, Cas and OOS

AI Man, Auto, and OOS

MAI Man, Auto, and OOS

DO RCas, Cas, Auto, Man, LO(1), IMan(1), and OOS

DI Auto, Man, and OOS

1. This mode cannot be specified as a target mode.

Changing the block mode requires accessing the Block Mode parameter. For information on using the host system to

change the block mode via this parameter, see the appropriate host documentation.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

266

Note

A downstream block changing to Out of Service impacts the mode of the upstream block. Refer to the block hierarchy in

figure D‐2.

Figure D‐2. Digital Valve Controller Block Hierarchy Example

TRANSDUCER

BLOCK

ANALOG OUTPUT

(AO) BLOCK

PID BLOCK

RESOURCE BLOCK

NOTES:

1. CHANGING THE RESOURCE BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE CHANGES ALL FUNCTION BLOCKS

TO OUT OF SERVICE, BUT DOES NOT AFFECT THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK.

2. CHANGING A DOWNSTREAM BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE AFFECTS THE UP STREAM BLOCK.

FOR EXAMPLE: WHEN THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK IS OUT OF SERVICE, THE AO BLOCK MODE

WILL CHANGE TO IMAN (INITIALIZE MANUAL).

Note

There is no mode associated with the FOUNDATION fieldbus Loop. Mode is dependent on the blocks within the Loop.

Explanation of Modes

Out of Service (OOS)—The functions performed by the block are not executed. If the block has any outputs, these

typically do not update and the status of any values passed to downstream blocks will be “BAD”. To make changes to

some of the parameters in a block requires that the block be Out of Service.

Initialization Manual (IMan)—Only the AO, DO, OS and PID blocks support this mode. When one of these blocks

detects a loss of a correct path to the downstream block (such as when the downstream block is in the OOS, Man, or

LO mode), it enters the IMan mode. For example, when the transducer block enters the OOS mode, the AO block

enters the IMan mode.

Local Override (LO)—Only the AO, DO, and PID blocks support this mode. If the PID block enters the LO mode, the

block output follows the tracking value (TRK_VAL), if external tracking is enabled by TRK_IN_D. In the AO and DO

block, the block enters LO mode when the block detects that fault state is active. In this case, the output is determined

by the selection for I/O_OPTS.

Manual (Man)—If the data status of a function block's input is bad or its target mode is Man, the block enters the

manual mode. In this mode, the function block does not update its OUT value. If the target is Man, the user may write

a desired value to the output.

Automatic (Auto)—The block performs the specified calculations based on the local set point and outputs the result,

independently without interfacing with another block. The user can write to the set point of a block in this mode. Any

block outputs continue to update.

Cascade (Cas)—The block performs the specified calculations based on the set point from another block via the

cascade input parameter and outputs the result. Any block outputs continue to update.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

267

Remote Output (ROut)—The block outputs are set to the value of the remote output parameter that is written by a

host computer or others. To prevent a sudden change in output, the block's calculations are initialized when a change

in mode occurs.

Remote Cascade (RCas)—The block performs the specified calculations based on a set point from a host computer or

others via the remote cascade input and outputs the result. If the block has any outputs, these continue to update.

Examples of Modes for Various Operational Statuses

Table D‐2 shows examples of block mode combinations in a digital valve controller (however it does not show all

combinations). When a block changes mode or the data status signal changes for some reason, the other blocks

connected to that block identify the change by detecting the change in status of an input signal, and change their

modes too. For example, when the data status of BKCAL_IN in a PID block changes to bad, the PID block automatically

changes its mode to Iman to initialize the control of its downstream block.

Table D‐2. Examples of Block Mode Combinations and Operational statuses for an Instrument with Standard Control

Operational Status Blocks

PID AO TB(1)

Initial Setup and calibration - - - OOS OOS

Modification of some transducer block parameters - - - IMan Manual

Constant valve position control - - - Auto Auto

PID Single‐loop control Auto Cas Auto

PID Cascade‐loop control Primary PID, Auto

Secondary PID, Cas Cas Auto

1. TB=Transducer Block

The respective modes to which each block should enter upon occurrence of a communication error and at a restart,

and the handling of signals in each mode may be defined in the block's option parameters such as IO_OPTS and

STATUS_OPTS. For details, see the detailed descriptions of each function block.

Device Descriptions

Device Descriptions are specified definitions that are associated with blocks. Device descriptions provide for the

definition and description of blocks and their parameters.

Device descriptions may also include a set of processing routines called Methods. Methods provide a procedure for

accessing and manipulating a series of parameters within a device, such as for setup and calibration. Methods are used

for a variety of functions including automatic calibration, setting protection and setting up the instrument. These

Methods are a predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup, calibrate, and perform other

functions on the instrument.

Transducer Block Status and Limit Propagation

Every FOUNDATION fieldbus parameter has a value and a status. The status attribute is divided into three components:

Quality, Quality substatus, and a Limit. The Quality can be Good (Cascade), Good (Non‐Cascade), Uncertain, and Bad.

Each quality can have a substatus as shown in table D‐3. Each status attribute also has four possible limit states: Not

limited, Low limited, High limited, and Constant. Refer to the Fieldbus Foundation specifications for a more detailed

description. The following describes how the transducer block passes status information to the AO block. For

information on status handling by the function blocks within the digital valve controller, refer to the Detailed Setup

section.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

268

Table D‐3. Status Attribute Quality and Substatus Components

Quality Substatus

Good (NC) Non‐specific

Good (NC) Active Block Alarm

Good (NC) Active Advisory Alarm

Good (NC) Active Critical Alarm

Good (NC) Unack Block Alarm

Good (NC) Unack Advisory Alarm

Good (NC) Unack Critical Alarm

Uncertain Non‐specific

Uncertain Last Usable Value

Uncertain Substitute/Manual Entry

Uncertain Initial Value

Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate

Uncertain Engineering Unit Range Violation

Uncertain Sub‐normal

Good (C) Non‐specific

Good (C) Initialization Acknowledge

Good (C) Initialization Request

Good (C) Not Invited

Good (C) Not Selected

Good (C) Local Override

Good (C) Fault State Active

Good (C) Initiate Fault State

Bad Non‐specific

Bad Configuration Error

Bad Not Connected

Bad Device Failure

Bad Sensor Failure

Bad No Comm, with LUV

Bad No Comm, no LUV

Bad Out of Service

(NC)=(Non‐cascade) (C)= (Cascade)

Status Propagation

The transducer block accepts the output from the AO block or DO block if the output parameter status is Good

(Non‐cascade) or Good (Cascade). When the AO or DO block is Out of Service the output parameter status is Bad. In

this case, the transducer block holds the last value.

If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the AO block READBACK parameter status is Bad-Out of Service.

This could be caused by a Failed Alert. If a Failed Alert is active, the block error parameter (parameter name

BLOCK_ERR) for the Resource block will indicate Device Needs Maintenance Now. For more information on the

Resource and Transducer block error indications, refer to the Viewing Device Information section of this manual.

If the transducer block is functioning correctly the AO block READBACK parameter status is Good

(Non‐cascade)-Non‐specific. If a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active the substatus will reflect a Unacknowledged or

Active advisory alert. When a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active, the block error for the resource block indicates

Device Needs Maintenance Soon.

Limit Propagation

The following describes limit propagation:

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

269

AO Block

 If the valve position is below the low cutoff value, the AO block READBACK status limit is LOW_LIMITED.

 If the valve position is above the high cutoff value, the AO block READBACK status limit is HIGH_LIMITED.

 If the transducer block actual mode is Auto and the above conditions are not true, the AO block READBACK status

limit is NOT_LIMITED.

 If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the AO block READBACK status limit is CONSTANT.

DO Block

 If the transducer block actual mode is Auto, the DO block READBACK_D status is NOT_LIMITED.

 If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service, the DO block READBACK_D status is CONSTANT.

The control strategy should be configured to monitor the Analog Output block status and take action where

appropriate when the status is no longer Good.

Network Communication

Figure D‐3 illustrates a simple fieldbus network consisting of a single segment.

Figure D‐3. Simple Single‐Link Fieldbus Network

Fieldbus Segment

LINK MASTER

BASIC DEVICES

LAS = Link Active Scheduler

LAS

B2712‐1

Device Addressing

Fieldbus uses addresses between 0 and 255. Addresses 0 through 15 are typically reserved for group addressing and

for use by the data link layer. If there are two or more devices with the same address, the first device to start will use its

programmed address. Each of the other devices will be given one of four temporary addresses between 248 and 251. If

a temporary address is not available, the device will be unavailable until a temporary address becomes available.

Commission devices use addresses 20-35, and standby devices use addresses 232‐247.

Link Active Scheduler (LAS)

There is only one active Link Active Scheduler (LAS) for the entire fieldbus control system. The digital valve controller

includes an LAS. The Link Active Scheduler operates as the bus arbiter for the link, and

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

270

 recognizes and adds new devices to the link.

 removes non‐responsive devices from the link.

 distributes Data Link (DL) and Link Scheduling (LS) time on the link. Data Link Time is a network‐wide

time periodically distributed by the LAS to synchronize all device clocks on the bus. Link Scheduling time is a

link‐specific time represented as an offset from Data Link Time. It is used to indicate when the LAS on each link begins

and repeats its schedule. It is used by system management to synchronize function block execution with the data

transfers scheduled by the LAS.

 polls devices for process loop data at scheduled transmission times.

 distributes a priority‐driven token to devices between scheduled transmissions.

The DVC6200f can be designated to act as the backup Link Active Scheduler (LAS) in the event that the LAS is

disconnected from the segment. As the backup LAS, the DVC6200f will take over the management of

communications until the host is restored. The host system may provide a configuration tool specifically designed to

designate a particular device as a backup LAS. Otherwise, this can be configured manually as follows:

1. Access the Management Information Base (MIB) for the DVC6200f.

2. To activate the LAS capability, write 0x02 to the BOOT_OPERAT_FUNCTIONAL_CLASS object (Index 605). To

deactivate, write 0x01.

Restart the processor.

Only one device can communicate at a time. Permission to communicate on the bus is controlled by a centralized

token passed between devices by the LAS. Only the device with the token can communicate. The LAS maintains a list

of all devices are a member of the bus. This list is called the “Live List”.

Two types of tokens are used by the LAS. A time‐critical token, compel data (CD), is sent by the LAS according to a

schedule. A non‐time critical token, pass token (PT), is sent by the LAS to each device in numerical order according to

address.

Device Communication

Scheduled Transfers

Information is transferred between devices over the fieldbus using three different types of communication:

 Publisher/Subscriber: This type of communication is used to transfer critical process loop data, such as the process

variable. The data producers (publishers) post the data in a buffer that is transmitted to the subscriber (S), when the

publisher is issued the Compel Data (CD) message from the LAS. The buffer contains only one copy of the data. New

data completely overwrites previous data. Updates to published data are transferred simultaneously to all

subscribers in a single broadcast. Transfers of this type are scheduled on a precisely periodic basis.

Figure D‐4 diagrams the method of scheduled data transfer. Scheduled data transfers are typically used for the regular

cyclic transfer of process loop data between devices on the fieldbus. Scheduled transfers use publisher/subscriber type

of reporting for data transfer. The Link Active Scheduler maintains a list of transmit times for all publishers in all devices

that need to be cyclically transmitted. When it is time for a device to publish data, the LAS issues a Compel Data (CD)

message to the device. Upon receipt of the CD, the device broadcasts or “publishes” the data to all devices on the

fieldbus. Any device that is configured to receive the data is called a “subscriber”.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

271

Figure D‐4. Scheduled Data Transfer

B2713‐1

LAS

DT(A)

Device X Device Y Device Z

CD (X, A)

LAS=Link Active Scheduler

P=Publisher

S=Subscriber

CD=Compel Data

DT=Data Transfer Packet

Schedule

PPPSSS

AAA

Host System

Unscheduled Transfers

Figure D‐5 diagrams an unscheduled transfer. Unscheduled transfers are used for things like user‐initiated changes,

including set point changes, mode changes, tuning changes, and upload/download. Unscheduled transfers use either

report distribution or client/server type of reporting for transferring data.

Figure D‐5. Unscheduled Data Transfer

B2714‐1

LAS

Device X Device Y Device Z

PT (Z)

LAS=Link Active Scheduler

P=Publisher

S=Subscriber

PT=Pass Token

M=Message

Schedule

PPPSS

AAA

Host System

All of the devices on the fieldbus are given a chance to send unscheduled messages between transmissions of

scheduled data. The LAS grants permission to a device to use the fieldbus by issuing a pass token (PT) message to the

device. When the device receives the PT, it is allowed to send messages until it has finished or until the “maximum

token hold time” has expired, whichever is the shorter time. The message may be sent to a single destination or to

multiple destinations.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication

January 2015

272

 Report Distribution: This type of communication is used to broadcast and multicast event and trend reports.

 Client/Server: This type of communication is used for request/ response exchanges between pairs of devices, such

as a set point change. Like Report Distribution reporting, the transfers are queued, unscheduled, and prioritized.

Queued means the messages are sent and received in the order submitted for transmission, according to their

priority, without overwriting previous messages.

Function Block Scheduling

Figure D‐6 shows an example of a link schedule. A single iteration of the link‐wide schedule is called the macrocycle.

When the system is configured and the function blocks are linked, a master link‐wide schedule is created for the LAS.

Each device maintains its portion of the link‐wide schedule, known as the Function Block Schedule. The Function Block

Schedule indicates when the function blocks for the device are to be executed. The scheduled execution time for each

function block is represented as an offset from the beginning of the macrocycle start time.

Figure D‐6. Example Link Schedule Showing Scheduled and Unscheduled Communication

B2715‐1

Sequence Repeats

AI AI

AO AOPIDPID

Macrocycle Start Time

Offset from macrocycle

start time = 0 for AI Execution

Offset from macrocycle

start time = 20 for AI

Communication

Offset from macrocycle

start time = 30 for AI

Execution

Device 1

Scheduled

Communication

Unscheduled

Communication

Device 2

Macrocycle

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 20 40 60 80 100 120

Offset from macrocycle

start time = 50 for AO

Communication

Start of Next Macrocycle

To support synchronization of schedules, periodically Link Scheduling (LS) time is distributed. The beginning of the

macrocycle represents a common starting time for all Function Block schedules on a link and for the LAS link‐wide

schedule. This permits function block executions and their corresponding data transfers to be synchronized in time.

Network Management

Information for setting up network communications, including Virtual Communication Relationships (VCRs), host

timer recommendations, and other network parameters, can be found in the capabilities file (.cff) available from the

website www.FIELDVUE.com or from the Fieldbus Foundation website.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Device Description Installation

January 2015

273

Appendix E Device Description Installation10‐E‐E‐

Overview

Several support files are required for the DVC6200f digital valve controller. They are:

 Device Description (DD) files—These files define the data interface to the digital valve controller (file extensions

.sym and .ffo).

 Capabilities File—These files allow a host to configure the control system off‐line (e.g., without having a device

physically attached to the host) (file extension .cff).

 DeltaV Registry File—This file is used by DeltaV to define the device interface (file extension .reg)

 DeltaV fhx File—This file is used by DeltaV to define the device and the data interface to the device (file extension

.fhx).

 DeltaV Windows Resource File—These files define the user interface for the device for DeltaV and include the

definitions for the transducer block interface and the resource block interface (file extension .dll).

The directory structure defined by the Fieldbus Foundation for device descriptions is as follows:

....\xxxxxx\yyyy\rrddcc.eee

where:

....\ is the path to the DD structure as implemented by the host system. This is typically defined as the base path

to the DD since access to the specific device DD is predefined from the base folder. For a DeltaV system, the

DDs are included with the support files and are located in a folder named “amsdevices.” For other hosts, the

Fieldbus Foundation defines a folder named “release” that is included with the CD‐ROM, however, you do not

need to retain this folder name.

xxxxxx is the 6‐digit hexadecimal equivalent of the manufacturer's identification number as defined by the Fieldbus

Foundation. Fisher Controls' ID number is 5100 (or in the folder format 005100). This number is also stored in

the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Mfg ID (parameter name MANUFAC_ID).

yyyy is the 4‐digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device type, as defined by the manufacturer. For example, the

device type for the DVC6200f digital valve controller is 4602. This number is stored in the instrument

Resource Block in the parameter Device Type (parameter name DEV_TYPE).

rr is the 2‐digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device revision, as defined by the manufacturer. It is stored in the

instrument Resource Block in the parameter Device Revision (parameter name DEV_REV).

dd is the 2‐digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device description (DD) revision that applies to the device, as

defined by the manufacturer. The host will always use the latest version of the DD that it finds for a particular

device revision. When part of the name of a capabilities file, this value is always the same as the value of the

DD_REV parameter stored in the Resource Block of the instrument. The value of the DD_REV parameter

represents the earliest version of the DD that is compatible with the device revision of the instrument.

cc is a 2‐digit hexadecimal equivalent for the capabilities files (.cff) revision, as defined by the manufacturer. The

latest revision of the capabilities files, for a particular device revision, is the file with the largest value for this

number.

eee is the file extension. At this time, five extensions exist for files, they are:

 .sym—This extension denotes a device description (DD) symbol file as defined by the Fieldbus

Foundation.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Device Description Installation

January 2015

274

 .ffo—This extension denotes a complete, tokenized, device description for the instrument as defined by

the Fieldbus Foundation.

 .cff—This extension denotes a capabilities file for the instrument as defined by the FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Common File Format specification.

 .fhx—This extension denotes a DeltaV device definition file.

 .dll—This extension denotes a windows resource file used by DeltaV.

 .reg—This extension denotes a DeltaV registry file.

 .alm—This extension denotes a DeltaV alarm file (DeltaV version 6 only).

Device Description and Methods

FOUNDATION fieldbus technology uses Device Descriptions (DD) and function blocks to achieve interoperability

between instruments and control systems or hosts from various manufacturers. The DD provides information to

describe the data interface to the device.

The following table describes the compatibility between the DVC6200f firmware revisions and DD revisions.

Device Description Compatibility

Firmware Revision DD Compatibility

2.0 2 and 3

For fieldbus devices, in addition to providing parameter definitions and other information required by the control

system to communicate with the fieldbus device, the DD may also include methods. Methods can be used for a variety

of functions including automatic calibration, setting protection, setting up the instrument, etc. These methods are a

predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup, calibrate, and perform other functions on the

instrument. How the method prompts the user, and how messages appear is determined by the host system. For

information on using methods on the host system see the appropriate host system documentation.

Table E‐1 contains the methods available in the DVC6200f, the block it is found in, and the page number where it is

described.

Installing DD on a DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation

The following is general information that may apply when installing the DD on a DeltaV system during the Add Device

Definition procedure. This procedure is accessed from the DeltaV/Library, as shown in figure E‐1. For complete

information, refer to the DeltaV documentation.

Figure E‐1. Add Device Definition

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Device Description Installation

January 2015

275

Note

Before beginning the Add Device Definition procedure, it is recommended that the Add Device Utility be installed on DeltaV. This

may help prevent installation errors from occurring.

Table E‐1. Methods

Method Block Description Location

Auto Calibration Transducer page 190

Block Error Reporting Transducer page 62

Block Mode Transducer page 38

Resource page 21

Display DD Version Resource page 277

Instrument Alerts Transducer page 45

Manual Travel Calibration Transducer page 190

Output A Sensor Calibration Transducer page 193

Output B Sensor Calibration Transducer page 193

PlantWeb Alerts Transducer page 45

Relay Adjust Transducer page 191

Reset Options Resource page 197

Device Setup Transducer page 16

Stabilize/Optimize Transducer page 40

Stroke Valve Transducer page 204

Supply Sensor Calibration Transducer page 192

Define Custom Characteristic Transducer page 44

Travel Deviation Fallback Transducer page 43

Outblock Selection Transducer page 45

PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status Transducer page 62

Performance Tuner Transducer page 20, 40

Note

Be sure to select the correct DD for the DeltaV revision being used. The resource files are different for each revision of DeltaV.

 Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher. All the files are located in the

manufacturer ID Folder (005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above). A readme file is included at the top level.

Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation.

 Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus Foundation (on CD‐ROM or diskette) contain the files for each

registered manufacturer and their associated device(s). It is placed on the media starting with the release folder,

which then contains a folder (xxxxxx) for each manufacturer as defined above. For Fisher this folder is 005100. A

readme file may be included at the top level. Read this file for any additional information regarding the DD.

 For the DVC6200f—The device type parameter for this unit is 4602. This device includes the AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI,

MAI, DO and DI function blocks. From DeltaV Explorer, select the amsdevices\005100\4602 folder (refer to

figure E‐2).

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Device Description Installation

January 2015

276

Figure E‐2. amsdevices folder

 The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www.FIELDVUE.com.

If you are downloading from the internet, the file on the website will be compressed (zipped) and must be

decompressed (unzipped) before proceeding. Refer to the website download and installation procedures for setting

up the DD on your system. Note the folder where the decompressed files are placed. This information will be

required later in the installation procedure.

Note

Record any warning/error messages from the message window in DeltaV Explorer so that it can be communicated to the DeltaV

Technical Support Group.

Installing DDs on Other Fieldbus Host Systems

The following is a generic procedure for installing the device descriptions on a host system. Refer to your host system

documentation for specific information. In general the following may apply:

 Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher. All the files are located in the

manufacturer ID Folder (005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above). A readme file is included at the top level.

Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation.

 Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus Foundation (on CD‐ROM or diskette) contain the files for each

registered manufacturer and their associated device(s). It is placed on the media starting with the release folder,

which then contains a folder (xxxxxx) for each manufacturer as defined above. For Fisher this folder is 005100. A

readme file may be included at the top level. Read this file for any additional information regarding the DD.

 For the DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller—The device type parameter for this unit is 4602. This device includes the

AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO and DI function blocks. From Windows Explorer, select the release\005100\4602

folder.

 The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www.fisher.com. If

you are downloading from the internet, the file on the website will be compressed (zipped) and must be

decompressed (unzipped) before proceeding. Refer to the website download and installation procedures for setting

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Device Description Installation

January 2015

277

up the DD on your system. Note the folder where the decompressed files are placed. This information will be

required later in the installation procedure.

Note

This procedure will install the necessary Device Description files (*.ffo and *.sym), and Capabilities file (*.cff) for the device.

1. Locate or create the folder on the host system to contain all the DD and capabilities files.

If you are creating a folder, you can name this new folder whatever you would like and it can have any path you define.

For this installation procedure, this folder will be referred to as the base folder.

2. On the CD‐ROM or in the website download files, locate the folder with the new support files. This folder is called

\RELEASE.

3. Open this folder and select the folder named 005100.

4. Copy the 005100 folder (and all its subfolders) from the CD‐ROM or website download location to the base folder.

If this is an update (the folders already exist), the system informs you that the folders already exist and asks if they

should be replaced. Answer Yes or OK so the folders are properly updated.

5. The new support files are now installed. You may have to restart applications and drivers in order for the new files to

become active.

DD installation is complete. Consult the system documentation for commissioning new devices or updating existing

devices.

Displaying the Device Description Version

You can use the DD In Use method to display version information for the device descriptions installed on the system.

The DD in Use method is included with the device description (DD) software. For information on using methods, see

the host system documentation.

DD in Use displays the version number displayed in the format: device type.device revision.DD revision. The Min

Compatible DD revision displayed is the latest device description revision that is compatible with the displayed device

revision.

This method is available via the resource block.

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Device Description Installation

January 2015

278

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Operating with a DeltaV System

January 2015

279

Appendix F Operating with a DeltaV SystemF‐F‐

Process Systems DeltaV System

Getting Started with DeltaV Host Systems

Appropriate Device Descriptions (DDs) installed. See the Device Description Compatibility table on

page 274. For DD installation information see Appendix E.

Digital valve controller correctly mounted on actuator. For mounting information see the

Installation section of this manual and the instructions included with the mounting kit.

Utilities connected. For information on making pneumatic and electrical connections, see the

Installation section of this manual. For information on applying power to the segment, see DeltaV

books online.

Instrument in standby. For information on placing the instrument in standby, see DeltaV books

online.

Perform the initial setup. See the Basic Setup section of this manual. If the valve is shipped from the

factory mounted on an actuator, perform basic setup only to verify setup is correct and valve

operation is satisfactory.

Device Commissioned. For information on commissioning a device, see DeltaV books online.

Additional configuration required, such as setting alarms, cutoffs, and other resource block and

transducer block parameters. See the Detailed Setup section of this manual.

Control strategy defined. For information on defining a control strategy, see DeltaV books online.

Associate I/O with device. See DeltaV books online.

Download device. See DeltaV books online.



Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Operating with a DeltaV System

January 2015

280

Table F‐1. Transducer Block (TB) Parameters - Configuration Index

Parameter Label Path to Parameter

Actual Travel TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Actual Travel

Actuator Fail Action TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Fail Action

Actuator Manufacturer ID TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Manufacturer ID

Actuator Model Number TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Model Number

Actuator Serial Number TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Serial Number

Actuator Size TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Size

Actuator Style TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Actuator Style

Air TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Air

Alert Conditions TB > Device Diagnostics > Alert Conditions

Alert Key TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Alert Key

Area Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Units: Area Units

Block Configuration Error TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Transducer Block Error: Block Configuration Error

Blocks Set to Default Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Blocks Set to Default: Block Set to Default Alert

Blocks Set to Default Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Configuration > Blocks Set to Default: Block Set to Default Alert Enable

Calibration Date TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration: Calibration Date

Calibration Location TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration: Calibration Location

Calibration Person TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Calibration: Calibration Person

Cycle Count TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter:Cycle Count

TB > Device Variables > Overview > Cycle Count

Cycle Count Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter: Cycle Count Alert

Cycle Count Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter: Cycle Count Alert Enable

Cycle Count Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter Cycle Count Alert Point

Cycle Count Deadband TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Travel History > Cycle Counter: Cycle Count Deadband

Device Needs Maintenance Now TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Transducer Block Error: Device Needs Maintenance Now

Drive Current TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current

Drive Current Alert TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Drive Current Alert

TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Alert

Drive Current Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Alert Enable

Drive Current Alert Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Alert Point

Drive Current Alert Time TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Alert Time

Drive Current Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Manual Recovery

Drive Current Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Current: Drive Current Shutdown

Drive Signal TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Signal: Drive Signal

TB > Device Variables > Overview > Drive Signal

Drive Signal Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Signal: Drive Signal Alert

Drive Signal Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Drive Signal: Drive Signal Alert Enable

Effective Area TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Effective Area

Feedback Connection TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Feedback Connection

Flow Direction TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Flow Direction

Flow Tends To TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Flow Tends To

I/O Processor Alert TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: I/O Processor Alert

I/O Processor Alert Enable TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: I/O Processor Alert Enable

I/O Processor Manual Recovery TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: I/O Processor Man Recovery

I/O Processor Shutdown TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Alerts > Electronic > Processor Impaired: I/O Processor Shutdown

Inlet Pressure TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Valve > Inlet Pressure

Input Characterization TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Input Characterization > Input Characterization

TB > Device Variables > Overview > Input Characterization

Integrator Limited Hi TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Integrator Limited Hi

Integrator Limited Lo TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Integrator Limited Lo

Integrator Suspended TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: Integrator Suspended

IOP Failure TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Self Test Status: IOP Failure

Last Valid Point TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Response Control > Input Characterization > Last Valid Point

Leak Class TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Trim > Leak Class

Length Units TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Instrument > Units: Length Units

-Continued-

Instruction Manual

D103412X012

Operating with a DeltaV System

January 2015

281

Table F‐1. Transducer Block (TB) Parameters - Configuration Index (Continued)

Path to ParameterParameter Label

Lever Style TB > Configure/Setup > Detailed Setup > Valve and Actuator > Actuator > Lever Style

Lost Static Data TB > Device Diagnostics > Status > Transducer Block Error: Lost Static Data